GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH A B S T R A C T Municipal

GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH A B S T R A C T Municipal
GOVERNMENT OF ANDHRA PRADESH
ABSTRACT
Municipal Administration and Urban Development Department - Model Building ByeLaws 2016 of GoI – Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017 – Orders – Issued.
MUNICIPAL ADMINISTRATION AND URBAN DEVELOPMENT (M) DEPARTMENT
G.O.MS.No. 119
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Dated: 28-03-2017
Read the following:-
G.O.Ms.No.350 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 09-06-2000
G.O.Ms.No.486 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:07-07-2007
G.O.Ms.No. 2 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:03-01-2011
G.O.Ms.No. 34 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 22-01-2011
G.O.Ms.No. 45 M.A & U.D. Department, dated: 28-01-2011
G.O.Ms.No. 82 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:21-02-2011
G.O.Ms.No.168 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:07-04-2012
G.O.Ms.No. 30 M.A & U.D. Department, dated:28-01-2014
Model Building Bye Laws, 2016 of Ministry of Urban Development, GoI.
D.O.No.K-14011/83/2002-UD-II_Pt), Dated:18.03.2016 of MoUD, GoI,
New Delhi.
***
ORDER:
In the references 1st to 8th read above, the Government have issued
Comprehensive Building Rules and other related rules which are applicable to Municipal
Corporations, Municipalities, Nagar Panchayats and areas covered by Urban
Development Authorities in the State. These Building Rules are regulating the building
activities in the above areas in the State.
2.
In the reference 10th cited the Ministry of Urban Development, Government of
India informed that the Ministry have finalized a very comprehensive document for Model
Building Bye-Laws 2016 and requested the State to immediately take up the revision of
Building Rules in order to make the building environment safe, inclusive, environmentally
sustainable and contribute towards enhancing “Ease of Doing Business in India”.
3.
Whereas, the Ministry that in Chapter 13 it provides a framework for
strengthening the building plan approvals leading towards enhancing “Ease of Doing
Business in India”. Further in Chapter 14 it provides a framework to incorporate
environmental concerns in the building bye laws enabling the ULBs/Development
Authorities to approve the building plans without a requirement of separate
environmental clearances. Further the reform Agenda under the Ministry’s flagship
programme AMRUT also mandates periodical review of Building Bye Laws which will,
amongst other milestones contributes towards State being eligible for annual reform
incentive grants from 2016-17. After bifurcation of the State, the Andhra Pradesh
Building Rules 2012 issued in G. O. Ms. No. 168 MA & UD Department, Dt. 07.04.2012
needed certain amendments.
4.
Accordingly, Government considered that there is a need to revise the existing
Andhra Pradesh Building Rules 2012 with comprehensive, development oriented, energy
conservation methods and easily adoptable building stipulations in the State in order to
protect the environment and provide better living conditions to the citizens and also
enable business friendly structure. Hence it is decided to take up revision of Andhra
1
Pradesh Building Rules 2012 including certain amendments to the TDR Policy prevailing
in the State based on the Model Building Bye-Laws 2016 of GoI.
5. Accordingly the Government have constituted a Committee to make necessary
recommendations/amendments to the existing Andhra Pradesh Building Rules 2012
based on the Model Building Bye-Laws, 2016. The Committee examined the Model
Building Bye-Laws 2016 in detail and prepared the Draft Andhra Pradesh Building Rules,
2017. The Director of Town & Country Planning has conducted several consultation
meetings with stake holders at various places in the State and issued a public
notification duly calling objections/suggestions.
6.
After careful consideration of the matter, Government have decided to issue the
Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2017.
7.
A copy of this Order is available on the Internet and can be accessed at the
address http://goir.ap.gov.in/.
8.
The appended notification shall be published in an extraordinary issue of Andhra
Pradesh Gazette dated:28.03.2017.
[BY ORDER AND IN THE NAME OF THE GOVERNOR OF ANDHRA PRADESH]
R.KARIKAL VALAVEN
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT
To
The Commissioner, Printing, Stationery & Stores Purchase Department, Vijayawada for
Publication of the Notification in the Gazette and furnish 1000 copies.
The Director of Municipal Administration, A.P., Guntur.
The Director of Town and Country Planning, A.P., Guntur.
The Director General, Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire Services
Department, A.P.
All Municipal Commissioners in the State through the Director of Municipal
Administration, A.P.
The Commissioner, Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority, Vijayawada.
All Vice Chairmen of Urban Development Authorities in the State.
The Chairman & Managing Director, APTRANSCO, Vijayawada.
The Commissioner & Inspector General of Registration & Stamps, Govt. of A.P.
Copy to:
The Law (A) Department, (2 copies),
The Revenue (R&S) Department,
The Energy Department,
SF/SC.
//Forwarded :: By Order//
SECTION OFFICER
APPENDIX
NOTIFICATION
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 585 read with 592 of the Andhra
Pradesh Municipal Corporation Act, 1955 (adapted GHMC Act 1955); Section 18 of the
Andhra Pradesh Municipal Corporations Act, 1994; Section 326 of the Andhra Pradesh
Municipalities Act, 1965, Section 44 (1) of the Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act,1920,
Section 2 of A.P. Capital Region Development Authority Act, 2015 and Section 117 of
Andhra Pradesh Metropolitan Region and Urban Development Authorities Act, 2016 and
in supersession of all the existing rules on the subject, the Government of Andhra
Pradesh hereby issue the following Rules.
2
CHAPTER – I
JURISDICTION, APPLICABILITY (ADMINISTRATION)
1.
SHORT TITLE, APPLICABILITY AND COMMENCEMENT
(1)These Rules may be called ‘The Andhra Pradesh Building Rules - 2017’.
(2)They shall apply to the building activities in the areas falling in:
(a) Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority [APCRDA] except in
Capital City Area,
(b) All Metropolitan Region Development Authorities,
(c) All Urban Development Authorities,
(d) All Municipal Corporations,
(e) All Municipalities,
(f) All Nagar Panchayats,
(g) Gram Panchayat areas covered in Master Plans/General Town Planning
Schemes notified under Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act,1920 and
(h) Industrial Area Local Authority (IALA)/Special Economic Zone (SEZ) notified
by Government.
(3)All existing rules, regulations, byelaws, orders that are in conflict or inconsistent
with these Rules shall stand modified to the extent of the provisions of these
rules.
Subject to the provisions of the Act, these rules shall apply:
(a) to the planning, design and construction of building in case of erection of a
building;
(b) to all parts of the building including change of roof whether removed or not,
and in case of removal of whole or any part of the building;
(c) to the remaining part of the building after demolition and work involved in
demolition in case of demolition of whole or any part of a building;
(d) to the whole building whether existing or new building (except only to that
part of the building, which is consistent with these Regulations) in case of
alteration of a building;
(e) to all parts of the building affected by the change in case of change of
occupancy of a building; and
(f) to use of any land or building where sub-division of land is undertaken or
use of land or building is changed.
(4)They shall come in to force from the date of publication in the Andhra Pradesh
Gazette.
3
CHAPTER – II
DEFINITIONS
2. DEFINITIONS
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires the definitions given below shall
have the meaning indicated against each term. The terms and expressions which are
not defined in these Rules shall have the same meaning as in the respective rules /
regulations / Bye-laws of the respective local authorities and as defined in the
National Building Code as the case may be, unless the context otherwise requires.
All mandatory Master Plan/Zonal Plan regulations regarding use, land use, coverage,
FAR, set-back, open space, height, number of storeys, number of dwelling units,
parking standards etc. for various categories of buildings including modification
therein made from time to time shall be applicable mutatis mutandis in the Building
Rules under this clause. All amendments /modifications made in the aforesaid
regulations shall automatically stand deemed to have been included as part of these
Rules.
(1)
Access
A clear approach to a plot or a building.
(2)
Act
The Act of the Local Body/Authority concerned.
(3)
Accessory Building
A Building separated from the main building on a plot and containing one or
more rooms for accessory use such as Servant's Quarter, Garage, Store
rooms or such areas as may be classified by the Competent Authority.
(4)
Accessory Use
Means any use of the premises subordinate to the principal use and
customarily incidental to the principal use.
(5)
Addition and/or alteration
A structural change including an addition to the area or change in height or
the removal of part of building, or any change to the structure, such as the
construction or removal or cutting into of any wall or part of a wall, partition,
column, beam, joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support, or a
change to or closing of any required means of access ingress or egress or a
change to fixtures or equipment as provided in these Rules.
(6)
Air Port Reference Point
Means a designated point which is established in the horizontal plane at or
near the geometric center of the landing area.
(7)
Amenity
Includes road, street, open space, park, recreational ground, playground,
garden, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, sewerage, drainage,
public works and other utilities, services and conveniences.
(8)
Annealed Glass
Another term for “ordinary” glass, most commonly used for float glass.
(9)
Auditorium
The accommodation provided for the public to view the cinematograph
exhibitions/cultural activities etc.
4
(10) Authority having jurisdiction
The Authority which has been created by a statue and which, for the purpose
of administering the Code/ Rules, may authorize a committee or an official or
an agency to act on its behalf, hereinafter called the 'Authority'. Authority can
be any Urban Local Body/Development Authority/Industrial Development
Authority or any other authority as notified by the State Government as the
case may be.
(11) Balcony
A horizontal cantilevered projection, including a handrail or balustrade, to
serve a passage or as sit out place.
(12) Balustrade
A low wall forming a parapet to a stair, ramp, balcony, raised level, or a
change in level.
(13) Barsati
A habitable room / rooms on the roof of the building with or without toilet /
kitchen.
(14) Basement/Cellar
The lower storey of a building below or partly below the ground level, with one
or more than one level and to be used for parking of vehicles.
(15) Beads or Glazing Beads
A strip of wood, metal or other suitable material attached to the rebate to
retain the glass.
(16) Buffer area
(a) Means an area of land separating adjacent land uses that is managed for
the purpose of mitigating impacts of one use on another.
(b) A buffer area consists of a separation distance and one or more buffer
elements. Buffer element is a natural or artificial feature that mitigates an
adverse impact; a buffer may include open ground, a vegetation buffer and
or acoustic barrier.
(c) Buffer Area is the area within which certain structures / sensitive uses are
either restricted or prohibited.
(17) Building
(a) A structure constructed with any materials whatsoever for any purpose,
whether used for human habitation or not, and includes:(i) Foundation, plinth, walls, floors, chimneys, plumbing and building
services, fixed platforms etc.
(ii) Verandahs, balconies, cornices, projections etc.
(iii) Parts of a building or anything affixed thereto
(iv) Any wall enclosing or intended to enclose any land or space, sign and
outdoor display structures etc.
(v) Tanks constructed or fixed for storage of chemicals or chemicals in
liquid form and for storage of water, effluent, swimming pool, ponds
etc.
(vi) All types of buildings shall be considered to be "buildings", except
tents, shamianas and tarpaulin shelters erected temporarily for
temporary purposes and ceremonial occasions.
(b)Assembly Buildings
5
A building or part thereof, where groups of people congregate or gather
for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel and
similar purposes and these includes buildings of drama and Cinema
theatres, drive-in-theatres, assembly halls, City halls, town halls,
auditoria, kalyanamandapams, places of worship and road, railways, air,
sea or other public transportation stations.
(c) Business Buildings
Includes any building or part thereof used principally for transaction of
business and/or keeping of accounts and records therefore including
offices, banks, professional establishments, court houses etc., if their
principal function is transaction of business and/or keeping of books and
records.
(d)Detached building
Includes a building with walls and roofs independent of any other building
and with open spaces on all sides within the same plot.
(e) Educational Buildings
Includes a building exclusively used for a school or college involving
assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational
use, and including a building for such other uses as research institution.
(f) Existing Building
A building or structure existing authorisedly with the approval of the
Authority before the commencement of these Rules.
(g)Hazardous Buildings
Includes a building or part thereof used for:
(i) Storage, handling, manufacture of processing of radioactive substances
or of highly combustible or explosive materials or of products which are
liable to burn with extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes
or explosive emanations;
(ii) Storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly
corrosive, toxic or noxious alkalis, acids, or other liquids, gases or
chemicals producing flames, fumes and explosive mixtures etc., or
which result in division of matter into fine particles capable of
spontaneous ignition.
(h)High Rise Building
High Rise Building means a building with 18 meters and above (including
stilt floor) in height. However, chimneys, cooling towers, boiler rooms/ lift
machine rooms, cold storage and other non-working areas in case of
industrial buildings and water tanks and architectural features in respect of
other buildings may be permitted as a non-High rise Building.
(i) Industrial Buildings
Includes a building or part thereof wherein products or material are
fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories,
power plants, refineries, gas plants, mills, dairies and factories etc.
(j) Institutional Buildings
Includes a building constructed by Government, semi-Government
organizations or Registered Trusts and used for medical or other
6
treatment, or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied activities
or for an hospice, care of persons suffering from physical or mental illness,
handicap, disease or infirmity, care of orphans, abandoned women,
children and infants, convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for
penal or correctional detention with restricted library of the inmates
ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation and including dharamshalas,
hospitals, sanatoria, custodial and penal institutions such as jails, prisons,
mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories etc.
(k) Mercantile/Commercial Building
Includes a building or part thereof used as shops, stores or markets for
display and sale of wholesale or retail goods or merchandise, including
office, storage and service facilities incidental thereto and located in the
same building.
(l) Mixed use building
A building partly used for non-residential activities except industrial
purpose and partly for residential purpose.
(m) Office Building (Premises)
Includes a building or premises or part thereof whose sole or principal use
is for an office or for office purposes or clerical work.
Office purposes
include the purpose of administration, clerical work, handling money,
telephone, and computer operation; and clerical work includes writing,
book-keeping, sorting papers, typing, filling, duplicating, punching cards or
tapes machine calculations, drawing of matter for publication and editorial
preparation of matter for publication.
(n)Public Building
Public Building means a building used or intended to be used either
ordinarily or occasionally as a place or public worship, dharamasala,
college, school, theatre, cinema, public concert room, public hall, public
bath, hospital, latrine, room, shop or any other place of public assembly.
(o) Residential Building
Residential Building includes a building in which sleeping and living
accommodation is provided for normal residential purposes, with cooking
facilities and includes one or more family dwellings, apartment houses,
flats and private garages of such buildings.
(p)Semi-detached Building
Semi-detached Building means a building detached on the three sides with
open spaces as specified.
(q)Storage Building
A building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter of goods,
wares, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold
storage, freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger,
truck terminal, grain elevator, barn and stables.
(r) Unsafe Building
Includes a building which:
(i) is structurally unsafe, or
(ii) is unsanitary, or
7
(iii) is not provided with adequate means of ingress or egress or
(iv) constitutes a fire hazard or
(v) is dangerous to human life or
(vi) in relation to its existing use, constitutes a hazard to safety or health
or public welfare by maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment
Note: All unsafe buildings/structures will be required to be restored by
repairs, demolition or dealing with as otherwise directed by the Authority.
(s) Whole Sale Building/Establishment
An establishment wholly or partly engaged in wholesale trade and
manufacture wholesale outlets, including related storage facilities,
warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including
truck transport booking agencies.
(18) Building Height
The vertical distance measured
(a) In the case of flat roofs from the upper level of plinth and continuance to
the highest point of the building excluding parapet wall, staircase room, lift
room and water tank. This shall be subject to concurrence of the A.P. State
Disasters Response and Fire Services Department.
(b) In case of pitched roofs up to the point where the external surface of the
outer wall intersects the finished surface of the sloping roof and
(c) In the case of gables facing the road, the mid- point between the eaves
level and the ridge.
(d) Architectural features serving no other function except that of decoration
shall be excluded from the purpose of measuring heights.
(e) In case of undulated terrain height can be considered as average of the
corresponding formation level of the site.
(19) Building Line
The line up to which the plinth of building adjoining a street or an extension of
a street or on a future street may lawfully extend and includes the lines
prescribed, if any, in any scheme and/or development plan. The building line
may change from time to time as decided by the Authority.
(20) Building set back
The distance by which any building or structure shall be separated from the
boundary lines of the plot.
(21) Cabin
A non-residential enclosure constructed of non-load bearing partitions.
(22) Canopy
Shall mean a cantilevered projection from the face of the wall over an entry to
the building at the lintel level provided that:
(a) It shall not project beyond the plot line.
(b) It shall not be lower than 2.3m or 7'-6” when measured from the ground.
There shall be no structure on it and the top shall remain open to sky.
(23) Carpet area
means the net usable floor area of an apartment, excluding the area covered
by the external walls, areas under services shafts, exclusive balcony or
8
verandah area and exclusive open terrace area, but includes the area covered
by the internal partition walls of the apartment.
(24) Chair Rail
A fixed glazing bar, or rigid bar, that provides protection from human impact.
(25) Chajja
Chajja means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over
openings or external walls for providing protection from sun and rain or from
architectural consideration.
(26) Chimney
An upright shaft containing one or more flues (smoke ducts) provided for the
conveyance to the outer air of any product of combustion resulting from the
operation of heat producing appliance or equipment employing solid, liquid or
gaseous fuel.
(27) Chowk or Courtyard
means a fully or partially enclosed space permanently open to sky within a
building at ground level and serves as lighting and ventilating space besides
for outdoor activities, etc.
(28) Clean Industry
Industries which do not throw out any smoke, noise, offensive odour or
harmful industrial wastes and employing not more than 40 workers
with/without power and those not included in the list of polluting industries
issued by concerned authorities.
(29) Clear Glass
Transparent glass.
(30) Combustible material
The material which when burnt adds heat to a fire when tested for
combustibility in accordance with the IS 3008-1966 Method of Test for
Combustibility of Building Materials, National Building Code.
(31) Common areas mean:
(a) the entire land for the real estate project or where the project is developed
in phases, the entire land for that phase;
(b) the stair cases, lifts, staircase and lift lobbies, fire escapes, and common
entrances and exits of buildings;
(c) the common basements, terraces, parks, play areas, open parking areas
and common storage spaces;
(d) the premises for the lodging of persons employed for the management of
the property including accommodation for watch and ward staffs or for the
lodging of community service personnel;
(e) installations of central services such as electricity, gas, water and
sanitation, air-conditioning and incinerating, system for water conservation
and renewable energy;
(f) the water tanks, sumps, motors, fans, compressors, ducts and all
apparatus connected with installations for common use;
(g) all community and commercial facilities as provided in the real estate
project;
(h) all other portion of the project necessary or convenient for its
maintenance, safety, etc., and in common use;
9
(32) ‘Competent Authority’ means:
(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Director of Town & Country Planning in case of Local Authorities not
covered in Development Authorities and Gram Panchayat areas covered in
Master Plans / General Town Planning Schemes notified under Andhra
Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920.
(33) Congested Area
Congested Area means the areas falling in the Local Authority notified by the
Competent Authority based on the existing development.
(34) Conversion
The change from one occupancy to other occupancy or any change in building
structure or part thereof resulting in a change of space and use requiring
additional occupancy certificate.
(35) Corner site
Means a site at the junction of and fronting on two or more intersecting
streets.
(36) Cornice
Means a sloping or horizontal structural overhang usually provided over
openings or external walls to provide protection from sun and rain.
(37) Corridor
Corridor means a common passage or circulation space including a common
entrance hall in a building;
(38) Cottage Industry” or “Customary Home Occupation
means a home occupation customarily carried out by a member of the family
residing in the premises without employing hired labor, without display of
goods, and which shall be non-hazardous and not affecting the safety of the
inhabitants of the building and the neighborhood, provided that no mechanical
equipment is used except that as is customarily used for purely domestic or
household purposes and/or employing licensable goods. If power is used, the
total electricity load shall not exceed 10 H.P.
(39) Covered Area
means built up area covered immediately above the plinth level by the building
but does not include the area covered by compound wall, gate, cantilevered
porch, portico, slide swing, chajjas and the like.
(40) Damp Proof Course
A course consisting of some appropriate water proofing material being
provided to prevent penetration of dampness or moisture.
(41) Density
The residential density expressed in terms of the number of dwelling units per
hectare.
10
NOTE: Where such densities are expressed exclusive of community facilities
and provision of open spaces and major roads (excluding incidental open
spaces) these will be net residential densities. Where these densities are
expressed taking into consideration the required open space provision and
community facilities and major roads, these would be gross residential
densities at neighborhood level, sector level or town level, as the case may be.
The provision of open spaces and community facilities will depend on the size
of the residential community. Incidental open spaces are mainly open spaces
required to be left around and in between two buildings to provide lighting and
ventilation.
(42) "Developer" means,
(a) a person who constructs or causes to be constructed an independent
building or a building consisting of apartments, or converts an existing
building or a part thereof into apartments, for the purpose of selling all or
some of the apartments to other persons and includes his assignees; or
(b) a person who develops land into a project, whether or not the person also
constructs structures on any of the plots, for the purpose of selling to other
persons all or some of the plots in the said project, whether with or without
structures thereon; or
(c) any development authority or any other public body in respect of allottees
of—
(i) buildings or apartments, as the case may be, constructed by such
authority or body on lands owned by them or placed at their disposal by
the Government, or
(ii) plots owned by such authority or body or placed at their disposal by the
Government,
for the purpose of selling all or some of the apartments or plots; or
(d) an apex State level co-operative housing finance society and a primary cooperative housing society which constructs apartments or buildings for its
members or in respect of the allottees of such apartments or buildings; or
(e) any other person who acts himself as a builder, coloniser, contractor,
promoter, estate developer or by any other name or claims to be acting as
the holder of a power of attorney from the owner of the land on which the
building or apartment is constructed or plot is developed for sale; or
(f) such other person who constructs any building or apartment for sale to the
general public.
Explanation.—For the purposes of this clause, where the person who
constructs or converts a building into apartments or develops a plot for sale
and the persons who sells apartments or plots are different persons, both of
them shall be deemed to be the promoters and shall be jointly liable as such
for the functions and responsibilities specified in these rules;
(43) Development
Development means the carrying out of building, engineering, mining or other
operations in, or over, or under land and water, or in the use of any building or
11
land, and includes redevelopment and layout and subdivision of any land; and
'to develop' shall be construed accordingly.
(44) Development Charge
Development Charge means a charge levied by the competent authority under
the relevant provisions of the Law.
(45) Development Plan
Development Plan means a plan for the Development or redevelopment or
improvement of the area within the jurisdiction of Authority and includes
Perspective Plan, Master Plan, Zonal Development Plan and part Zonal Plan
/Area Development Plan prepared under the relevant Acts.
(46) Door
Door, Center Opening Sliding - A door which slides horizontally and consists of
two or more panels which open from the center and are usually so
interconnected that they move simultaneously.
(47) Double Glazing
Glazing that incorporates two panels, separated with an air space, for the
purpose of sound insulation or thermal insulation or both.
(48) Drain
A system of line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories, such as manholes,
inspection chambers, traps, gullies, floor traps used for drainage of building or
yards appurtenant to the buildings with the same cartilage. It includes an
open channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any
liquid.
(49) Drainage
A system constructed for the purpose of removal of any waste water.
(50) Dwelling
A building or a portion thereof which is designed or used wholly or principally
for residential purposes for one family. This shall not include boarding or
rooming houses, tents, tourist camps, hotels or other structures designed or
used primarily for transient residents.
(51) Dwelling Unit
Independent housing unit, with separate facilities for living, cooking and
sanitary requirements.
(52) Edge Polished
Usually applied to flat glass, the edges of which have been polished after
cutting.
(53) Egress
A way out or exit.
(54) Encroachment
Means an act to enter into the possession or rights either of permanent or
temporary nature on a land or built up property of local body or state/central
Government.
(55) Energy Conservation Building Code or ECBC
12
The Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) when locally adapted to Andhra
Pradesh’s climate is termed as the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation
Building Code (APECBC).” All definitions included in the Energy Conservation
Building Code (2008) and not otherwise defined herein are applicable as
amended from time to time.
(56) ‘Enforcement Authority’ means:
(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Commissioner of respective Urban Local Body;
(e) The Executive Authority of the Gram Panchayat;
(f) The Executive Authority of the Special Unit created as the case may be for
the purpose of sanctioning and monitoring building and development
activity, as applicable.
(57) Escalator
A power driven, inclined, continuous stairway used for raising or lowering
passengers.
(58) Escalator Landing
The portion of the building or structure which is used to receive or discharge
passengers into or from an escalator.
(59) Escape Lighting
That part of emergency lighting which is provided to ensure that the escape
route is illuminated with radium paint at all material times, for example, at all
times when persons are on the premises, or at times the main lighting is not
available, either for the whole building or for the escape routes.
(60) Existing Use
Use of a building or structure existing authorized with the approval of the
Authority before the commencement of these Rules.
(61) Exit
A passage channel or means of egress from the building, its storey or floor to a
street or, other open space of safety; whether horizontal, outside and vertical
exits means as under:(a) Horizontal exit means an exit, which is a protected opening through or
around a fire well or bridge connecting two or more buildings.
(b) Outside exit means an exit from building to a public way to an open area
leading to a public way or to an enclosed fire resistant passage leading to a
public way.
(c) Vertical exit means an exit used for ascending or descending between two
or more levels including stairway, fire towers, ramps and fire escapes.
(62) Exposed edge
A glass edge that is not covered.
13
(63) External wall
An outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though adjoining to a
wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open
space of any building.
(64) Faceted Glazing
Flat panes of glass installed vertical at an angle to each other, to from a
faceted curve.
(65) Fencing
A barrier of a plant or construction material used to set off the boundary of an
area and to restrict visual or physical passage in or out of it.
(66) Fin
A piece of glass positioned and fastened to provide lateral support.
(67) Fire Resistance
Fire Resistance is a property of an element of building construction and is the
measure of its ability to satisfy for a stated period some or all of the following
criteria:
(a) Resistance to collapse
(b) Resistance to penetration of flame and hot gases and
(c) Resistance to temperature rise on the unexposed face up to a maximum of
1800 and/or average temperature of 1500.
(68) Fire Resistant Rating
means the time during which a fire resistant material i.e. materiel having a
certain degree of fire resistant, fulfills its function of contributing to the fire
safety of a Building when subjected to prescribe conditions of heat and load or
restraint. The fire Resistance test of structures shall be done in accordance
with IS 3809-1966 fire Resistance Test of structure.
(69) Fire separation
It means the distance in meter measured from any other building on the site
or from another site or from the opposite side of a street or other public space
to the building.
(70) Fire Tower
Means an enclosed staircase that can only be approached from the various
floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the
staircase by fire resistant doors and open to the outer air.
(71) Flat Glass
A general term covering sheet glass, float glass and various forms of rolled and
plate Glass.
(72) Float Glass
A form of flat glass produced by reheating the continuous ribbon of glass whilst
it floats over a bath of molten metal.
(73) Floor
Means the lower surface of any storey on which one normally walks in a
building.
14
Note:
The sequential number of floors shall be determined by its relation
to the determining entrance level. For floor at or wholly above ground level
the lowest floor in the building with direct entrance from the road/street shall
be termed as Ground Floor. The other floors above Ground Floor shall be
numbered in sequence as floor 1, floor 2 etc., with number increasing
upwards. Similarly floors below ground levels shall be termed Basement floor
1, Basement floor 2 with number increasing downwards.
(74) Floor Area
means covered area of a building at any floor level.
(75) Floor Area Ratio (FAR)
means the quotient obtained by dividing the total covered area (plinth area) on
all floors, by the area of the plot.
F.A.R. =
Total covered areas on all floors
Plot area
(76) Footing
A foundation unit constructed in brick work or stone masonry or concrete
under the base of a wall or column for the purpose of distributing the load over
a large area.
(77) Foundation
That part of the structure, which is in direct contact with ground and transmit
loads over it.
A substructure supporting an arrangement of columns or walls in a row or
rows transmitting the loads to the soil.
(78) Frame
A structure manufactured from timber, metal, glass or other durable material
or Combinations of materials such as glass fine and structural sealant,
supporting the full Length of a glazed panel edge.
(79) Fully framed glazing
Panels that have all edges framed.
(80) Gallery
An intermediate floor or platform projecting from a wall of an auditorium or a
hall providing extra floor area, and/additional seating accommodation and
includes the structures provided for seating in stadium.
(81) Garage, Private
Garage, Private means a building or portion thereof designed and used for
parking of private owned motor driven or other vehicles.
(82) Garage -Public
A building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private garage,
operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, using, selling
or storing or parking motor driven or other vehicles.
(83) Gated Community Development
Means an exclusive housing development in an area with compound wall,
access through gates and having their own facilities and amenities. The
15
housing units may comprise of Apartment blocks, detached, semi-detached or
row houses with or without combinations.
(84) Glass
An inorganic, non-metallic produced by the complete fusion of raw materials at
high temperatures, in to a homogeneous liquid, which is then cooled to a rigid,
condition essentially without crystallization.
(85) Glazing
The securing of glass in prepared openings in windows, door panels, partitions
and the like.
(86) Gradient
The degree of slope of a pipe invert or road or land surface. The gradient is a
measure of the slope height as related to its base. The slope is expressed in
terms of percentage or ratio.
(87) ‘Group Development Scheme’ is reckoned as development of Buildings for
any use in a Campus or Site of 4000sq.m and above in area and could be row
houses, semi-detached, detached Houses, Apartment blocks or High-Rise
buildings or mix or combination of the above.
(88) Group Housing/Apartment
Means a building having five or more multiple dwelling units/apartments and
common services on a given site or plot of less than 4,000 sq.mts. in single or
multiple blocks each building containing two or more apartments or with total
of five or more units/apartments, without customary sub-division of land by
way of individual plots.
(89) Guarding
Glass used to prevent people falling wherever there is a change in floor level
by means of a permanent barrier.
(90) Heat Strengthened Glass
Glass which has been heated past its softening point and chilled rapidly to
increase its strength and make it thermally safe, but which breaks like
annealed glass.
(91) Heat strengthened laminated safety Glass
Laminated safety Glass utilizing two or more panels of heat- strengthened
glass in the makeup.
(92) Ingress
A way in or entrance.
(93) Insulating Glass Unit (IGU)
The standard configuration for residential and commercial windows consisting
of a sealed unit of two panes of glass separated by a metal spacer.
(94) Jhamp
A down ward, vertical or sloping projection hanging below any horizontal
projection like balcony, canopy, verandah, passage etc., to provide protection
from direct sun and rain.
16
(95) Kerb
A concrete or stone edging along a pathway or road often constructed with a
channel to guide the flow of storm water and thereby serve individual purpose.
(96) Laminated Glass
A composite material consisting of two or more sheets of glass permanently
bonded together by a plastic interlayer material.
(97) Landscape, Hard
Civil work component of landscape architecture such as pavement, walkways,
roads, retaining walls, sculpture, street amenities, fountains and other built
environments.
(98) Landscape, Soft
The natural elements in landscape design, such as plant materials and the soil
itself.
(99) Layout
Layout means the laying out a parcel of land or lands into building plots with
laying of road/ streets with formation, leveling, metalling or black topping or
paving of the roads and footpaths etc., and laying of the services such as
water supply, drainage, street lighting, open spaces avenue plantation etc.
(100) Ledge or Tand
A shelf-like projection supported in any manner whatsoever except by vertical
supports within a room itself but without a projection of more than half a
meter.
(101)
Licensed/Registered Architect / Engineer / Landscape Architect
/ Structural Engineer / Supervisor / Town Planner / Urban Designer
Means
a
qualified
Architect/Engineer/Landscape
Architect/Structural
Engineer/Supervisor/Town
Planner/Urban
Designer
who
has
been
licensed/registered by the Local Authority or by the body governing such
profession and constituted under a statute.
(102)
Lift
An appliance designed to transport persons or materials between two or more
levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction by means of a guided car
or platform. The word 'elevator' is also synonymously used for 'lift'.
(a)
(b)
Fire Lift
Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the
event of fire or other agency.
Goods Lift
A lift designed primarily for the transport of goods, but which may carry a
lift attended or other persons necessary for the loading or unloading of
goods.
(c)
Hospital Lift
A lift normally installed in a hospital/ dispensary/ clinic and designed to
accommodate one number bed/stretcher along its depth, with sufficient
space around to carry a minimum of three attendants in addition to the lift
operator.
17
(d)
Passenger Lift
A lift designed for the transport of passengers
(e)
Service Lift
A passenger cum good lift meant to carry goods along with people.
Typically in an office building this may be required to carry food or
stationers, in a residential building to carry a bureau or accommodate a
stretcher and in a hotel to be used for food trolleys or baggage. There is a
need in such lifts, to take care of the dimensions of the car and the door
clear opening in line with the type of goods that may have to be carried
based on mutual discussion between supplier and customer. Also, such lifts
shall have buffer railings in the car at suitable height to prevent damage to
the car panels when the goods are transported. Topically such lifts, if
provided with an automatic door, may use some means to detect trolleys
and stretcher movement in advance to protect the doors against damage.
The car floors load calculations and car area of such a lift is as in the case
of a passenger lift except that these are not meant to carry heavy
concentrated loads.
(103)
Light Industry
Light Industry means Industries which do not throw out excessive smoke,
noise, offensive odor or harmful industrial wastes, employing not more
than100 workers and using power of not more than 100 H.P. Such Industries
except in the case of foundries and smithies do not consume any solid fuel.
(104)
Lobby
Means a covered space in which all the adjoining rooms open.
(105)
Local Authority means:
(a) a Municipal Corporation constituted under the respective Act; or
(b) a Municipality or a Nagar Panchayat constituted under the Andhra Pradesh
Municipalities Act, 1965; or
(c) a Gram Panchayat constituted under the Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj
Act, 1994; or
(d) any other body or authority constituted under the relevant Act to govern
the urban services.
(106)
Loft
An intermediate floor between two floors or a residual space in a pitched roof
above normal level constructed for storage with maximum clear height of 1.5
meter.
(107)
Low cost housing
Low cost housing means housing development and schemes for socially and
economically weaker/ backward sections of the society at affordable costs of
built-up area and service. The requirements and construction specifications are
as specified by the Government from time to time.
(108)
Manifestation
Any technique for enhancing a person’s awareness of the presence of
transparent glazed areas.
18
(109)
Master Plan/General Town Planning [GTP] Scheme
A Master Plan/General Town Planning [GTP] Scheme formulated under any
relevant Act for any area/settlement approved by the Government.
(110)
Means of Access
Means an access to a building or plot from an existing public street or road
through a road/ street/ pathway.
(111)
Means of Escape
An escape route provided in a building for safe evacuation of occupants.
(112)
Mezzanine Floor
An intermediate floor, not being a loft, between the floor and ceiling of any
storey and its area shall not be more than 1/3rd of the area of the floor.
(113)
Mirror
A piece of glass silvered on one side, with a protective paint coating.
(114)
Multi-level Car Parking Building (Parking complex/Parking lot)
A building may be partly below ground level having two or more basements or
above ground level, primarily to be used for parking of cars, scooters or any
other type of light motorized vehicle. Premises either built or open which is
utilized purely for parking of vehicles permitted in specific areas.
(115)
Multiplex Complex
means an integrated entertainment and shopping center/complex of a
shopping mall and having at least three (3) cinema halls/screens. Apart from
Cinema Halls, the entertainment area may have restaurants, cafeteria, fast
food outlets, video games parlors, pubs, bowling alleys, health spa/centers,
convention centers, hotels and other recreational activities and IT Offices.
However, habitable areas like hotels, service apartments shall not be allowed
in the same block where the Multiplexes are set up and shall be allowed only
as a separate block. Such a Complex may be spread over the site or be in one
or more blocks which may be high-rise buildings or normal buildings.
(116)
Mumty or Stair-cover
A structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its landing built to enclose
only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from weather and not
used for human habitation.
(117)
Non-combustible
means not liable to burn to add heat to a fire when tested for combustibility in
accordance with the IS: 3808-1966 - Method of Test for Combustibility of
Building Materials.
(118)
Non confirming building or use
A building, structure or use of land existing at the time of commencement of
the regulations and which does not conform to the regulations pertaining to
the zone in which is situated.
(119)
Occupancy Certificate
Means the occupancy certificate issued by the competent authority permitting
occupation of any building, as provided under local laws which has provision
for civic infrastructure such as water, sanitation and electricity.
19
(120)
Occupancy mixed
The occupancy, where more than one occupancy are present in different
portions of the building.
(121)
Occupancy of Use Group
The principal occupancy for which a building or a part of a building is used or
intended to be used for the purposes or classification of building according to
the occupancy. Any occupancy shall be deemed to include subsidiary
occupancies, which are contingent upon it.
(122)
Occupier
Occupier includes any person for the time being, payable or liable to pay rent
or any portion or rent of the building in respect of which the ward is used, or
compensation or premium on account of the occupation of such building and
also a rent-free tenant, but does not include a lodger, and the words 'occupy'
and 'occupation' do not refer to the lodger. An owner living in or otherwise
using his own building shall be deemed to be the occupier thereof.
(123)
Open Space
An area forming an integral part of a site left open to the sky.
(124)
Open Space - Front
An open space across the front of a plot between the building line and front
boundary of the plot.
(125)
Open Space - Rear
An open space across the rear of a plot between the building line and rear
boundary of the plot.
(126)
Open Space - Sides
An open space across the side of the plot between the side of the building and
side boundary of the plot.
(127)
Operational Construction/Installation
A construction/ installation put up by the Government Departments for the
operational purposes.
(128)
Owner
Owner in relation to any property, includes any person who is, for the time
being receiving or entitled to receive, whether on his own account or on
account of or on behalf of, or for the benefit of any other person or as an
agent, trustee, guardian, manager or receiver for any other person or for any
religious or charitable institution, the rents or profits of the property and also
includes a mortgagee in possession thereof; and also includes a person,
company, trust, institute, registered body, State or Central Government and
its attached subordinate departments, undertakings and the like in whose
name the property rights are vested.
Note: The term Owner is synonymous with the term "Applicant".
(129)
Pane
Single piece of glass cut to size for glazing.
20
(130)
Panel
An assembly containing one or more panes.
(131)
Parapet
A low wall or railing built along the edge of a roof or floor.
(132)
‘Parking Complex/Parking Lot’
means premises either built or open which is utilized purely for parking of
vehicles permitted in specific areas.
(133)
Parking Space
Parking space means an area enclosed or unenclosed, covered or open,
sufficient in size to park vehicles, together with a drive-way connections, the
parking space with a street or alley and permitting ingress and egress of the
vehicles.
(134)
Partition
It means an interior non-load bearing divider, one storey or part storey in
height.
(135)
Party Wall
(a) A wall forming part of a building and being used or constructed to be used
in any part of the height or length of such wall for separation of adjoining
buildings belonging to different owners or constructed or adopted to be
occupied by different persons; or
(b) A wall forming part of a building and standing in any part of the length of
such wall, to a greater extent that the projection of the footing on one side
or ground of different owners.
(136)
Permanent Open Air Space
Air Space is deemed to be permanently open if:
(a) it is a street or it is encroached upon by no structure of any kind: and
(b) its freedom from encroachment in future by a structure of any kind is
assured either by law or by contract of by the fact that the ground below it
is a street or is permanently and irrevocably appropriated as an open
space:
Provided that in determining the open air space required in connection with
construction work on a building any space occupied by an existing structure
may, if it is ultimately to become a permanently open air space, be treated as
if it were already a permanently open space.
(137)
Permission or Permit
A valid permission or authorization in writing by the competent authority to
carryout development or a work regulated by these Rules.
(138)
Plinth
Means the portion of a structure between the level of the surrounding ground
and level of floor, immediately above the ground. In no case this shall be less
than 450mm.
(139)
Plinth Area
Plinth area means the built up covered area measured at the floor level of the
basement or of any storey.
21
(140)
Plot / Site
Means a continuous portion of land held in a single or joint ownership other
than the land used, allotted, earmarked or set apart for any street, lane,
passage, pathway, conservancy lane or for any other public purpose.
(141)
Plot Coverage
Means the ground area covered by the building and does not include the area
covered by compound wall, gate, cantilever porch, chajja, well, septic tank,
open platform and the like. It is expressed as percentage of the site/plot area;
(142)
Porch
Means a roof cover supported on pillars or cantilevered for the purpose of
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
(143)
Prescribed
Prescribed means prescribed by rules made under the Act.
(144)
Ramp
A sloping surface joining two different levels, as at the entrance or between
floors of a building.
(145)
Reconstituted Plot
Reconstituted Plot means a plot which is in any way altered by the making of a
town-planning scheme otherwise than by the severance of land used, allotted
or reserved for any public or municipal purpose.
(146)
Refuge Area
An area where persons unable to use stairways can remain temporarily and
await instruction or assistance during emergency evacuation situation.
(147)
Residual protection
It is the protection provided to avoid the impact of human being to glass. It is
provided on the side of glass where there are chances of Human impact. It
can be achieved by providing a sill structure or a grill inside.
(148)
Responsible Authority
Responsible Authority means "the authority or person, who is specified in a
scheme as responsible for carrying out or enforcing the observance of all or
any of the provisions of the scheme or for enforcing the execution of any
works which under the scheme are to be executed by any authority, owner, or
other person.
(149)
Retention Activity
An activity or use which is allowed to continue, notwithstanding its nonconforming nature in relation to the use permitted in the adjoining or
surrounding area.
(150)
Road Width or Width of Road/Street
The whole extent of space within the boundaries of a road when applied to a
new road/street as laid down in the city survey or development plan or
prescribed road lines by any act of law and measured at right angles to the
course or intended course of directions of such road.
22
(151)
Room Height
The vertical distance measured from the finished floor surface to the finished
ceiling / slab surface.
(152)
Row Houses
Row Buildings means a row of houses with only front, rear and interior open
spaces.
(153)
Safety organic-coated
A glazing material consisting of a piece of glass coated and permanently
bonded on one or both sides with a continuous polymeric coating, sheet or
film, which meets the test requirements of the safety glazing standards.
(154)
‘Sanctioning Authority’ means:
(a) The Commissioner of the Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development
Authority;
(b) The Metropolitan Commissioner of the respective Metropolitan Region
Development Authority;
(c) The Vice Chairman of the respective Urban Development Authority;
(d) The Commissioner of respective Urban Local Body;
(e) The Executive Authority of the Gram Panchayat;
(f) The Executive Authority of the Special Unit created as the case may be for
the purpose of sanctioning and monitoring building and development
activity, as applicable.
(155)
Sanctioned Plan
Means the set of plans such as site plan, building plan, service plan, parking
and circulation plan, landscape plan, layout plan, zoning plan and such other
plan and includes structural designs, if applicable, permissions such as
environment permission and such other permissions, and specifications
submitted under the Rules in connection with a building/project and which are
approved and sanctioned by the authority prior to start of the building/project.
(156)
Scheme
Scheme means a town-planning scheme / land pooling scheme and includes a
plan relating to a town planning scheme / land pooling scheme.
(157)
Screen
A vegetative or constructed hedge or fence used to block wind, undesirable
views, noise, glare and the like, as part of in landscape design; also known as '
screen planting' and 'buffer plantation'.
(158)
Service Industry
Industries which are not engaged in the manufacture of goods or articles, but
are mainly concerned with the repair, maintenance, servicing and/or/other
jobbing work.
(159)
Service road
Means a lane from a wider street provided at the front of a plot for service
purposes.
23
(160)
Set back
Means the space to be left fully open to sky from the edge of the building to
the property line or boundary of the street. No built-up space shall be provided
within the setback except specifically permitted projections and other
structures under the rules.
(161)
Settlement
A human settlement, whether urban or rural in character. It includes habited
villages, towns, townships, cities and the areas notified under the control of
the Authority.
(162)
Shower doors, shower screens and bath enclosures
The panels, doors or windows are enclosing or partially enclosing a shower or
bath.
(163)
Side Panel
A panel (operable or inoperable) located adjacent to a doorway.
may not be in the same plane as the doorway.
(164)
It may or
Sign
Any device visible from a public place that displays either commercial or noncommercial message by means of graphic presentation of alphabetic or
pictorial symbols or representations. Non-commercial flags or any flags
displayed from flagpoles or staffs shall not be considered as signs.
(165)
Sign Structure
Any structure supporting a sign.
(166)
Site Depth of
Site depth of means the mean horizontal distance between the front and rear
site boundaries.
(167)
Site Double Frontage
Site Double Frontage means a site, having a frontage on two streets other
than a corner plot.
(168)
Site for building
It includes all the land within the cartilage of the building if forming it
appurtenance such as outbuildings, yard, with open space and garden attached
thereto or intended to be occupied therewith.
(169)
Site, Interior or Tandem
Site, Interior or Tandem means a site access to which, is by a passage from a
street whether such passage forms part of the site or not.
(170)
Sloped overhead glazing
Glazing that is inclined at less than 75 degrees to the horizontal and located,
wholly or partially, directly above an area that may be used by people.
(171)
Span
The dimension between supports. For panels supported on all four edges, it
corresponds to the smaller of the sight size dimensions.
(172)
Staircase
Means of access between two floors.
24
The width of staircase may be fixed by the Competent Authority in relation to
the number of floors and the total number of users and in no case it should be
less than 1M in width and minimum of 25Cm of Treads and 17.5Cm of
maximum rise and shall have direct ventilation.
In the case of public
buildings, a staircase shall be provided for every 300 persons who are
expected to use the building.
(a) Enclosed Staircase
Means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors from the rest
of the building.
(b) Spiral Staircase
A staircase forming continues winding curve round a central point or axis
having treaded without risers.
(173)
Storey
The portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the
surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the
space between any floor and the ceiling next above it.
(174)
Street/Road
Any highway, street, land, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway, carriageway, footway, square, place or bridge whether a thorough-fare or over which
the public have a right of passage or access or have passed and have access
uninterruptedly for specified period, whether existing or proposed in any
scheme and includes all bends, channels, ditches, storm water drains, culverts
sidewalks, traffic islands, roadside trees and hedges, retaining walls fences,
barriers and railing within the street lines.
(175)
Street/Road level or Grade
Street level or Grade means the officially established elevation of grade of the
central
line of the street upon which a plot fronts and if there is no officially
established grade, the existing grade of the street its mid-point.
(176)
Street/Road Line
Street Line means the line defining the side limits of a road/street.
(177)
To Abut
Means to abut on a road such that any portion of the building is fronting on the
road.
(178)
To Erect
In relation to a building means:
(a) to erect a new building on any site whether previously built upon or not;
(b) to re-erect any building of which portions above the plinth level have been
pulled down, burnt or destroyed
(c) conversion from one occupancy to another
(d) to carryout alterations.
(179)
Toughened laminated safety glass
Laminated safety glass utilizing two panels of toughened safety glass in the
make up.
25
(180)
Tower like structures
Structures shall be deemed to be tower-like structures when the height of the
tower-like portion is at least twice the height of the broader base at ground
level.
(181)
Transferable Development Rights (TDR)
An award specifying the built up area an owner of a site or plot can sell or
dispose or utilize elsewhere, whose site or plot is required to be set apart or
affected for a community amenity or development for public purpose in the
Master Plan or in road widening or covered in recreational use zone etc. The
award would be in the form of a TDR Certificate issued by the Competent
Authority.
(182)
Travel Distance
Means the distance an occupant has to travel to reach an exit.
(183)
Unauthorized Construction
Means the erection or re-erection, addition or alternations which is not
approved or sanctioned by the Concerned Authority.
(184)
Underground/Overhead Tank
An underground/overhead water tank constructed or placed to store water.
(185)
Ventilation
Shall mean the supply of outside air into a building through window or other
openings due to wind outside and convection effects arising from temperature
or vapor pressure differences (or both) between inside and outside of the
building.
(186)
Verandah
A covered area with at least one side open to the outside with the exception of
1 m high parapet on the upper floors to be provided on the open side.
(187)
Village Settlement or Grama Khantam or Agraharam Abadi
Means all lands that have been included as Agraharam/Abadi by the
Government/ Collector within the site of village and includes existing villages
hamlets.
(188)
Wardrobe doors
Doors that provide access to built-in storage areas, excluding those fitted to
pieces of furniture that are not built in to the building.
(189)
Water Course , Minor
Minor Water Course means a water course which is not a major one.
(190)
Water Course, Major
Major Water Course means a water course which carries storm water
discharging from a contributing area of not less than 160 Ha.
Note: The decision of the authority as regards the calculation of the
contributing area shall be final.
(191)
Water Course / Nala
Watercourse means a natural channel or an artificial one formed by draining or
diversion of a natural channel meant for carrying storm and wastewater.
26
(192)
Water-Closet (WC)
Water flushed plumbing fixture designed to receive human excrement directly
from the user of the fixture. The term is used sometimes to designate the
room or compartment in which the fixture is placed.
(193)
Wheel chair: Chair used by differently-abled people for mobility,
Size of small wheel chair: 750 x 1050 mm
Size of large wheel chair: 800 x 1500 mm
(194)
Window
An opening to the outside other than a door, which provides all or part of the
required natural light or ventilation or both to an interior space and not used
as a means of egress/ingress.
(195)
Window Sill
Solid wall (Brick or concrete wall) starting from the finished floor level to the
base of first window or structural member consisting of a continuous horizontal
metal/wooden forming the lowest member of a framework or supporting
structure.
(196)
Zonal Development Plan
A plan detailing out the proposals of Master Plan/General Town Planning
[G.T.P.] Scheme.
*******
27
CHAPTER – III
STREAMLINING OF BUILDING PLAN APPROVALS
(Procedural Requirements for obtaining Building Permission)
3. PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS
(1)Development and Construction
Except as hereinafter otherwise provided these Rules shall apply to all
development, re-development, erection and/or re-erection of a building as well
as to the design, construction of, or reconstruction and additions and
alterations to a building.
(2)Part construction
Where the whole or part of a building is demolished or altered or reconstructed,
except where otherwise specifically stipulated, these Rules shall apply only to
the extent of the work involved.
(3)Reconstruction
The reconstruction in whole or part of a building which has ceased to exist due
to an accidental fire, natural collapse or demolition having been declared
unsafe, or which is likely to be demolished by or under an orders of the
concerned Authority as the case may be and for which the necessary certificate
has been given by the Authority shall be allowed subject to these Rules.
(4)Change of Use / Occupancy
Where, use of a building is changed, except where otherwise specifically
stipulated, these Rules shall apply to all parts of the building affected by the
change.
(5)Existing Approved Building
Nothing in these Rules shall require the removal, alteration or abandonment,
nor prevent continuance of the lawfully established use or occupancy of an
existing approved building unless, in the opinion of the Authority such a
building is unsafe or constitutes a hazard to the safety of adjacent or to the
occupants of the building itself.
(6)Pre-Code Building Permission
Where any building permission which has been issued by the Authority before
the commencement of these Rules and where construction is in progress and
has not been completed within the specified period from the date of such
permit, the said permission shall be deemed to be sanctioned under these
Rules and shall only be eligible for revalidation there under. Accordingly,
where the validity of sanction has expired and construction has not been
commenced within the stipulated time limit, construction shall be governed by
the provisions of these Rules. However competent authorities can decide the
application of rules basing on the stage of construction and feasibility.
(7)Demolition of Existing Building
(a) Before a building is demolished, the owner shall obtain the permission from
the concerned authority for demolition duly notifying all utilities
departments having service connections within the building, such as water,
electricity, gas, sewer and other connections. A permit to demolish a
building shall be issued only after a release is obtained from the utilities
departments stating that their respective service connections and
28
appurtenant equipment have been removed or sealed and plugged in a
safe manner.
(b) The owner shall take all precautionary measures to avoid noise and dust
pollution and shall not create any inconvenience to the neighboring plot
owners.
(c) In case of semidetached building, no objection certificate from the
neighbors shall be obtained.
(8)Interpretation
In these Rules, the use of present tense includes the future tense, the
masculine gender includes the feminine and the neutral, the singular number,
includes the plural and the plural includes the singular. The word person
includes a Corporation as an individual, writing includes printing and typing and
signature includes thumb impression made by a person who cannot write, if his
name is written near to such thumb impression.
(9)Development
(a) Development Permission
No person shall carry out any development or redevelopment including subdivision of any plot or land (not forming part of any approved layout plan or
scheme) or cause to be done without obtaining approval from the
Competent Authority for the Building/ Layout Plan.
(b)Building Permission
No person shall erect, re-erect or make additions alterations in any building
or cause the same to be done without, first obtaining a separate building
permission for each such building from the Competent Authority.
(10) Procedure for obtaining Building Permission
(a) Application for Building Permission
(i) Every person who intends to erect, re-erect or make alteration in any
place in a building or demolish any building shall submit an Application
for Building Permission in writing and/or through On-line as
prescribed to the concerned Authority of his intention in the prescribed
Form.
(ii)
Application for alteration
When the application is only for an alteration of the building only such
plans and statements as may be necessary shall accompany the
Application for Building Permission.
(iii)
Building Permission not required
No Application and building permission is necessary for the following
alterations, which do not otherwise violate any provisions regarding
general building requirements, structural stability and fire safety
requirements of these Rules.
(1) Plastering and patch repairs.
(2) Flooring and re-flooring.
(3) Construction or re-construction of sunshade not more than 75cms,
in width within one's land and not overhanging over a public
street.
(4) Construction or re-construction of parapet not more than 1.5m. in
height as permissible under these Rules.
29
(5) White-washing, painting etc., including erection of false ceiling in
any floor at the permissible clear height provided the false ceiling
in no way can be put to use as a loft etc.
(6) Erection or re-erection of internal partitions provided the same are
within the purview of the Rules.
(7) Opening and Closing of windows, ventilators and doors not
opening towards other’s properties and or public road/property.
(8) Replacing fallen bricks, stones, pillars, beams etc.
(9) Reconstruction of portions of buildings damaged by storm, rains,
fire, earthquake or any other natural calamity to the same extent
and specifications as existed prior to the damage provided the use
conforms to the provisions of the Master Plan/any other sanctioned
plan.
(b)Copies of Plans and Statements
(i) The Application for Building Permission shall be accompanied with as
many numbers of copies of plans and statements as may be prescribed.
If required, one of the plans shall be cloth mounted. The drawings/prints
of the plans shall be on one side of the paper only.
(ii) One set of plans shall be released to the applicant or communicated Online as prescribed after issue of permit or refusal as the case may be.
(c) Information accompanying the Application
The Application for Building Permission shall be accompanied by the
location plan, site plan, sub-division / layout plan, building plan, services
plan, specifications and certificate of supervision, copies of ownership title
and other documents as prescribed.
(d)Documents
The notice shall be accompanied by the following documents:
(i) Self-Attested copies of Ownership Documents-lease-deed/sale-deed
etc. giving the physical description of the plot/property.
(ii) In case of any deviation from the terms and conditions stipulated in
the lease deed/ownership document, necessary clearance from the
Authority.
(iii) Land Use Certificate (as per Perspective/Master/Zonal Plan or any
other statutory plan) issued by the concerned Authority.
(iv) Previous Sanctioned Plan copy with details of approval for the existing
building if any.
(v) An attested copy of Property Tax receipt/Vacant Land Tax receipt/NOC
from the Assessment Department of the concerned local authority.
(vi) If the site/plot falls in approved layout, the copy of the approved
layout plan duly marking the site/plot.
(vii) A declaration cum undertaking and indemnity bond by the
Owner/Builder/Developer/LTP in the prescribed Form (Annexure-3).
(viii) An affidavit/undertaking for handing over road widening portion, if
any, shall be submitted in the prescribed Form.(Annexure-4)
(ix) An affidavit/undertaking on Urban Land Ceiling, wherever applicable in
prescribed Form.
30
(x) NOC from the Competent Revenue Authority in case the land is
declared as surplus.
(xi) NOC from the District Collector wherever it is a Government Land
allotted.
(xii) NOC from the Revenue Department under the Andhra Pradesh
Agricultural Land (Conversion for Non-Agricultural Purpose) Act, 2006
for the sites falling outside the Built up area and outside the Approved
Layouts.
(xiii) NOC from Revenue Department in case of lands abut Water Bodies,
Water Courses & Nalas with sketch plan with measurements.
(Wherever required).
(xiv) NOC from Irrigation Department in case of lands abut Water Bodies,
Water Courses & Nalas with sketch plan with measurements.
(Wherever required).
(xv) NOC from Railways (Wherever required).
(xvi) NOC from State Environmental
(wherever required).
Impact
Assessment
Authority
(xvii) NOC from Defence Authority (wherever required).
(xviii) NOC from Oil/Gas Authority (wherever required).
(xix) No Objection Certificate from the Airport Authority of India (wherever
required).
(xx) Prior clearance obtained from Andhra Pradesh State Disaster
Response & Fire Services Department from fire safety point of view as
per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999 for
Residential buildings of height more than 18m, Commercial buildings
of height 15m and above and buildings of public congregation like
Educational Buildings, Cinema Theatres, Function Halls and other
Assembly Buildings on plot area of 500sq.m and above or of height
above 6m has to be submitted.
(xxi) Approval from Chief Controller of Explosives and Director General, Fire
Service, in case of hazardous buildings.
(xxii) Any other information/document, which the Authority may require in
case of listed buildings or otherwise.
(xxiii) For Buildings of above 10m height the following details shall be
submitted:
(1) Soil Test Report/Geo-technical Investigation Report issued after
personal
inspection
by
Institution/Consultant
empaneled
with/licensed by the local authority.
(2) Structural designs and drawings prepared duly taking the soil
bearing capacity into consideration and certified by qualified
Structural Engineer/Consultant Firm empaneled with/licensed by
the local authority. [The Structural Engineer/Consultant Firm is
held responsible for defect in the design].
(3) Building Plan and Application shall be invariably signed by the
owner of the property, builder if any, the Architect and the
Structural Engineer who designed the structure.
31
(4) If the construction is being taken up by a builder, an attested copy
of the registered agreement entered between the owner of the
property and the builder shall be submitted. In case of any
changes in the agreement at a later date, a copy of the same shall
also be submitted to the local authority.
(5) An undertaking on a Stamp Paper of Rs.100/-duly signed by the
owner and builder specifying that no flat or built-up area shall be
given possession to the purchaser/tenant unless they obtain the
occupancy certificate from the local authority and provide all
regular service connections.
(6) Contractor/Builders/Developer/Owner shall
Insurance Policy for the construction period.
submit
All
Risks
(11) Size of Drawing Sheets
The size of drawing sheets shall be any of those specified in the Table given
below.
TABLE – 1
Size of drawing sheets
Trimmed Size
S. No. Designation
(mm)
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
A0
841x1189
2
A1
594x841
3
A2
420x594
4
A3
297x420
5
A4
210x297
6
A5
148x210
(12) Notation for Colouring of Plans
The plans shall be coloured as specified in the following table.
TABLE – 2
Notation for colouring of plans
Sl. No.
Type
(A)
Colour
(B)
(C)
1
Plot / Site lines
Thick green
2
Existing street / road
Green
3
Proposed work including services
Red
4
Yellow hatched
5
Existing construction proposed to be
demolished
Existing structure to be retained
6
Work in progress duly sanctioned
Green
7
Open Space
No colour
32
Black
8
Drainage and Sewerage work
Red dotted
9
Water Supply work
Black dotted thin
10
Deviations
Red hatched
11
Recreation ground
Green
(13) Dimensions
(a) All dimensions shall be indicated in metric units.
(b) For the purpose of these Rules, the following conversion from M.K.S. and
F.P.S. system shall be reckoned for the road widths only.
TABLE – 3
Conversion scale
Dimension
S.
No.
in Meters
in Feet
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
3
10
2
6
20
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
7.5
9
12
15
18
24
30
25
30
40
50
60
80
100
10
11
45
60
150
200
(14) Details of Plans to be submitted
(a) Location plan / Key plan:
It shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1:10,000 showing boundary,
location of the site with respect of neighborhood land marks.
(b)Layout/Sub-division Plan:
(i)
In the case of development work proposed for Layout/Sub-division
approval, the Application for Layout/Sub-division Plan shall be
accompanied by the layout/sub-division plan which shall be drawn on
a scale of not less than 1:500 containing the following:
(ii) Scale used and North Point
(iii) The location of all existing and proposed roads with their existing and
proposed prescribed widths within the land.
(iv) Dimensions of plots along with building lines showing the required
setbacks as per Rules with dimensions within each plot.
(v) The location of drains, sewers, public facilities and services and
electrical lines etc.
(vi) Table indicating size, area and use of all the plots in the sub-division /
layout plan.
33
(vii) A statement indicating the total area of the site, area utilised under
roads, open spaces for parks, playgrounds, recreation places and
development plan reservations, schools, shopping and other public
places along with their percentage with reference to the total area of
the site proposed to be sub divided.
(viii) In case of plots which are sub-divided in built-up areas in addition to
the above, the means of access to the sub-division from existing
streets.
(c) Site Plan
(i) The site plan shall be drawn to a scale of
(1) 1:100 for plots up to 500sq.m. in size;
(2) 1:500 for plots above 500sq.m. and up to 1000sq.m;
(3) 1:1000 for plots above 1000sq.m in size.
(ii) The site plan shall show the following:
(1) The direction of north point relative to the plan of the buildings and
scale used.
(2) The boundaries of the site and of any contiguous land belonging to
the owner thereof.
(3) The position of the site in relation to neighboring street.
(4) The names and widths of the streets in which the building is
proposed to be situated.
(5) All existing physical structures / features such as major trees,
wells, drains, boulders, overhead electric supply lines, drainage and
water lines standing on, over or under the site.
(6) The position of the building and of all other buildings, if any, which
the applicant intends to erect upon his contiguous land referred to
in (ii) (2) in relation to
(a) The boundaries of the site and in case where the site has been
partitioned, the boundaries of the portion owned by the
applicant and also of the portions owned by others.
(b) All adjacent streets, building (with number of storeys and
height) and premises and drainage and water lines within a
distance of 12m of the site and of the contiguous land, if any,
referred to in (ii) (2); and
(c) If there is no street within a distance of 12m of the site, the
nearest existing street.
(d) Building number or plot number of the property on which the
building is intended to be erected is to be indicated on the
drawing.
(7) The means of access from the street to the building, and to all other
buildings, if any which the applicant intends to erect upon his
contiguous land, referred to in (ii) (2).
(8) Space to be left around the building to secure a free circulation of air,
admission of light and access.
(9) The ground area of the whole property and the breakup of covered
area and common area on each floor with the calculation for
34
percentage covered in each floor in terms of the total area of the plot
as required under the Rules governing the coverage of the area.
(10) Parking plans indicating the parking spaces and drive ways.
(11) Such other particulars as may be prescribed by the concerned
Authority.
(d)Building Plan
(i) The plans of the building, elevations and sections shall be drawn to a
readable scale of (or preferably with dimensions)
(1) 1:50 for plots measuring up to 250sq.m.
(2) 1:100 for plots measuring above 250sq.m.
(3) 1:200 for plots measuring 2000sq.m and above with details on a
scale of 1:100.
(ii) The Building Plan shall show the following:
(1) The north point relative to the plan.
(2) Floor plans of all floors together with the covered area clearly
indicating the size and spacing of all frame members and sizes of
rooms and the position and width of staircases, ramps and other
exit ways, lift ways, lift machine room and lift pit details.
(3) The use or occupancy of all parts of the building.
(4) Exact location of essential services, for example W.C., Sink, Bath
etc.
(5) Vertical sectional drawing showing clearly the sizes of the footings,
thickness of basement wall, wall construction, size and spacing of
framing members, floor slabs and roof slabs with their materials.
(6) The section shall indicate the heights of the building and rooms and
also the heights of the parapet, and the drainage and the slope of
the roof.
(7) At least one section shall be taken through the staircase, kitchen
and toilet, bath and W.C.
(8) Parking spaces and drive ways.
(9) All doors, windows and other openings including ventilators with
sizes in proper schedule form.
(10) In case of AC buildings, details of building service-air conditioning
system with position of dampers, mechanical ventilation system,
electrical services, boilers, gas pipes etc.
(11) Terrace plan indicating the drainage and the slope of the roof.
(12) All building elevations.
(13) The location of Rain Water Harvesting Pits with specifications and
cross section.
(14) Façade with height of buildings, permissible projections beyond
the permissible building line, location of doors, windows and other
openings including ventilators with size in a schedule form. Name
of external finishes material to be used has to be shown on
elevation.
(15) Such other particulars as may be required to explain the proposal
clearly and as prescribed by the concerned Authority.
35
(e) Building plans for all Hi-rise and Special Buildings
For all hi-rise buildings of residential, commercial and business buildings
and special buildings like assembly, institutional, industrial storage and
hazardous occupancies, the following information [in addition to (d) (ii)
above] shall be furnished / indicated in the building plans.
(i)
Access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of vehicular turning
circle/and clear motorable access way around the building;
(ii) Size (width) of main and alternate staircase along with balcony
approach, corridor ventilated lobby approach;
(iii) Location and details of lift enclosures;
(iv) Location and size of fire lift;
(v) Smoke stop lobby/door where provided;
(vi) Refuse chutes; refuse chamber, services duct, etc. ;
(vii) Vehicular parking spaces;
(viii) Refuge area if any;
(ix) Details of building service-air conditioning system with position of
dampers, mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers,
gas pipes etc.,
(x) Details of exits including provision of ramps, etc., for hospitals and
special risks
(xi) Location of generator, transformer and switchgear room;
(xii) Smoke exhauster system if any;
(xiii) Details of fire alarm system network;
(xiv) Location of centralized control connecting all fire alarm system, built in
fire protection arrangement & public address system etc.
(xv) Location and dimension of static water storage tank and pump room;
(xvi) Location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as
sprinklers, wet risers, hose reels, drenchers, CO2 installation etc.;
(xvii) Location and details of first aid firefighting equipment/installation;
(xviii) The proper signs/symbols and abbreviation of all firefighting
systems shall be shown in diligent as per the relevant I.S. Code.
(f) Landscape Plan
Landscape plan shall indicate the circulation and parking spaces, pathways
(hard surface), greenery and plantation (soft area) etc. and shall be drawn
in the scale of
(i) 1:100 for plots up to 500sq.m in size
(ii) 1:500 for plots above 500sq.m.
(g)Urban Design and Architectural Control
For certain areas as well as sites abutting major roads of 30m and above,
the Competent Authority may enforce urban design and architectural
control. These shall be detailed out keeping in view the development
requirements given in these Rules and the National Building Code norms.
For this purpose, urban design and architectural control sheets / Plans
approved by the Competent Authority shall be complied with.
(h)Service Plan and Water Supply Provisions
(i) Plans, elevations and sections of private water supply, sewage disposal
system and details of building services, where required by the
concerned Authority, shall be made available on the scale not less than
1:100.
36
(ii) For recharging ground water, rain water-harvesting provisions are to be
provided within the plot, which are to be indicated on the building
plans.
(iii) For residential plots more than 2000sq.m and non-residential plots
more than 1 hectare in size, separate conveying system to be provided
for sewerage and sullage to facilitate reuse of sullage water for
gardening and washing purposes. This may require suitable storage
facilities that are to be indicated on the building plans.
(15) Signing the Plans and Application [Notice]
All the Plans and Application for Building Permission shall be duly signed by the
owner and developer if any; and the Licensed/Registered Technical Personnel
i.e., Architect/Engineer/Surveyor/Town Planner as the case may be and in case
of Buildings above 10m height the Structural Engineer shall also sign all the
plans and Application for Building Permission. They shall give their present and
permanent addresses and license/Registration details.
(16) Supervision and Execution of Drainage / Sanitary works
A certificate of Supervision and Execution of drainage / sanitary works shall be
enclosed in the prescribed Form by the Architect / Engineer / Supervisor as the
case may be.
(17) Building Permit Fees and other Charges
(a) No building application shall be deemed valid unless and until the owner
submitting the application has paid the Building Permit Fees and other
charges as notified by the concerned Authority from time to time as per the
procedure prescribed.
(b) The initial fee of the Building Permit Fee of the proposed building to be paid
along with the Application for Building Permission is as follows:
Plot area (sq. m)
Initial fee to be paid (Rs.)
Up to 200
3000
Above 200
10000
(c) The balance Building Permit/License Fees together with other fees and
Charges shall be paid before the issue of permission / sanction on
intimation.
(d) In case of rejection of building application, the above initial fees paid would
be forfeited.
(e) No fees and charges would be levied for parking spaces provided in any
floor.
(18) Levy of Special Fees and Other Provisions for Certain Areas
The Sanctioning Authority with the specific approval of the Government may,
when implementing certain Projects, levy Special fees and other fees/charges
for lands/sites/premises abutting or in the vicinity of the Ring Road or other
highways/major roads or the Mass Rail Transit System/Light Rail Transit
System/Multi Modal Transit System/Bus Rapid Transit System route indicated in
the Master Plan or as proposed, at the rates and procedure prescribed by the
Government. The procedure for collection of this fee shall be as prescribed.
37
(19) City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees Applicable in Certain Cases:
(1) With a view to ensure development of city level infrastructure facilities, the
City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees shall be levied in case of large
projects/buildings as given in the table below:
TABLE – 4
City Level Infrastructure Impact Fees
S.
No.
Areas
(A)
1
2
3
4
(B)
GVMC
VMC
GMC
Other
Municipal
Corporations
Selection Grade
Municipalities
Special Grade
Municipalities
Other
Municipalities
Gram
Panchayats
falling in
Development
Authorities
Gram
Panchayats
falling in
Master Plan
areas notified
under APTP
Act, 1920
Use of the building, No. of floors, and rate in Rs. Per sq. m of built up
area
Other than Residential &
Residential use
Industrial uses
From
From
From
From
th
th
th
6 floor
10 floor
Above
6 floor 10th floor
Above
To 9th
To 17th
17th floor
To 9th
To 17th
17th floor
floor
floor
floor
floor
(C)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
500
1000
2000
1000
2000
3000
500
1000
2000
800
1500
2000
250
400
800
500
1000
1500
200
300
500
300
500
1000
(2) For the first five floors of the building (excluding stilt floor) there will be no
levy of City Level Infrastructure Impact Fee.
(3) In case of Multiplex Complex, the rates given in the Multiplex Complex
Rules shall be applicable.
(4) The Government may revise the above rates from time to time.
(5) The above rates shall not be applicable for Government Departments and
Public Agencies like Development Authority, Andhra Pradesh Industrial
38
Infrastructure Corporation (APIIC) and Local bodies. This exemption shall
not be applicable for commercial projects taken up by such agencies.
(6) The amount levied and collected under the above Rule shall be credited and
maintained in a separate escrow account by the concerned sanctioning
authority and 50% of it shall be utilised for development of infrastructure in
the same area and balance amount is to be utilised towards improvement of
city level capital infrastructure in the area. An Infrastructure Plan and Action
Plan for implementation is required to be undertaken by the Competent
Authority and the said Fund is utilised accordingly.
(20) Compliance
by
Owner/Builder/Developer/Licensed
Technical
Personnel for ensuring construction is undertaken as per sanctioned
plan
(a) The owner and builder/developer shall give an Affidavit (Annexure 3) in the
prescribed Form duly notarized to the effect that in the case of any
violation from the sanctioned building plan, the Enforcement Authority can
summarily demolish the violated portion.
(b) In respect of Apartment Buildings, the owner or builder shall give a
Declaration in the prescribed Form (Annexure 3) duly specifying the in case
of any violation with regard to the Declaration, the Enforcement Authority
can demolish the violations.
(c) Before release of the building sanction by the sanctioning authority, the
owner of the plot/site is not only required to produce the original Sale
Deed, registered under the provisions of the Indian Registration Act,
1908/Certified copy issued by Stamps and Registration Department for the
perusal of the sanctioning authority and cross verification with the selfattested copy submitted with the building application.
(d) The owner is required to hand over 10 % built-up area in any approved
floor shall be mortgaged, as the case may be, to the sanctioning authority
by way of a Notarized Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed. In respect of
row houses/detached houses/cluster housing 5% of the units shall be
handed over by way of Notarized Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed to the
sanctioning authority. The Notarized Affidavit/Registered Mortgage Deed
shall be got entered by the sanctioning authority in the Prohibitory Property
Watch Register of the Registration Department. Then only the Building
sanction will be released.
(e) Individual Residential Buildings in plots up to 200sq.m with height up to
10m in respect of all Municipal Corporations; and in plots up to 300sq.m
with height up to 10m in respect of Gram Panchayats in CRDA, MRDA and
UDA areas and in all Municipalities/Nagar Panchayats are exempted from
the condition (d) above.
(21) Grant of Permission or Refusal
(a) The concerned Authority, on the advice of the Town Planner, may sanction
the plans, specifications with such modification or directions as it may
deem necessary and there upon shall communicate its decision to the
applicant giving the notice in the Building Permission Order in the
prescribed form after receiving the balance fee and charges and obtaining
the relevant undertakings if any.
39
(b) In case of refusal, the Authority duly mentioning the reasons for refusal
shall communicate its decision to the applicant giving the notice in the
Building Refusal Order in the prescribed form.
(c) The building permit for Hi-rise Buildings/Special Buildings shall be given by
the Authority only after the prior clearance from the Andhra Pradesh State
Disaster Response & Fire Services Department and Airport Authority of
India are obtained.
(d) In case, where the building permission requires the clearance of Heritage
Committee, if constituted for the purpose, then the Authority shall issue
the building permission only after getting the clearance from the Heritage
Committee.
(e) If within 30 days of the receipt of application for sanction of building
permission or the time limit as stipulated in the Act, the Authority fails to
intimate in writing to the applicant who has submitted the application, of
its refusal or sanction to the application with its plans and statements, the
same shall be deemed to have been sanctioned provided the fact is
immediately brought to the notice of the Authority in writing by the
applicant who has submitted the application and having not received any
intimation from the Authority within 15 days of giving such application
subject to the conditions mentioned in the Rules, nothing shall be
construed to authorize any person to do anything in contravention or
against any regulations, Bye-Laws or ordinance operating at the time of
execution of the work at site.
(f) Once the plan has been scrutinized and objections have been pointed out,
the owner who has submitted the application for building permit shall
modify the plan to comply with the objections raised and resubmit the
modified plans. The Authority shall scrutinize the resubmitted plans and
thereafter the plans shall be sanctioned if they are in accordance with
these rules. It is clarified further as below that:
(i) No Application for building permission shall be valid unless the
information required by the Authority under the Rules or any further
information which may be required has been furnished to the
satisfaction of the Authority and required fees have been paid.
(ii) The Owner /Licensed or Registered Technical Personnel and others shall
be fully responsible for any violation of Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Building
Rules, Architectural control, lease deed conditions etc. In case of any
default they shall be liable for action. Any construction so raised shall be
deemed to be unauthorized.
(22) Sanction of Building Permit Applications through Online Building
Permission Management System:
(a) ‘Online
Building
Permission
Management
System’
means
implementation of Information and Communication Technology (ICT)
enabled Integrated Online Building Permission Management System where
permission for any category of buildings will be issued.
(b) The sanction of Building Permission for all categories of the buildings
including High rise Buildings which are permissible in normal course as per
zoning regulations and as per these Rules and received with all prescribed
documents and plans shall be done through the Online Building Permission
40
Management System by the respective Sanctioning Authority except in
case of Gram Panchayats falling in the following areas.
(i) Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority [APCRDA];
Metropolitan
Region
Development
Authority
(MRDA)/Urban
Development Authority (UDA); and
(ii) Master Plans / General Town Planning Schemes notified under Andhra
Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920 not falling in Andhra Pradesh Capital
Region Development Authority [APCRDA] / Metropolitan Region
Development Authority (MRDA) / Urban Development Authority (UDA).
(c) Post Verification of Building Permissions:
After sanction of the Building Permissions through the Online Building
Permission Management System, the respective Local Authorities,
Competent Authority and Sanctioning Authority who shall examine and
scrutinize the Building Permissions as per the categories given below in
detail and verify the compliance of the provisions of the land uses as per the
Master Plans/General Town Planning Schemes, layouts, the relevant rules
and regulations as applicable and wherever there has been any false
statement, misrepresentation of material facts in the application on which
the building permission was sanctioned is invalid and shall be deemed to be
cancelled. The concerned authority shall be entitled to take appropriate
action against such Licensed Technical Personnel any person whoever is
responsible and also against such construction. Till such time any application
filed by concerned LTP/Applicant shall not be accepted without specific
approval from Competent Authority.
(i) Local Authorities shall undertake post verification of all building
permissions issued in their respective jurisdiction.
(ii) Andhra
Pradesh
Capital
Region
Development
Authority
[APCRDA]/Metropolitan
Region
Development
Authority
(MRDA)/Urban Development Authority (UDA)/IALA Areas:
In
case
of
areas
falling
under
the
jurisdiction
of
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA, post verification of building permissions shall
be done as per the delegation of powers and as per the categories
permissible in normal course as per zoning regulations issued by the
concerned APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA from time to time.
(iii) Areas not covered under APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/IALA Areas:
(1) The concerned Regional Deputy Director of Town & Country Planning
shall undertake post verification of building permissions which are
having site area of above 300sq.m and up to 1000sq.m where the
proposed activity is permissible in normal course as per Master Plan
and Zoning Regulations.
(2) The Director of Town & Country Planning or his representative shall
undertake post verification of building permissions which area
having the site area above 1000sq.m where the proposed activity is
permissible in normal course as per Master Plan and Zoning
Regulations.
41
(23) Sanction of Building Permit Applications in case of Gram Panchayats
Falling in APCRDA/MRDA/UDA and Master Plans/General Town
Planning Schemes Notified Under Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act,
1920:
(a) Gram Panchayats falling in Andhra Pradesh Capital Region
Development
Authority
(APCRDA)/Metropolitan
Region
Development Authority (MRDA)/Urban Development Authority
(UDA):
In case of Gram panchayats areas falling under the jurisdiction of
APCRDA/MRD/UDA, the sanction of building permissions shall be done as
per the delegation of powers and as per the categories permissible in
normal course as per zoning regulations issued by the concerned
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA from time to time.
(b) Gram Panchayats covered in Master Plans / General Town Planning
Schemes notified under Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920
not falling in APCRDA/MRDA / UDA:
In the Gram Panchayat areas covered under sanctioned Master
Plans/General
Town
Planning
(GTP)
Schemes
not
falling
in
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA, the Sanctioning Authority is empowered to sanction
the individual residential building permission up to 10m height in plot area
up to 300sq.m, in the sites where the proposed activity are permissible in
normal course as per Zoning Regulations. In respect of other cases prior
Technical Approval shall be obtained from the Competent Authority i.e.
Director of Town & Country Planning. The Panchayat Secretary shall
submit the proposal through the concerned Regional Deputy Director of
Town Planning (RDDTP) to the Director of Town & Country Planning.
(24) Duration of Sanction
(a) The construction shall be commenced within 18 months from the date of
sanction.
(b) The sanction accorded is valid for 6 years in case of High Rise Buildings,
Multiplex and Group Development Schemes and 3 years in case of Non High
Rise Buildings from the date of sanction.
(c) The permit shall be got revalidated before the expiry of this period. The
revalidation shall be considered in case of projects commence within
stipulated period. Where construction has not commenced the revalidation
shall be subject to rules in force.
(d) The Building Permit Fee shall be paid for revalidation of the permit.
(e) No building activity can be carried out after the expiry of validity of such
building permit.
(f) No completion/occupancy shall be entertained after the expiry of valid
extension of time for construction.
(25) Revalidation
(a) If the owner fails to complete the building within the validity period and the
building is partly constructed, and the completed building is in conformity
with the building Rules, then the permission shall be revalidated for further
period of one year in case of Non High Rise Buildings and two years in case
of High Rise Buildings and Group Development Schemes, as a onetime
measure duly collecting the necessary fee and charges as prescribed and
42
the owner be informed accordingly in the prescribed Building Permission
Revalidation Order.
(b) Application for such revalidation shall be submitted along with the following
documents:
(i) Original sanctioned plan;
(ii) Revalidation fee as prescribed;
(iii) NOC required from lessor in case the property is lease hold, for
time extension for construction.
(iv) Documents in support of construction, if any, having been done within
valid period of sanction;
(v) Certificate of supervision from the Licensed Technical Personnel that
the construction is being carried out under his supervision according to
the plans sanctioned by the concerned Local Body/Authority.
(vi) Ownership documents or Affidavit for updated ownership document
after previous sanction.
(c) The application for revalidation shall be processed and revalidation or
objection, if any, shall be communicated to the applicant as prescribed for
the Building Permission.
(26) Revocation of Permission
The concerned Authority may revoke any building permission issued under the
provisions of the Rules duly giving an opportunity to the applicant to represent
if any, wherever there has been any false statement, misrepresentation of
material facts in the application on which the building permission was based
and shall be communicated to the applicant in the prescribed form for
Revocation of Permission.
(27) Maintenance of a Building Application Register
Building Application Register in the prescribed Form containing the necessary
particulars including information as to the manner in which Building
Applications for permission have been dealt with by the Local Authority shall
be maintained.
(28) Penal Action against Licensed Technical Personnel
(a) The Local Authority reserves the right to take action and to debar/black list
the Licensed Technical Personnel i.e., Architect, Engineer, Plumber,
Structural Engineer, Supervisor and Town Planner, if found to have deviated
from the professional conduct or to have made any misstatement or on
account of misrepresentation of any material fact or default either in
authentication of a plan or in supervision of the construction against the
building Rules/Bye-Laws and the sanctioned building plans.
(b) If the Local Authority finds at any time any violation of the building Rules or
misrepresentation of fact, or construction at variance with the sanction or
building Rules, inclusive of the prescribed documents, the Local Authority
shall be entitled to revoke the sanction and take appropriate action against
such Licensed Technical Person and such Licensed Technical Person shall
not be authorized to submit building plans, fresh plans till finalization of the
case.
(c) Before debarring or blacklisting such Licensed Technical Person if found to
be indulging in professional misconduct or where he/she has
43
misrepresented any material fact the Local Authority shall give him a showcause notice with a personal hearing.
(29) Procedure during construction work
(a) Construction to be in conformity with Rules
Neither the granting of the permission nor the approval of the drawings and
specification, nor inspection by the Authority during erection of the building
shall in any way relieve the Owner of the building/Licensed Technical
Personnel from their responsibility for carrying out work in accordance with
these Rules.
(b)Notice for commencement of work
Before commencement of the building work for which building permit has
been sanctioned, the owner shall within the validity period of sanction give
Notice of Commencement in the prescribed Form to the Local Authority
of his intention to start the construction.
In case the owner commences the construction without giving
commencement notice, he may be penalized by imposing penalty as
prescribed.
(30) Documents to be kept at site
The following documents shall be kept at the Site during construction.
(a) A copy of sanctioned plan exhibited in a conspicuous place on the property
in respect of which the permission was issued.
(b) A copy of the approved drawings and specifications of the building in
respect of which the permission was issued.
(c) A set of records of test data where tests of any materials are made to
ensure conformity with the requirements, shall be kept available for
inspection during the construction of the building and for such a period
thereafter as required by the Authority.
(31) Checking of Building during Construction and Enforcement
In addition to the enforcement powers and responsibilities given in the
respective laws of the local authority, in respect of these Rules:
(a) It shall be the responsibility of the Owner/Licensed Technical Personnel to
ensure that the construction of the building is in accordance with the
sanctioned building plan.
(b) The Enforcement Authority concerned shall be wholly and severally
responsible for ensuring and maintaining the right of way/width of the road
and building restrictions as given in these Rules.
(c) The Enforcement Authority shall summarily remove any violation or
deviation in building construction in maintaining the road widths and
building line.
(d) In respect of apartment complexes, shopping complexes and all high rise
buildings, periodical inspections shall be carried out indicating the stage of
work with reference to sanctioned plan. In case of any deviations from the
sanctioned plan, necessary action shall be taken as per rules.
44
(e) Any person who whether at his own instance or at the instance of any other
person or anybody including the Government Department undertakes or
carries out construction or development of any and in contravention of the
statutory master plan or without permission, approval or sanction or in
contravention of any condition subject to which such permission or approval
or sanction has been granted shall be punished with imprisonment for a
term which may extend to three years, or with fine which may extend to ten
percent of the value of land or building including land in question as fixed by
the Registration Department at the time of using the land or building.
Provided that the fine imposed shall, in no case be less than fifty percent of
the said amount.
(32) Notice of Completion
(a) Every owner/developer shall submit a Notice of Completion in the
prescribed Form to the Authority regarding completion of the work of the
building on or before the last date as stipulated in the building permission.
(b) The notice of completion shall be submitted by the owner/licensed
builder/developer duly signed by the Licensed Technical Personnel, who has
supervised the construction, accompanied by two sets of completion plans
(as in the case of sanctioned plan including one cloth mounted copy) and
the following documents along with the prescribed fee if any:
(i)
Final Clearance of the Director General, A.P. Disasters Response and
Fire Services Department, wherever required.
(ii)
Structural Stability Certificate duly signed by the Structural Engineer in
case of Buildings above 10m height.
(iii) Certificate of fitness of the Lift from concerned Agency which has
erected /Department wherever required.
(iv) Two sets of photographs of the building from all sides duly signed by
Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel.
(v)
A certificate by the Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel
for covering up the underground drain, sanitary and water supply
work, under their supervision and in accordance with Building Rules
and sanctioned building plans as applicable.
(vi) A certificate by the Owner, Developer and Licensed Technical Personnel
with regard to the construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures,
Solar Energy Structures and Recycle of Water Treatment Plants
wherever required as per the sanctioned plans.
(vii) Clearance from Chief Controller of Explosives, wherever required.
(viii) Any other information/document that the Authority may deem fit.
(33) Occupancy Certificate
(a) Occupancy Certificate shall be mandatory for all buildings. No person shall
occupy or allow any other person to occupy any building or part of a
building for any purpose unless such building has been granted an
Occupancy Certificate by the Sanctioning Authority.
(b) The Sanctioning Authority or the person authorized, on receipt of notice of
completion shall undertake inspection to verify the following aspects:
45
(i)
No. of Floors.
(ii)
External setbacks.
(iii)
Usage of the building.
(iv)
Parking space provision.
(v)
Abutting road width.
(vi)
Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
(vii) Solar Energy Structures in Buildings, as applicable.
(viii) Recycle of Water Treatment Plants, as applicable.
The T.P staff shall inspect the building and submit remarks within 10 days
failing which the online system shall generate occupancy certificate
automatically under deemed provision.
(c) In case, if the Occupancy Certificate is refused due to deviation, which
cannot be compounded, the completion certificate will be rejected and
communicated to the applicant in the prescribed form.
(d) The Sanctioning Authority shall communicate the approval of the
Occupancy Certificate in the prescribed Form within 15 days or may
issue the same after levying and collecting compounding fee, if any.
(e) If nothing is communicated within this period, it shall be deemed to have
been approved by the Authority for occupation provided the fact is
immediately brought to the notice of Authority in writing by the person,
who had given the completion notice and has not received any intimation
from the Authority within 15 days.
(f) If the authority fails to issue the occupancy certificate within the above
stipulated period the responsibility shall be fixed with the concerned officer
who fails to process the file.
(g) The Sanctioning Authority is empowered to compound the offence in
relation to setbacks violations (other than the front setback) in respect of
non-high rise buildings only up to 10%, duly recording thereon the
violations in writing. The rate of Compounding fee shall be equivalent to
one hundred percent of the value of the land as fixed by the Registration
Department at the time of compounding for the violated portion and the
Government may revise this rate from time to time. Compounding of such
violation shall not be considered for buildings constructed without obtaining
any sanctioned plan.
(h) For all high rise buildings, the work shall be subject to inspection by the
Andhra Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department and
the Occupancy Certificate shall be issued only after clearance from the
Andhra Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department with
regard to Fire Safety and Protection requirements.
(i) The sanctioning authority shall ensure that all public and semipublic
buildings are constructed disable friendly and provide facilities for
Differently abled persons, Elderly and Children as per the Rules there under
and also as per the latest version of National Building Code of India while
issuing occupancy certificate.
(j) The functional/line agencies dealing with electric power, water supply,
drainage and sewerage shall not give regular connections to the building
46
unless such Occupancy Certificate is produced, or alternatively may charge
3 times the tariff till such time Occupancy Certificate is produced. This
condition shall also be applicable to all unauthorized constructions and
buildings constructed without sanctioned building plan. In addition to the
above, the Local Body shall collect every year two times the property tax
as penalty from the owner / occupier.
(k) The Registration Authority shall register only the permitted built up area as
per the sanctioned building plan and only upon producing and filing a copy
of such sanctioned building plan. On the Registration Document it should
be clearly mentioned that the registration is in accordance with the
sanctioned building plan in respect of setbacks and number of floors.
(l) The financial agencies / institutions shall extend loan facilities only to the
permitted built up area as per the sanctioned building plan.
(34) Partial Occupancy/Completion Certificate
In such cases where a project is not complete at one stretch constructed in
different stages, part occupancy/completion certificate for the building
otherwise complete in all respects, may be issued subject to the condition that
such a part occupancy/completion certificate would apply to an independent
block/building of the sanctioned project. In case of a residential house part
occupancy/completion may be issued for an independent floor.
(35) Connection to the Municipal Sewer / Water lines
(a) Temporary connection for water, electricity or sewer, permitted for the
purpose of facilitating the construction, shall not be allowed to continue in
the premises beyond the plan validity period and without obtaining
completion / occupancy certificate.
(b) No connection to the Municipal water mains or to the Municipal sewer line
with a building shall be made without the prior permission of the concerned
Authority and without obtaining occupancy / completion certificate.
(c) In case the use is changed or unauthorized construction is made, the
Authority is authorized to discontinue such services or cause
discontinuance of such services.
(36) Limitations of Building Sanction
Sanction of building permission by the Sanctioning Authority shall not mean
responsibility or clearance of the following aspects:
(a) Title or ownership of the site or building
(b) Easement Rights
(c) Variation in area from recorded area of a plot / site or building
(d) Structural Reports, Structural Drawings and structural stability
(e) Workmanship, soundness of structure and materials used
(f) Quality of building services and amenities in the construction of building
(g) The site/ area liable to flooding as a result of not taking proper drainage
arrangement as per the natural lay of the land, etc. and
(h) Other requirements or licenses or clearances required for the site
/premises or activity under various other laws.
47
(37) Licensing of Builders, Developers, Engineers, Landscape Architects,
Real Estate Companies, Structural Engineers, Supervisors, Town
Planners, Urban Designers & Other Technical Personnel
(a) The Licensing of Builders, Developers, Engineers, Landscape Architects,
Real Estate Companies, Structural Engineers, Supervisors, Town Planners
and Urban Designers & Other Technical Personnel mandatory shall be in
accordance with the rules as prescribed.
(b) Architects shall be required to be registered with the Council of Architecture
as required under the Architects Act, 1972.
(c)
The engaging of the services of a licensed developer/builder shall be
mandatory for Apartment Buildings, Group Housing, all types of Group
Development Schemes, all High-Rise Buildings and all Commercial
Complexes.
(d) Developments undertaken for construction of individual residential houses,
educational/institutional/industrial buildings and developments undertaken
by public agencies are exempted from the above condition.
(e)
Any developer/builder undertaking development or any firm doing property
business in any Local Authority/Urban Development Authority Area or
soliciting property sale/transactions or advertising as such in case of above,
shall necessarily mention the details of its licence number, licence number
of the licensed developer to whom the approval is given by the said Local
Authority/Urban Development Authority, together with the permit number
and its validity for information and verification of public/prospective buyers.
(f)
Absence of the above or suppressing of the above facts or in the case of
other licenses and other technical personnel who violate the conditions
would invite penal action including debarring of the real estate
firm/development firm/company from practice in the local authority area for
5 years besides prosecution under the relevant laws/code of conduct by the
Sanctioning Authority.
(g)
Any licensed developer/builder/other technical personnel who undertake
construction in violation of the sanctioned plans shall be black-listed and
this would entail cancellation of their licence besides being prosecuted under
the relevant laws/code of conduct.
*********
48
CHAPTER – IV
GENERAL SPACE REQUIREMENTS AND SERVICES
4.
Standard space requirements of various parts of a building of all types
including high rise buildings:
(1)
Space requirement for different parts of building of different sizes:
(a) Plinth:
(i) Main Building: The plinth or any part of a building or outhouse
shall be so located with respect to highest road level from site so
that adequate drainage of the site is assured. The height of the plinth
shall be not less than 450mm from surrounding ground level.
(ii) Interior Courtyards, Covered Parking Spaces and Garages: Every
interior court yard shall be raised at least 150mm above the
determining ground level and shall be satisfactorily drained either by
gravity or by mechanical means.
(b) Minimum Size, Width and Height of different components of residential
premises shall be as given in the Table below.
TABLE - 5
Minimum Size, Width and Height of different components of
residential premises
S.
No
.
Component
s of
Building
(A)
(B)
1 Habitable
Rooms
2 Kitchen
3 Pantry
4 Kitchen with
Dining area
5 Bathroom
6 WC
7 Combined
Bath & WC
8 Door ways
(Habitable
rooms)
(Kitchen,
Bath, WC)
9 Staircases
10 Garage
11 Store room
12
Projections
Minimum Requirement for
a Dwelling Unit up to
50sq.m
Area
Width
Height
(sq. m)
(m)
(m)
(C)
(D)
(E)
7.5
2.1
2.75
Minimum Requirement for a
Dwelling Unit above 50sq.m
Area
(sq. m)
(F)
9.5
Width
(m)
(G)
2.4
Height
(m)
(H)
2.75
3.3
7.5
1.8
2.1
2.75
2.75
4.5
3.0
7.5
1.8
1.4
2.1
2.75
2.75
2.75
1.2
1.0
1.8
1.0
0.9
1.0
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.8
1.2
2.8
1.2
0.9
1.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
-
0.9
2.1
-
0.9
2.1
-
0.75
2.0
-
0.75
2.0
1.0
1.0
Two-wheeler garage: 1 x 2 m
18.0
3.0
2.4
Area and width of the store has no restriction, however
Minimum Height has to be 2.20mt. If the area of the store is
9.5sqm and above, the light and ventilation clause shall also
apply.
Permitted within the plot boundary, up to 0.75 m width. No
portions of any projection whatsoever shall project outside the
plot boundary.
Notes:
49
1. Provided that the minimum clear head way under any beam shall not
be less than 2.4 m.
2. Maximum permissible height for building component mentioned above
is 4.8m. However if the architect desires that more height of any
building component is necessary for the functional design even to the
extent of double height (to be counted twice in FAR) in the project,
the same may be permitted subject to the overall permissible height
of building/structure.
3. In case of group housing all open spaces provided either in interior or
exterior shall be kept free from any erections thereon and shall open
to the sky. Nothing except cornice, chhajja or weather shade (not
more than 0.75m wide) shall overhang or project over the said open
space so as to reduce the width to less than minimum required. Such
projections shall not be allowed at height less than 2.2m from the
corresponding finished floor level.
4. Architectural features and landscape:
Architectural features like pergolas, free standing walls, trellis, onpermanent gazebos, fountains, statues, pedestal, louvers, fins, jalis,
sunshade etc. in permissible building envelope area, which shall not
be counted in FAR and Ground Coverage.
(2)
Minimum Size and Width of different components of Non-residential
premises
The minimum area for office room/shop or any other space to be used as
workspace shall not be less than 6.0sq.m and with a minimum width of 2.1m.
5.
Splay at road junctions, including ‘Y’ junctions:
Splay required at road junctions is given in the Table below. The area of splay
would be deemed to form part of the road junction.
TABLE- 6
Splay required at road junctions
6.
Sl. No.
Road Width (in m)
Splay / Offset (in m)
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
Less than 12
3X3
2
Above 12 up to 24
3
Above 24
4.5 X 4.5
6X6
Requirements of Parts of Buildings
(1) Balcony:
(a) No balcony or corridor shall be permitted projecting within the mandatory
open spaces/setbacks in case of non-high rise buildings. These if provided
50
shall be set back as per the minimum mandatory open spaces and the
setbacks shall be clear from the edge of the balcony or corridor.
(b) In case of high rise buildings, the balcony projection of up to 2m may be
allowed projecting on to the open spaces for upper floors from 6m height
from the corresponding finished floor level onwards.
(2) Basement:
The construction of the basement may be allowed in accordance with the land
use and other provisions specified under the Master Plan/Zonal Plan/Zoning
Regulations/Building Rules. The basement shall have the following
requirement:
(a) Basements are allowed for plots 750sq.m and above only.
(b) Every basement shall be in every part at least 2.4m in height from the floor
to underside of the roof slab or ceiling.
(c) The minimum height of the ceiling of any basement shall be 0.9m and the
maximum height shall be 1.2m above the highest adjacent road level.
(d) Basement shall be with a setback of at least 1.5m in the sites of extent of
up to 1000sq.m, 2m in the sites of extent of more than 1000sq.m and up
to 2000sq.m, and 3m in the sites of extent of more than 2000sq.m from
the property line. In case of more than one basement, 0.5m additional
setback for every additional basement floor shall be insisted.
(e) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional
area (aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread
evenly round the perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the
form of grills or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by
way of shafts. Any deficiency may be met by providing adequate
mechanical ventilation in the form of blowers, exhaust fans, airconditioning systems, etc.
(f) Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor
level and smoke outlets at basement ceiling level.
(g) Adequate arrangement shall be made such that surface drainage does not
enter the basement.
(h) The walls and floors of the basement shall be watertight and be so
designed that the effect of the surrounding soil and moisture, if any, are
taken into account in design and adequate damp proofing treatment is
given.
(i) The access to the basement shall be either from the main or alternate
staircase providing access to the building. When the staircase is
continuous in the case of buildings served by more than one staircase, the
same shall be of enclosed type serving as a fire separation from the
basement floor and higher floors and having fire resistance rating [of not
less than two hours]/as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC
2005.
(j) In case a lift is provided in a building (including residential buildings) the
same may also serve the basement area.
(k) The exit requirements shall conform to the provisions of ‘Fire and Life
safety’.
(l) Basement floor shall be used only for parking and not for any habitation
purpose. Parking can be permitted in one or more levels (multi-levels). In
51
case of basement being used as parking only, the travel distance shall be
45m.
(m) Parking in basement can also be permitted by means of a car lift. Wherever
Mechanical system and car lifts are proposed enabling two tier parking,
the required parking is computed accordingly.
(n) Common and Continuous basement parking floors between adjoining
buildings would be allowed depending upon structural safety aspects,
mutual agreement between owners, etc.
(o) Only in case of High Rise Buildings, up to 10% of basement may be utilised
for utilities and non-habitation purpose like A/C Plant room, Generator
room, Sewerage Treatment Plant (STP), Electrical installations, Laundry,
etc. This is allowed only after fulfilling the required parking spaces.
(p) Building services such as electrical sub-stations, boiler rooms in
basements shall comply with the provisions of the Indian Electricity
Act/Rules. Boiler room shall be provided at the first basement along the
periphery wall with fire resistance rating as given in Tables 1 to 18 of
Part IV of the NBC 2005 or shall be separated with the blast wall.
(q) Stall board and pavement lights should be in positions easily accessible
to the fire brigade and clearly marked ‘SMOKE OUTLET’ or ‘AIR
INLET’ with an indication of area served at or near the opening.
(r) In multi-story basements, intake ducts may serve all basement levels, but
each basement level and basement compartment shall have separate
smoke outlet duct or ducts. Ducts so provided shall have the same fire
resistance rating as the compartment itself. Fire rating may be taken as
the required smoke extraction time for smoke extraction ducts.
(s) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement
levels shall also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to
operate on actuation of heat/smoke sensitive detectors or sprinklers, if
installed, and shall have a considerably superior performance compared
to the standard units. It shall also have an arrangement to start it
manually.
(t) Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that
extractors shall continue to operate and supply fans for HVAC shall stop
automatically with the actuation of fire detectors.
(u) Mechanical extractors shall be designated to permit 30 air changes per
hour in case of fire or distress call. However, for normal operation, air
changes schedule shall be as given in Part 8, Building Services, Section
3, Air-conditioning, Heating and Mechanical Ventilation of National
Building Code, 2005.
(v) Mechanical extractors shall have an alternative source of supply.
(w) Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of
brick masonry or reinforced cement concrete and when this duct crosses
the transformer area or electrical switchboard, fire dampers shall be
provided.
(x) If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors or to the
atmosphere, all sides cutout openings in the basements shall be
protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to form a water curtain
in the event of a fire.
(y) The basement shall be partitioned and in no case compartment shall be
more than 500sq.m and less than 50sq.m area except parking. Each
52
compartment shall have ventilation standards as laid down in the rules
separately and independently. The partition shall be made in consultation
with APSDR&FSD.
(z) It is essential to make provisions for drainage of any such water on all
floors to prevent or minimize water damage of the contents. The
drain pipes should be provided on the external wall for drainage of
water from all floors. On large area floors, several such pipes may be
necessary which should be spaced 30m apart. Care shall be taken to
ensure that the construction of the drain pipe does not allow spread fire
/ smoke from floor to floor.
(aa) The staircase shall be situated at the periphery of the basement to be
entered at ground level only, from outside open air.
(bb)The staircase shall communicate with basement through a lobby with selfclosing doors with fire resistance rating as per relevant NBC code
mentioned above.
(3) Bathroom and W.C:
Every bathroom or water closet shall
(a)
be so situated that at least one of its walls shall open to external air.
(b)
unless mechanically ventilated, it shall have a minimum opening in the
form of window or ventilation opening to a shaft or open space, of area
not less than 0.3sq.m with side not less than 0.3m.
(c)
have the platform or seat made of watertight non-absorbent material.
(d)
no room containing water closets shall be used for any purpose except
as a lavatory.
(e)
every water closet and/or a set of urinals shall have flushing cistern of
adequate capacity attached to it.
(f)
toilets / W.C. / Urinals are permitted within the building envelop in stilts
area and basement or at ground level with subject to appropriate natural
/ artificial ventilation, drainage and sanitation provided the maximum
size doesn’t exceed 3sq.m.
(g)
shall not open directly into any kitchen or cooking space by a door,
window or other opening.
(h)
every room containing WC shall have a door completely closing the
entrance to it.
(i)
not be directly over or under any room other than another water-closet,
washing place, bath or terrace, unless it has water-tight floor.
(j)
all the sewage outlets shall be connected to the municipal sewerage
system. Where no such system exists, a septic tank shall be provided
within the plot conforming to the requirements.
(k)
be provided with an impervious floor covering, sloping towards the drain
with a suitable grade and not towards veranda or any other room.
(l)
Be enclosed by walls or partitions and the surface of every such wall or
partition shall be finished with a smooth impervious material to a height
of not less than 1m above the floor of such room.
53
(4) Boundary wall height:
Wherever applicable, the following norms shall apply.
(a) Front wall: 1.2m from highest adjacent road level to be solid (stone/brick/
masonry etc.).
(b) And above 1.2m and up to 2.0m it should be perforated (stone jali/iron
grills/vegetation) to maintain visual continuity.
(c)Side walls and back wall: 2.4m from ground level to be solid (stone/brick/
masonry etc.).
(d) In case of corner buildings the height of boundary wall shall be restricted
to 0.75m for length of 10m on the front and side of the inter-sections and
the balance height of 0.75m if required may be constructed with the
perforated stone jali/iron grills/vegetation) to maintain visual continuity.
(e) The above provisions are not applicable to the boundary walls of jails.
(f) In Industrial buildings of workshops and factories, electric sub-stations,
transformer stations, institutional buildings like sanitoria, hospitals and
educational buildings like schools, colleges, including hostels, and other
public utility undertakings and strategically sensitive buildings a height up
to 2.4m may be permitted.
(5) Canopy:
Canopy to be provided within the building envelope or in setback subject to
setback conditions but inside plot line, however over the entrance in the front
setback should not be more than 3m and inside setbacks may be up to the
plot boundary or maximum 3m, whichever is less. Canopy can be at the
structural floor level.
(6) Doorways
(a) Every doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit, on
a corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means of
egress.
(b) No exit doorways shall be less than lm in width and in case of hospital
and ward block it shall be 1.5m.
(c) Doorways for bathrooms, water closet, stores etc. shall be not less than
0.75m wide.
(d) Doorways shall not be less than 200cm in case of assembly buildings.
(e) Doorways shall be not less than 2m in height.
(f) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is away from the room but shall
not obstruct the travel along any exit. No door when opened shall reduce
the required width of stairway or landing to less than 0.9m. Overhead or
sliding door shall not be installed.
(g) Exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of stairs. A landing
equal to at least, the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway
at each doorway. Level of landings shall be the same as that of the floor,
which it serves.
54
(h) Exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve without
the use of a key.
(i) Revolving doors shall not be provided as a means of fire exit..
(j) Mirrors shall not be placed in exit ways or exit doors to avoid confusion
regarding the direction of exit.
(7) Exit requirements:
The following general requirement shall apply to exits:
(a) Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exits
sufficient to permit safe escape of occupants in case of fire or other
emergency.
(b) In every building exit shall comply with the minimum requirement of
this part, except those not accessible for general public use.
(c) All exists shall be free of obstructions.
(d) No buildings shall be altered so as to reduce the number, width or
portion of exits to less than required.
(e) Exits shall be clearly visible and the routes to reach exits shall be clearly
marked and signs posted to guide the occupants of floor concerned.
(f) All exit ways shall be properly illuminated.
(g) Firefighting equipment where provided along exits shall be suitably located
and clearly marked but must not obstruct the exit way and there should
be clear indication about its location from either side of the exit way.
(h) Alarm devices shall be installed to ensure prompt evacuation of the
occupants concerned through the exits, wherever required.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the exterior of a
building or to an exterior open space leading to a street.
(j) Exits shall be so arranged that they may be reached without passing
through another occupied unit, except in the case of residential buildings.
(8) Arrangement of Exits:
(a) Exits in non-sprinkled buildings shall be so located so that the travel
distance on the floor shall not exceed 22.50m for residential, educational,
institutional and hazardous occupancies and 30.0m for assembly,
business, mercantile, industrial and storage occupancies.
(b) Whenever more than one exit is required for a floor of a building they shall
be placed as remote from each other as possible.
(c)All the exits shall be accessible from the entire floor area at all floor levels.
(d) In case of sprinkled building the travel distance shall be increased by 1.5
times the mandatory distance.
(e) The travel distance to an exit from the remote point shall not exceed half
the distance as stated above except in the case of institutional occupancy
in which case it shall not exceed 6.0m.
55
(9) Capacity of Exits:
The capacity of exits (staircase, ramps and doorways) indicating the number
of which persons could be safely evacuated through a unit exit width of 50cm
shall be as given in the Table below.
TABLE - 7
Number of Occupants per unit Exit width
S.
No.
Occupancy
Number of occupants
Stairways Ramps
(A)
(B)
(C)
(D)
Doors
(E)
1
Residential/Educational/Institutional
25
50
75
2
Assembly
40
50
60
3
Business/Mercantile/Industrial/Storage
50
60
75
4
Hazardous
25
30
40
(10) Number and Size of Exits
(a) The requisite number and size of various exits shall be provided,
based on the occupants in each room and floor based on the occupant
load, capacity of exits, travel distance and height of buildings.
(b) At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by
individuals in wheelchairs and shall be indicated by a sign.
(c) At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheel chairs shall be on a
level that would make the elevators accessible.
(11) Types of Exits
(a) Exits shall be either horizontal or vertical type.
(b) An exit may be doorway, corridor and passage to an internal
staircase or external staircase, ramp or to a verandah and/or terraces
that have access to the street or to roof of a building.
(c) An exit may also include horizontal exit leading to an adjoining building
at the same level.
(d) Lifts/ escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered as exits.
(12) Staircase Requirements
(a) For buildings such as assembly, business, education, hazardous,
industrial, institutional, Mercantile Building, High Rise Building, MultiLevel Car Parking Building, Office Building (premises), Special Building,
Storage Buildings and Wholesale Establishment, there shall be
minimum of two staircases and one of them may be enclosed stairway
and the other shall be on the external walls of building and shall open
directly to the exterior, interior open space or to any open place of
safety.
(b) Single staircase may be considered for Non-high-rise residential,
educational, business or group housing society where floor area
does not exceed 500 sq. m. and height of the building does not
56
exceed 18m (including Stilt Floor) and other requirements of occupant
load travel distance and width of staircase shall meet the
requirement.
(13) Stairways
(a) Interior stairs shall be constructed of non-combustible material
throughout.
(b) Interior stairs shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at least
one side adjacent to an external wall and shall be completely enclosed
unless mechanically ventilated.
(c) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft for buildings above
15.0m (18m with stilts) height. The staircase location shall be to the
satisfaction of department of Fire Services.
(d) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(e) The minimum width of internal staircase shall be as given in Minimum
Width Provisions for Stairways [Sub-rule (14)].
(f) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25cm for an
internal staircase for residential buildings. In the case of other
buildings, the minimum tread shall be 30cm. The treads shall be
constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent slipping. Winders
shall be allowed in residential buildings provided they are not at the
head of a downward flight.
(g) The maximum height of riser shall be 19cm in the case of residential
buildings and 15cm in the case of other buildings and these shall be
limited to 12 per flight.
(h) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 90cm from the
centre of the tread.
(i) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase
and under the staircase shall be 2.2 m.
(j) For building more than 24m in height, access to main staircase shall be
through a lobby created by double door of half an hour fire rating. One
of the doors will be fixed in the wall of the staircase and other after the
lobby.
(k) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the
staircase or staircases.
(l) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open
directly to the open spaces or can be reached without passing through
any door other than a door provided to form a draught lobby.
(m)
The main staircase and fire escape staircase shall be continuous
from ground floor to the terrace level.
(n) No electrical shafts/AC ducts or gas pipe etc. shall pass through the
staircase.
(o) Lift shall not open in staircase landing.
(p) No combustible material shall be used for decoration/wall paneling in
the staircase.
(q) Beams/columns and other building features shall not reduce the head
room/width of the staircase.
(r) The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be
provided at a suitable height from the floor level on the wall and shall
be illuminated by electric light or glow sign or florescent connected to
57
corridor circuits. All exit way marking sign should be flush with the wall
and so designed that no mechanical damage shall occur to them due to
moving of furniture or other heavy equipment’s. Further all landings of
floor shall have floor-indicating boards indicating the number of floor as
per Building Rules. The floor indication board shall be placed on the wall
immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest to the landing. It
shall be of size not less than 0.2m. x 0.5m.
(s) Individual floors shall be prominently indicated on the wall facing the
staircase.
(t) In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level
and the access to the basement shall be by a separate staircase.
However, the second staircase may lead to basement levels provided
the same is separated at ground level either by ventilated lobby with
discharge points at two different ends through enclosures.
(u) Any staircase made for use of Fire escape which will be open to sky
(can be covered from top but sides to be open) will not be considered
under FAR calculation.
(v) Fire Escape Staircases
(i) Fire escape shall not be taken into account while calculating the
number of staircases for a building.
(ii) All fire escapes shall be directly connected to the ground.
(iii) Entrance to the fire escape shall be separate and remote from
internal staircase.
(iv) The route to fire escape shall be free of obstructions at all times
except the doorway leading to the fire escape which shall have the
required fire resistance.
(v) Fire escape shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.
(vi) Fire escape stairs shall have straight flight not less than 125cm
wide with 25cm treads and risers not more than 19cm and the
number of risers shall be limited to 16 per flight.
(vii) Handrails shall be at a height not less than 100cm.
(viii) Fire escape staircase in the mercantile, business, assembly, hotel
buildings above 24m height shall be a fire tower and in such a case
width of the same shall not be less than the width of the main
staircase. No combustible material shall be allowed in the fire
tower.
(w) Spiral Stairs (fire escape)
(i) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant load
and to a building height of 9m.
(ii) A spiral stairs shall not be less than 150cm in diameter and shall
be designed to give the adequate headroom.
58
(14) Minimum Width Provisions for Stairways
The following minimum width provisions shall be made for each stairway:
TABLE - 8
S.
No.
Minimum Width Provisions for Stairways
Minimum width
Type of Building
for each stairway
(m)
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
Residential Non High Rise Buildings
1.00
2
Other Residential Buildings e.g. Apartments,
Hostels, Group Housing, Guest Houses, etc.
1.25
3
Educational Buildings like Schools, Colleges
1.50
4
All other buildings including Hotels, Nursing
Homes etc.
1.50
5
Institutional Buildings like Hospitals etc.
2.00
6
Assembly Buildings like Auditoria, Theatres and
Cinemas
2.00
(15) Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors
The following minimum
passage way/corridor:
width
provisions
shall
be
made
for
each
TABLE – 9
Minimum Width Provisions for Passageway/Corridors
S.
No.
(A)
Type of Building
(B)
Minimum width
(m)
(C)
Individual Residential buildings
Other Residential buildings,
e.g. Hostels, Group Housing etc.
1.00
3
All Other Buildings including Hotels
1.50
4
Assembly Buildings like Auditoria, Theatres and
Cinemas
2.00
5
Hospital, Nursing Homes, etc.
Rampsfor applicability in all other building types refer
CHAPTER-IX-2 [PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY
ABLED, ELDERLY & CHILDREN]
2.40
1
2
6
1.25
Ramps &
Gradients
(16) Ramps
(a) Ramps shall not be allowed in the mandatory setbacks including
building line, however ramps may be permitted in the side and rear
setbacks after leaving minimum 7m of setback for movement of the
fire-fighting vehicles.
(b) The ramps to basement and parking floors shall be with at least two
ramps each with a minimum of 3.6m wide or one ramp with a
59
minimum of 5.4m wide, provided with gradient of 1:8 for cars and
1:15 for heavy vehicles. At curved portions of the ramp the slope
should not be more than 1:12.
(c) The minimum width of the ramps in Nursing Homes, Hospitals shall
be 2.4m for stretcher and not for vehicular movement and in the
basement using car parking shall be 6.0m. At each floor one of the exit
facilities shall be a ramp of not less than 2.4m in width. In this case the
handrails shall be provided on both sides of the ramp.
(d) The maximum gradient of a ramp approach intended for the
Differently Abled persons shall not exceed 1 in 10 and shall be
finished with approved non-slippery materials. The minimum width of
the ramp shall be 1.2m and provided with handrails of height not less
than 80cm.
(e) Every part of a building within a floor shall be accessible by a wheel
chair and in case of level difference between parts they shall be
connected by ramp/slope ways with minimum specifications as above.
(f) All structural design / safety aspects as per latest BIS Codes and NBC
shall be complied along with consideration of weight of Fire Engine and
its maneuverings.
(g) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open space at ground level or
courtyards or safe place.
(h) For building above 24.0m in height, access to ramps from any floor of
the building shall be through smoke fire check door.
(i) For additional conditions, Sub-rule (16)-Ramps of Rule 6 - Requirement
of Parts of Buildings of Chapter – IV-General Space Requirements &
Services shall also be followed.
(j) Ramps with Gradients: Where ramps with gradients are necessary or
desired, they shall conform to the following requirements:
(i) A ramp when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20
or maximum of 1 in 12 for short distance up to 9000mm.
(ii) A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably
two sides, that are 900mm high, measured from the surface of the
ramp, that are smooth, and that extend 300mm beyond the top
and bottom of the ramp. Where major traffic is predominantly
children, the handrails should be placed 760 mm high.
Notes
(1) Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80 cm, it is
recommended that two sets of handrails be installed to serve all people.
Where major traffic is predominantly children, particularly physically
disabled children, extra care should be exercised in the placement of
handrails, in accordance with the nature of the facility and the age
group or groups being serviced
(2) Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself
a hazard. Extension up to 300mm may be made on the side of a
continuing wall.
60
(3) A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is
3500mm, the minimum width shall be 1500mm greatly assists the
challenged persons with semi-ambulatory and ambulatory disabilities.
(4) Each ramp shall have at least 1800mm of straight clearance at the
bottom.
(5) Ramps shall have level platforms at 10m to 12m intervals for purposes
of rest and safety, and shall have platforms minimum 1.5m length
wherever they turn.
(6) A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1800 mm
long, if a door swings out onto the platform or toward the ramp. This
platform shall extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(7) For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with
landing.
(8) To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with
herbs approximately 50mm high at exposed sides.
(17) Lifts and Escalators
(a) Provision of Lifts
(i) It shall be made mandatorily for all buildings which are 15m and
above (without stilts) /18m and above (with stilts) in height.
(ii) For buildings less than 15m (without stilts)/18m (with stilts) the
provision of lift is on the discretion of the owners in order to
facilitate movement of elderly people.
(iii) All the floors including basement and terrace shall be accessible
for 24hours by the lifts.
(iv) The lifts provided in the buildings shall not be considered as a
means of escape in case of emergency.
(v) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery
shall be installed in it.
(vi) Grounding switch at ground floor level to enable the fire service to
ground the lift car in case of emergency shall also be provided.
(b) Lifts in residential buildings
For all residential buildings with height 15m (without stilts) or 18m
(with stilts), opening of lift may be allowed in the staircase landing,
provided the landing is 1.5m wide and it does not obstruct movement
in general and in emergency.
Note: For applicability in all other buildings, refer “Lifts” in CHAPTERIX-2 [PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY & CHILDREN])
(c) Escalators
Escalators may be permitted in addition to required lifts. Such
escalators may be permitted in atrium area in shopping malls/public
buildings.
(18) Kitchen
Every room to be used as a kitchen shall have
(a)
Unless separately provided in a pantry, means for washing of
kitchen utensils, which shall lead directly or through a sink to a
grated and trapped connection to the waste pipe.
(b)
An impermeable floor;
61
(c)
At least a window not less than 1sq. m. or one tenth of the
floor area whichever is more in area open directly to an interior or
exterior open space, but not into a shaft (unless mechanically
ventilated) and;
Refuse Chutes in residential building of above 15m (without
(d)
stilts)/ above 18m (with stilts) in height.
(19) Loft / Ledge or Tand
(a) Lofts shall be permitted in residential buildings and shops only.
(b) It shall not interfere with the ventilation of the room under any
circumstances.
(c) Area of such loft shall be restricted to 25% of the covered area of
respective floor.
(d) Maximum height between loft and ceiling shall be 1.5m.
(e) The clear height below the loft shall be 2.2m.
(20) Means of Access:
(a) No building shall be constructed as to deprive any other building of its
means of access.
(b) Every person who erects a building shall not any time erect or cause
or permit to erect or re-erect any building which in any way encroaches
upon or diminishes the area set apart as means access.
(c) Means of access shall be as per the approved layout plan and
simultaneously in accordance with the fire and life safety regulations.
(d) Main entrance to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow
easy access to the fire tender and in no case it shall measure less
than 6m. The entrance gate shall fold back against the compound
wall of the premises, thus leaving the exterior access way within the
plot free for movement of the fire service vehicles. If archway is
provided over the main entrance the height of the archway shall not
be of less than 5m in height.
(e) The Minimum Abutting Existing Road Width Required for various types
of building activities shall be as given in these Rules. (Vide ChapterVII-Requirement of Approach Road for Building Sites/Plots)
(21) Mezzanine floor:
(a) Mezzanine floor where provided is to be counted in FAR.
(b) Minimum clear height shall not be less than 2.2m and not more than
2.7m.
(c) If used as a living room shall not be less than 9.5sq. m.
(d) Aggregate area of mezzanine floor in a building shall in no case exceed
one-third the plinth area of the building.
(e) Shall not be used as a kitchen.
(f) Shall not be sub-divided into smaller compartments.
(g) Shall not interfere with the ventilation of the space over and under it.
(h) In no case shall a mezzanine floor be closed so as to make it liable to
be converted into unventilated compartments.
62
(22) Provision of exterior open spaces and height limitation around the
building
The dimensions of exterior open spaces (setbacks) and heights for NonHigh Rise and High Rise Buildings shall be provided as given separately in
these Rules respectively for such buildings.
(a) Exterior open spaces
(i) For all buildings including High-rise buildings, the open
spaces/setbacks, covered area, FAR if any shall be as per Master
Plan/Zonal Plan requirements and as per these Rules.
(ii) Every room that is intended for human habitation shall abut on
an interior or exterior open space or on to a verandah open to
such interior or exterior open space.
(iii) In case of High-rise buildings, the exterior open spaces around a
building shall be of green or hard surface capable to taking the load
of fire engine weighing up to 45tonnes.
(iv) In case, kitchen and toilets do not abut either interior or exterior
open spaces, mechanical ventilation would be provided.
(v) Up to 25% of the total setback area can be sunk for light,
ventilation and access to basement, provided fire tender movement
is not hindered.
(b) Height Limit
(i) If a building abuts on two or more streets of different width, the
building shall be deemed to face upon the street that has the
greater width and the height of the building shall be regulated by
the width of that street. Height shall however, not exceed the
maximum height as provided in the Master Plan/Zoning
Development Plan/Zoning Regulations/these Rules.
(ii) For buildings in the vicinity of the aerodromes, the maximum height
of such buildings shall be subject to clearance from the Airport
Authority of India.
(iii) Height Exemptions
The following appurtenant structures shall not be included in the
height of building covered under Building Rules.
(1) Roof tanks and their supports not exceeding 1.5m in height.
(2) Ventilating, air conditioning and lift rooms and similar service
equipment.
(3)
Stair covered with Mumty not exceeding 3.00m in height.
(4) Chimneys and parapet wall not exceeding 1.50m.
(23) Interior Open Space for Light and Ventilation
(a) The whole or part of one side of one or more rooms intended for
human habitation and not abutting on either the front, rear or side
open spaces shall abut on an interior open space or an internal
courtyard or chowk, whose minimum dimensions shall not be less
than 9sq.m with no side shall be less than 2m for buildings up to
15m in height (excluding Stilt Floor).
63
(b) For buildings with above 15m in height (excluding Stilt Floor), the
minimum dimensions of the internal courtyard shall be with an area of
not less than 25sq. m and no side shall be less than 3m in width.
(c) All such court yards / ducts may be allowed above stilt floor.
(d) Sunken Courtyard: Sunken courtyard up to 3m in depth from the
ground level as ‘light well’ within building envelop shall be permitted
for light and ventilation for basement area.
(e) Skylight: Skylight in interior open space (courtyard) may be permitted
subject to it may not act as a coverage space on the ground floor
and not violate the maximum/minimum ground coverage rules.
(24) Lighting and ventilation of rooms
(a) All habitable rooms shall have for the admission of light and air,
one or more apertures, such as window, glazed door and fan
lights, opening directly to the external air or into an open
verandah not more than 2.4m in width.
(b) Where the lighting and ventilation requirements are not met through
day lighting and natural ventilation, the same shall be ensured
through artificial lighting and mechanical ventilation as given in P artVII Building Services Section-1 - Lighting and Ventilation of National
Building Code of India.
(c) Notwithstanding
the above, the minimum aggregate area of
openings of habitable rooms and kitchens excluding doors shall not
be less than 1/10 of the floor area.
(d) No portion of a room shall be assumed to be lighted if it is more than
7.50m from the opening assumed for lighting that portion.
(25) Ventilation Shaft for water closets and bathrooms
For ventilating the spaces for water closets and bathrooms, if not opening
on the front side, rear and interior open spaces, shall open on the
ventilation shaft, the size, of which shall not be less than the values given
below. However, it is not mandatory in case of buildings where mechanical
ventilation is available.
TABLE - 10
Size of Ventilation Shaft
S.
No. Building Height Size of ventilation shaft Minimum size of shaft
(m)
(sq. m)
(m)
(A)
1
2
3
4
5
(B)
Up to 10
Up to 12
Up to 18
Up to 24
Above24
(C)
1.0
3.0
4.0
6.0
9.0
64
(D)
1.0
1.2
1.5
1.8
3.0
(26) Joint Open Air Space
(a) Every interior or exterior or air space, unless the latter is a street, shall
be maintained for the benefit of such building exclusively and shall be
entirely within the owner's own premises.
(b) If such interior or exterior open air space is intended to be used for the
benefit of more than one building belonging to the same owner; then
the width of such open air space shall be the one specified for the
tallest building as specified in building rules, abutting on such open air
space.
(27) Restrictions on Projections in Mandatory Open Spaces
The following are the Restrictions on Projections in the mandatory open
spaces / setbacks / interior open spaces:
(a) Every interior or exterior open space shall be kept free from any
erection thereon and shall be open to the sky. Nothing except Cornice,
Chajjas/weather shades only of width not exceeding 75cm shall be
allowed in the mandatory setbacks. Such projections shall not be
allowed at a height less than 2.20m from the corresponding finished
floor level.
(b) No balcony projections or corridor shall be permitted projecting within
the mandatory open spaces/setbacks in case of non-high rise
buildings. These, if provided for, shall be set back as per the minimum
mandatory open spaces and the setbacks shall be clear from the edge
of the balcony or corridor. However, a Portico or Canopy without
access to the top may be considered in the front open space.
(c) Pergola shall be permitted in a residential building if constructed in the
exterior open spaces within setback or terrace. Such pergola shall not
exceed 10% of ground coverage. Such pergolas shall have a minimum
clear height of 2.2 m.
(d) In case of Individual Residential Building in plots more than 300sq.m:
(i) In the front setback only a security guard booth of 2sq.m is
allowed.
(ii) In the rear and side open spaces Septic tank, well, parking sheds,
generator room may be allowed.
(iii) A setback of at least 1m from the property or boundary line of the
plot shall be provided for these structures.
(iv) The height of these accessory buildings shall not be more than
2.5m and shall not occupy more than 1/4th of the plot width. These
shall be so located that they do not hinder the fire safety measures
and operations.
(28) Not to include in FAR calculations
(a) Machine room for lift on top floor as required for the lift machine
installation.
Note: The shaft provided for lift shall be taken for FAR calculations
only on one floor.
65
(b) Mumty over staircase on top floor.
(c) Watch and ward cabins of area not more than 4.5sqm at the entry
point.
(d) Entrance porches/canopies in high rise buildings.
(e) All pergolas at any level.
(f) Architectural feature on ground or any other floor including rooftops.
(g) Sky bridges or intermittent floors as relief in high rise buildings having
landscape areas jogging tracks, swimming pools and other public
spaces. Swimming pool and related amenities at roof tops and on sky
bridges.
(h) Rockery, well and well structures, plant nursery, water pool,
swimming pool (if uncovered), platform round a tree, tank, fountain,
bench, chabutara with open top and / or unenclosed sides by walls,
open ramps, compound wall, gate, slide swing door, uncovered
staircase (uncovered and unclosed on three sides except for a 0.90 m
high railing/wall, overhead water tank on top of building/open
shafts, cooling towers as per fire norms. Fire tender movement shall
be unhindered.
(29) Parapet
(a) Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of roof terrace,
balcony, verandah etc. should not be less than 1.0 m and more than
1.5 m in height.
(b) The above condition shall not apply where roof terrace is not accessible
by a staircase.
(c) However on terrace floor in the portion where installations like DG
Set, Water Tank and other, screening parapet of a suitable height
may be constructed to hide such equipment etc. and there is no need
to have uniformly increased height of the parapet.
(30) Parking Spaces
(a) The parking spaces should be efficiently designed and clearly marked
and provided with adequate access, aisle, drives and ramps required
for maneuvering of vehicles.
(b) The parking spaces may be provided in
i.
Basements or cellars (one or more) / multi-level (allowed for
plots 750sq.m and above only) or
ii.
Stilt floor or in upper floors (at any level) or
iii. The Open space over and above the setbacks i.e. after leaving
the setbacks to be left around the building with adequate
vehicular access, aisle, drives, ramps required for maneuvering
of vehicles, or
iv. Common pool parking area (in the case of Group Housing
Scheme / Cluster Housing / Row Housing Schemes).
v. Any of the above or all the above or combination of the above.
66
vi. Wherever Mechanical system and car lifts are proposed
enabling two tier parking, the required parking is computed
accordingly.
(c) In respect of Apartment Complexes / Building / Block of residential
nature, in sites up to 750sq.m the Parking requirement shall be
deemed to be met if the entire stilt floor is left for parking.
(d) Common and Continuous basement parking floors between adjoining
buildings would be allowed depending upon structural safety aspects,
mutual agreement between owners, etc.
(e) In the Stilt floor a watchman room and 2 toilets (W.C), with maximum
built up area of 25sq.m may be allowed. Such space shall not be
disposed and shall be part of common facility of the complex. For the
sites above 750sq.m area such use is permitted subject to fulfillment
of parking requirement as per the above Table (Parking Area to be
provided in all Buildings).
(f) For parking spaces in basements and upper floors, at least two ramps
of minimum 3.6m width or one ramp of minimum 5.4m width and
adequate slope 1 in 8 shall be provided. Such ramps shall not be
allowed in mandatory setbacks including building line, however they
may be permitted in the side and rear setbacks after leaving minimum
7m of setback for movement of fire-fighting vehicles. Access to these
may also be accomplished through provisions of mechanical lifts.
(g) The minimum width of the drive way shall be 4.5m.
(h) In case where the permissible set back is less than 4.6m the pillars
position in stilt floor shall be so designed that there shall be clear
space of 3.6m (excluding Greenery) is available for movement of
vehicles.
(i) Visitors’ parking shall be provided with minimum 10% of the parking
area mentioned in the above Table (Parking Area to be provided in all
Buildings) and may be accommodated in the mandatory setbacks
other than front setback where ever such setbacks are more than 6m
(excluding green strip). However this is not permissible in case of
transfer of setback. The Visitors’ Parking facility shall be open to all
visitors which shall be properly demarcated on ground.
(j) Misuse of the area specified for parking of vehicles for any other use
shall be summarily demolished / removed by the Enforcement
Authority.
(k) The Parking Area shall be provided as given in Table below.
67
TABLE - 11
Parking Area to be provided in All Buildings
Sl.
No
.
Category of building/activity
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
Multiplexes
2
Information Technology Enabling
Services Complexes,
Shopping Malls (above 4000sq. m),
Business buildings, Cinema halls,
Hotels, Kalyana Mandapams, Lodges,
Offices, Other Commercial buildings,
Restaurants & High-Rise Buildings /
Complexes of Non Residential Category
Colleges, Godowns, Hospitals, Industrial
buildings, Institutional buildings,
Residential Apartment Complexes,
Schools, Educational Buildings & Other
Buildings
3
4
Parking area to be provided
as percentage of total built up
area
First
Grade,
Second
Grade
Municipalities,
Municipal
Nagar
Corporations
Panchayats and
&
Gram
Selection Grade,
Panchayats
Special Grade
in Master Plan
Municipalities
areas
and
in
Development
Authority Areas
***********
68
(D)
60
50
50
40
30
25
20
20
CHAPTER – V
PROVISIONS FOR STRUCTURAL SAFETY OF BUILDINGS
7.
Structural Design and Safety
(1) For
any building under the jurisdiction of these Rules structural
design/retrofitting shall only be carried out by qualified Structural Engineer.
(2) Proof checking of various designs/reports shall be carried out by the
Sanctioning Authority or an Agency authorized by the Sanctioning Authority as
per Table - 12 wherever applicable.
(3) The Sanctioning Authority may consider to grant exemption for submission of
working drawing, structural drawing and soil investigation report in case
(a) The height of the building is less than 10m (excluding Stilt floor).
(b) It is satisfied that in the area where the proposed construction is to be
taken, similar types of structure and soil investigation reports are already
available on record.
(c) If the local site conditions do not require any soil testing or if a soil testing
indicates that no special structural design is required.
(d) Structural Design Basis Report (Form No. 6) has to be submitted, duly
filled in case of a small building of load bearing structure up to Ground + 2
floors.
(4) Additional provisions for natural hazard prone areas:
The structural design of foundations, elements of masonry, timber, plain
concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall
conform to the provisions of Part 6:Structural Design of National Building
Code of India (NBC), comprising –
Section–1 Loads, Forces and Effects
Section–2 Soils and Foundations
Section–3 Timber and Bamboo
Section–4 Masonry
Section–5 Concrete
Section–6 Steel
Section–7 Prefabrication
Construction
Systems,
Building
and
Mixed/Composite
(5) The same shall be followed duly taking into consideration the Indian Standards
as given below:
(a) For General Structural Safety
(i)
IS: 456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete".
(ii)
IS: 800-2007 “Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel".
69
(iii)
IS: 801-1975 “Code of Practice for Use of Cold Formal Light
Gauge Steel Structural Members in General Building Construction".
(iv)
IS: 875 (Part 2):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures Part 2 Imposed Loads". [Occupant Load a
building may be considered for Design Load].
(v)
IS: 875 (Part 3):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures - Part 3 Wind Loads".
(vi)
IS: 875 (Part 4):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures- Part 4 Snow Loads".
(vii) IS: 875 (Part 5):1987 “Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures - Part 5 special loads and load
combination".
(viii) IS: 883:1994 “Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in
Building".
(ix)
IS: 1904:1986 (R 2005) “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of
Buildings: Foundation".
(x)
IS: 1905:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings:
Masonry Walls".
( x i ) IS: 2911(Part 1): Section 1: 2010 “Code of Practice
Design and Construction of Pile Foundation Section 1".
Part 1:
Section 2 Bored Cast-in-situ Piles
Part 1:
Section 3 Driven Precast Concrete Piles
Part 1:
Section 4 Bored Precast Concrete Piles
Part 2:
Timber Piles
Part 3:
Under Reamed Piles
Part 4:
for
Load Test on Piles
(b)For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
(i) IS: 875 (3):1987 "Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than
Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads".
(ii) Guidelines (Based on IS 875 (3)-1987) for improving the Cyclonic
Resistance of Low rise houses and other building.
(c) For Earthquake Protection
(i) IS: 1893 (Part 1)-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of
Structures (Fifth Revision)".
(ii) IS:13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing
of
Reinforced
Structures subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice".
Concrete
(iii) IS:4326-2013 "Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of
Buildings - Code of Practice (Second Revision)".
70
(iv) IS:13828-1993 "Improving
Earthquake
Strength Masonry Buildings - Guidelines".
(v) IS:13827:1993 "Improving
Buildings- Guidelines".
Earthquake
(vi) IS:13935-2009
"Seismic
Evaluation,
Strengthening of Buildings -Guidelines”.
Resistance
Resistance
Repair
of
of
and
Low
Earthen
Seismic
(d)For Protection of Landslide Hazard
(i) IS: 14458 (Part 1): 1998 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area:
Part 1 Selection of type of wall”.
(ii) IS: 14458 (Part 2): 1997 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area:
Part 2 Design of retaining/breast walls”.
(iii) IS: 14458 (Part 3): 1998 “Guidelines for retaining wall for hill area:
Part 3 Construction of dry stone walls”.
(iv) IS: 14496 (Part 2): 1998 “Guidelines for preparation of landslide –
Hazard zonation maps in mountainous terrains: Part 2 Macrozonation”.
Note: Where an Indian Standard or the National Building Code is
referred, the latest revision of the same shall be followed except
specific criteria, if any, mentioned above against that code.
8.
Buildings with Soft Storey
(1) In case buildings with a flexible storeys, such as the ground storey consisting
of open spaces for parking that is “Stilt buildings” or any other storey with
open halls, special arrangements are to be made to increase the lateral
strength and stiffness of the soft/open storey such as Steel bracing/Shear
walls/Brick infills between columns.
(2) Dynamic analysis of building is to be carried out including the strength and
stiffness effects of infills and inelastic deformations in the members,
particularly, those in the soft storey, and the structural members are to be
designed accordingly.
(3) Alternatively, the following design criteria are to be adopted after carrying out
the earthquake analysis, neglecting the effect of infill walls in other storeys:
(a) The columns and beams of the soft storey shall be designed for 2.5
times the storey shears and moments, calculated under seismic loads
specified in the other relevant clauses; or,
(b) Besides the columns designed and detailed for the calculated storey shears
and moments, shear walls shall be placed symmetrically in both directions
of the building as far away from the centre of the building as feasible; to
be designed exclusively for 1.5 times the lateral storey shear force
calculated as before.
(c) For details of design and provisions, IS 1893, Part 1 shall be referred.
71
9.
Structural requirements of low income housing
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, for the structural safety and services
for development of low income housing the relevant provisions of applicable IS:
8888 Part 1 shall be enforced along with Annex C of Part 3 NBC, 2005.
10.
Seismic strengthening/retrofitting
Prior to seismic strengthening/retrofitting of any existing structure, evaluation of
the existing structure as regards structural vulnerability in the specified
wind/seismic hazard zone shall be carried out by a Structural Engineer. If as
per the evaluation of the Structural Engineer the seismic resistance is assessed
to be less than the specified minimum seismic resistance as given in the note
below, action will be initiated to carry out the upgrading of the seismic
resistance of the building as per applicable standard guidelines.
Note:
(i) For masonry buildings reference shall be made to IS 4326 and IS 13935.
(ii) For concrete buildings and structures reference shall be made to IS15988:
2013 Seismic evaluation and strengthening of existing RCC buildings.
11.
Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)
(1) In compliance of the design with the above Indian Standard, the Structural
Engineer will submit a structural design basis report in the Proforma covering
the essential safety requirements specified in the Standard.
(2) The “Structural Design Basis Report (SDBR)”consists of four parts (FormNo.6,
MHA Expert Committee Report)
Part 1: General Information/ Data
Part 2: Load Bearing Masonry Buildings
Part 3: Reinforced Concrete Buildings
Part 4: Steel Buildings
(3) Drawings and Documents to be submitted for approval of appropriate
authorities shall include SDBR as detailed below:
Part 1:
Completed
Part 2:
(if applicable) – completed
Part 3:
(if applicable)–undertaking that completed Part 3 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
Part 4:
(if applicable)–undertaking that completed Part 4 will be submitted
before commencement of construction.
(4) SDBR as detailed below shall be submitted to the appropriate authority as
soon as design of foundation is completed, but not later than one month
prior to commencement of construction.
Part 1: Completed
Part-2, Part-3 or Part-4: (if applicable) Completed.
72
12.
Review of Structural Design
(1) The Authority shall create a Structural Design Review Panel (SDRP)
consisting of Reputed Engineering Colleges whose task will be to review and
certify the design prepared whenever referred by the Authority.
(2) The Reviewing Agency shall submit addendum to the certificate or a new
certificate in case of subsequent changes in structural design.
(3) The Table below gives requirements of SDRP for different seismic zones namely
III, IV and V and for structures of different complexities.
(4) In seismic Zone II, buildings & structures greater than 40m in height will
require proof checking by SDRP as per detail at Sl. No.3 of the Table given
below.
(5) It will be seen from the Table given below that there is a wide range of
structure typology, and the requirement by the Authority for third party
verification will depend on the type of structure.
TABLE - 12
Proof Checking Requirements for Structural Design
Sl.
No.
(A)
1
2
3
4
Type of Structure
(B)
Load Bearing Buildings up to
10m height
Buildings up to 18m height
(including Stilt floor)
(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)
Building greater than 18m
height (including Stilt floor)
(R.C.C/Steel framed structure)
Special Structures
Submission from
SER or SDAR
(C)
Structural Design Basis
Report (SDBR)
SDBR
To be Proof
Checked
(D)
Not to be
checked
To be checked
Preliminary design
To be checked
SDBR
Preliminary design
Detailed structural design
and structural drawings
SDBR
Preliminary design
Detailed structural design
and structural drawings
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
To be checked
Notes:
(i) At the preliminary proposal stage of a project, the objective is to undertake
feasibility study/comparison of a number of possible alternatives of structural
schemes and determine the most cost effective one, detailed structural
calculations are not necessary for each alternative scheme. However, it is
necessary to determine the member sizes and reinforcement content in order
to determine the cost. By making conservative assumptions it is possible to
derive simplified calculations for both analysis and design. This is called
“Preliminary or approximate analysis, and design”.
(ii) After the most cost effective scheme is selected and signed-off by the Owner,
the detailed calculations are performed on the selected scheme to determine
the precise structural members and composition (size, dimension and
stress behavior), and this is called the “Detailed structural design”.
73
In the aforesaid, the design of structural members is typically assumed to
account for all the stress loads identified from section xx to be applicable in
the given project.
(iii)
Special structure means large span structures such as stadium,
assembly halls, or tall structures such as water tanks, TV tower, chimney,
etc.
(iv)
13.
Certification regarding structural safety in design and constructional safety
(1) Structural Engineer shall give a certificate of structural safety of design as per
proforma given in Form-3 and Form 14 of the MHA Expert Committee Report
at the time of completion.
(2) Supervision
All constructions except load bearing buildings up to three storeys shall be
carried out under the supervision of the Structural Engineer for various seismic
zones.
(3) Certification of structural safety in construction
The Structural Engineer shall give a certificate of structural safety of
construction as per proforma given in Form-13 of the MHA Expert Committee
Report at the time of completion.
14.
Quality Control, Construction Practices and Safety
(1) All material and workmanship shall be of good quality conforming generally to
accepted standards and Indian Standard Specifications and Codes as included
in Part-V Building Materials and Part-VII Construction practices and safety of
National Building Code of India.
(2) Inspection
All the constructions for high-rise buildings, public buildings and special
structures shall be carried out under quality inspection program prepared and
implemented under the Quality Auditor in seismic zones IV & V.
(3) Certification of safety in quality of construction
15.
Quality Auditor shall give a certificate of quality control as per proforma given in
the prescribed Form.
Inspection
The general requirement for inspection of the development shall also include
the following.
(1) General Requirements
The building unit intended to be developed shall be in conformity with Rules on
requirement of site. Generally all development work for which permission is
required shall be subject to inspection by the Authority as deemed fit.
The applicant shall keep a board at site of development mentioning the survey
No, city survey No, Block No, Final Plot No., Sub plot No., etc. name of owner
and name of Architect, Engineer, Developer, Structural Engineer, Construction
Engineer if any and also the details of the approval given by the Authority.
(2) Record of Construction Progress
74
(a) Stages for recording progress certificate and checking:(i) Plinth, in case of basement before the casting of basement slab.
(ii) First storey.
(iii) Middle storey in case of High-rise building.
(iv) Last storey.
(b) At each of the above stages, the Owner/Developer/Builder shall submit to
the designated officer of the Sanctioning Authority a progress certificate
in the given formats (Form No. 7-10, of the MHA Expert Committee
Report). This progress certificate shall be signed by the Structural
Engineer.
(c) The progress certificate shall not be necessary in the following cases:
(i) Alteration in Building not involving the structural part of the building.
(ii) Extension of existing residential building on the ground floor up to
maximum 15sq.m in area.
(d) Completion Report
(i) It shall be incumbent on every applicant whose plans have been
approved, to submit a completion report in Form No.11 of the MHA
Expert Committee Report.
(ii) It shall also be incumbent on every person / agency who is engaged
under the Rules to supervise the erection or re- erection of the
building, to submit the completion report in Form No.12 and 13 of the
MHA Expert Committee Report prescribed under these Rules.
(iii) No completion report shall be accepted unless completion plan is
approved by
the Authority.
(e) The final inspection of the work shall be made by the concerned
Authority within 15 [Fifteen] days from the date of receipt of notice of
completion report.
(f) The developers shall install CCTVs at construction sites of all Commercial
Buildings, Group Development Schemes and High-Rise Buildings
connecting to A.P State Fibernet Limited Network to analyze the
information.
16.
Issue of Occupancy Certificate
The Authority, before issuing occupancy certificate shall ensure that following are
complied with from consideration of safety against natural hazard:
(1) Certificate of lift Inspector has been procured & submitted by the owner,
regarding satisfactory erection of Lift.
(2) The Certificate from the Disaster Response and Fire Services Department with
regard to the provision of fire safety as required under the Andhra Pradesh Fire
Service Act, 1999 has been complied with and submitted by the owner.
75
(3) The occupancy certificate shall not be issued unless the information is
supplied by the Owner and the Architect, Structural Engineer concerned in the
schedule as prescribed by the Sanctioning Authority from time to time.
(4) For obtaining the Occupancy Certificate, the owner shall submit a notice of
completion through the registered architect and licensed builder/developer
along with prescribed documents and plans and Final NOC from the Andhra
Pradesh Disasters Response and Fire Services Department to the Building
Approving Authority. The Building Approving Authority on receipt of such
notice of completion shall undertake inspection with regard to the following
aspects and shall communicate the approval or refusal of the occupancy
Certificate within 15 days.
(a) Number of floors
(b) External setbacks
(c) Parking space provision
(d) Abutting road width
(e) Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
(f) Solar roof top structures, as applicable.
(g) Recycle of water treatment plants, as applicable.
17.
Protective Measures in Natural Hazard Prone areas [Wherever applicable]
In natural hazard prone areas identified under the land use zoning regulations,
structures buildings and installations which cannot be avoided, protective
measures for such construction/development should be properly safeguarded
based on the suggestion given in the Report of the MHA Expert Committee Volume I.
18.
Alternative Materials, Methods of Design and Construction and Tests
(1) The provisions of the Rules are not intended to prevent the use of any
material or method of design or construction not specifically prescribed in
them provided any such alternative has been approved.
(2) The Authority may approve any such alternative, provided it is found that the
proposed alternative is satisfactory and conforms to the provisions of the
relevant parts regarding materials, design and construction, method of work
offered for the purpose intended, at least equivalent that prescribed in the
rules in quality, strength, compatibility, effectiveness, fire, water and sound
resistance, durability and safety.
(3) Tests: Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the
provisions of these rules or evidence that any material or method of design or
construction does not conform to the requirement of the rules, in order to
substantiate claims for alternative materials, design or methods of
construction, the Authority may require tests sufficiently in advance as proof of
compliance. These tests shall be made by approved agency at the expense of
the owner. This clause shall not apply to the materials with BIS Certificate.
(4) Test Methods shall be as per the relevant IS Codes.
(5) Test Result Copies shall be retained by the Authority for a period of not less
than two years after the acceptance of the alternative materials. The testing of
materials as per the Indian Standards shall be carried out by the laboratories
approved by the concerned Authority on this behalf.
76
19.
Maintenance of Buildings
(1) In case of buildings older than fifty years, it shall be the duty of the owner of a
building, to get his building inspected by a Registered Structural Engineer
within a year from the date of coming into force of these Rules or as
decided by the Authority. The Structural Inspection Report Form No.16, of
the MHA Expert Committee Report shall be produced by the Owner to the
Concerned Authority. If any action, for ensuring the structural safety and
stability of the building is to be taken, as recommended by Structural
Engineer, it shall be completed within the time period as stipulated by the
Authority.
(2) The Owner/developer/occupant on the advice of such experts shall carry out
such repair/restoration and strengthening/retrofitting of the building found
necessary so as to comply with the safety standards.
(3) In case, the owner/developer/occupant does not carry out such action, the
Authority or any agency authorized by the Authority may carry out such action
at the cost of the owner/developer/occupant.
20.
Building Services
(1) Electrical Installations
The Planning, design and installation of electrical installation, air-conditioning
and heating work shall conform to the provisions of Part VIII Building Services;
Section 2 – Electrical Installations; Section – 3 Air-conditioning and Heating of
NBC.
(2) Plumbing Service
The Planning, design and installation of water supply systems, drainage,
sanitary installations and gas supply installations in buildings shall be in
accordance with Part XI Plumbing Services; Section 1-Water supply; Section 2Drainage and Sanitation and Section 3 – Gas supply of NBC.
(3) Lifts
(a) The Planning, design and installation of lifts including their number, type
and capacity depending on the occupancy of the building, the population on
each floor based on the occupant load of the building, height shall be in
accordance with Section 5 – Installation of Lifts and Escalators of NBC.
(b) Maintenance:
The lift installation should receive regular cleaning,
lubrication, adjustment and adequate servicing by authorized competent
persons at such intervals as the type of equipment and frequency of service
demand. In order that the lift installation is maintained at all times in a
safe condition, proper maintenance schedule shall be drawn up in
consultation with the lift manufacturer and rigidly followed. A log book to
record all items relating to general servicing and inspection shall be
maintained, the electrical circuit diagram of the lift with the sequence of
operation of different components and parts shall be kept readily available
for reference by persons responsible for the maintenance and replacement,
where necessary to the satisfaction of the Authority.
(c) Any accident arising out of operation and maintenance of the lifts shall be
duly reported to the Authority.
77
Note: Ministry of Home Affairs [ MHA] Expert Committee Report on Structural
Safety, 2005 is available at the National Disaster Management Authority
[ NDMA] website.
URL: http://www.ndma.gov.in/images/disaster/earthquake/volume1.pdf
*********
78
CHAPTER - VI
FIRE PROTECTION AND FIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
21.
Applicability
As per the provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999, Residential
buildings of height more than 18m, Commercial buildings of height 15m and above
and buildings of public congregation like Educational Buildings, Cinema Theatres,
Function Halls and other Assembly Buildings on plot area of 500Sq.m. and above or
of height above 6m are required to obtain prior clearance from Andhra Pradesh
State Disaster Response & Fire Services Department from fire safety point of view.
22.
Procedure for Clearance from Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999
(1) The applicant shall apply to the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response &
Fire Services Department [APSDR&FSD] in the prescribed form for obtaining
clearance for the buildings referred under the provisions of the Andhra
Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999.
(2) The applicant shall submit prescribed number of complete s e t o f building
plans duly signed/certified by a licensed Fire Consultant/Architect along
with prescribed fee and also other documents as specified by the
APSDR&FSD.
(3) The plans shall be clearly marked and indicated the complete fire
protection arrangements and the means of access/escape for the proposed
building with suitable legend along with standard signs and symbols on the
drawings. The information regarding fire safety measures shall be furnished
as prescribed along with details.
(4) The APSDR&FSD shall examine these plans to ensure that they are in
accordance with the provisions of fire safety and means of escape as per
these rules and shall forward two sets of plans duly signed for
implementation to the building sanctioning Authority.
23.
Procedure for obtaining the Occupancy Certificate
(1) After completion of the building and firefighting installations as approved by
the building sanctioning Authority and APSDR&FSD and duly tested and
certified by the licensed Fire Consultant/Architect, the Owner/Builder of the
building shall approach the APSDR&FSD for obtaining clearance from fire
safety and means of escape point of view. The concerned Authority shall
ensure that clearance from APSDR&FSD has been obtained before granting
the occupancy certificate.
(2) On receipt of the above request, the APSDR&FSD shall issue the No
Objection Certificate from fire safety and means of escape point of view after
satisfying itself that the entire fire protection measures are implemented and
functional as per approved plans.
(3) Any deficiencies observed during the course of inspection shall be
communicated to the concerned building owner/builder for rectification and a
copy of the same shall be forwarded to the building sanctioning Authority.
24.
Renewal of Fire Clearance
79
On the basis of undertaking given by the Fire Consultant/Architect, the
APSDR&FSD shall renew the fire clearance in respect of the following buildings on
annual basis:
(1) Assembly Buildings
(2) Business and Mercantile Buildings of height above 15m
(3) Educational Buildings
(4) Institutional Buildings
(5) Public Buildings
25.
Fee
As prescribed by the APSDR&FSD, the necessary fee shall be paid by the Applicant
along with the application.
26.
Fire Consultant
The Architect of the project duly consulting a Fire Consultant, will
for making provisions for fire protection and firefighting measures
the rules and as prescribed by the APSDR&FSD. The APSDR&FSD
list of qualified Fire Consultants so as to facilitate the applicants
assistance.
27.
be responsible
as provided in
shall issue the
in taking their
Terminology
All the technical terms shall have the meaning as defined in National Building Code
of India, Part-IV-Fire Protection as amended from time to time but for the terms
which are defined otherwise in these rules.
28.
General
The APSDR&FSD may insist on suitable provisions in the building from fire safety
and means of escape point of view depending on the occupancy, height or on
account of new developments creating special fire hazard, in addition to the
provision of these rules and Part-IV-Fire Protection of National Building Code of
India.
(1)Fire Resistance of Types of Constructions/Building Components
The resistance ratings of various types of construction for structural and nonstructural members shall be as given in Table 1 of Part-IV of NBC, 2005.
Building elements/components such as walls, columns, beams and floors shall
have the requisite fire resistance rating in accordance with the accepted
standards at Tables 2 to 18 of Part-IV of NBC.
(2)Means of Access
As provided in the rules.
(3)Exterior Open Spaces around the Building
As provided in these rules.
(4)Exit Requirement
As provided in these rules/Section4.2 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(a) Type of Exits: As provided in these rules /Section4.2.1 of Part 4 of NBC,
2005.
80
(b) Occupant Load: As provided in these rules/Section4.3 of Part 4 of NBC,
2005.
(c) Capacity of Exit: As provided in these rules /Section4.4 of Part 4 of NBC,
2005.
(d) Arrangements of Exits: As provided in these rules/Section4.5 of Part 4 of
NBC, 2005.
(e) Number of Exits: As provided in these rules /Section4.6 of Part 4 of NBC,
2005.
(f) Doorways: As provided in these rules/Section4.7 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(g) Minimum Width Provision for Passageway/Corridors: As provided in
these rules/Section4.8 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(h) Staircase Requirements: As provided in these rules/Section4.9 of Part 4
of NBC, 2005.
(i) Stairways: As provided in these rules /Section4.9 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
(j) Minimum Width Provision for Stairways: As
rules/Section4.9.6 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005.
29.
provided
in
these
Fire Escapes or External Stairs
(1) Fire Escape Staircases
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(2) Spiral Stairs
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(3)Staircase Enclosures
(a) The external enclosing walls of the staircase shall be of the brick or the
R.C.C. construction having fire resistance of not less than two hours. All
enclosed staircases shall have access through self-closing door of one-hour
fire resistance. These shall be single swing doors opening in the direction
of the escape. The door shall be fitted with the check action door closers.
(b) The staircase enclosures on the external wall of the building shall be
ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing.
(c) Permanent vent at the top equal to the 5% of the cross sectional area of
the enclosure and openable sashes at each floor level with area equal to 1
to 15% of the cross sectional area of the enclosure on external shall be
provided. The roof of the shaft shall be at least 1 m. above the
surrounding roof. There shall be no glazing or the glass bricks in any
internal closing wall of staircase. If the staircase is in the core of the
building and cannot be ventilated at each landing, a positive of 5mm e.g.
by an electrically operated blower/blowers shall be maintained.
(d) The mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shaft shall be so installed
that the same shall operate automatically on fire alarm system/sprinkler
system and be provided with manual operation facilities.
(4)Ramps
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
81
30.
Provision of Lifts
(1) As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(2) Lift Enclosure/lift
General requirements shall be as follows
(a) Walls of lift enclosures shall have a fire rating of two hours.
(b) Lift shafts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2sq.m.
(c) Lift motor room shall be located preferably on top of the shaft and
separated from the shaft by the floor of the room.
(d) Landing door in lift enclosures shall have a fire resistance of not less than
one hour.
(e) The number of lifts in one lift bank shall not exceed four. A wall of two hours
fire rating shall separate individual shafts in a bank.
(f) Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of one hour.
(g) For buildings 15.0m (without stilt floor) and above in height, collapsible
gates shall not be permitted for lifts and solid doors with fire resistance of at
least one hour shall be provided.
(h) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive pressure
between 25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a possible
pressure of 50 pa shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for
the pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm/sprinkler
system and it shall be possible to operate this mechanically also.
(i) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be through
a self-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire resistance.
(j) Lift shall not normally communicate with the basement. If however, lifts are
in communication, the lift lobby of the basement shall be pressurized as in
(g) with self-closing door as in (h).
(k) Telephone/talk back communication facilities may be provided in lift cars for
communication system and lifts shall be connected to the fire control room
of the building.
(l) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of the lift lobby
shall be made to prevent water used during firefighting, etc. at any landing
from entering the lift shafts.
(m) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift
indicating that in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless
instructed otherwise. The sign shall also contain a plan for each floor
showing the location of the stairways. Floor marking shall be done at each
floor on the wall in front of the lift-landing door.
(n) Alternate power supply shall be provided in all the lifts.
(3) Fire Lift
Following details shall apply for a fire lift in addition to above requirements:
(a) To enable fire service personnel to reach the upper floors with the minimum
delay, one or more of the lifts shall be so designed so as to be available for
82
the exclusive use of the fireman in an emergency and be directly accessible
to every dwelling/lettable floor space on each floor.
(b) The lift shall have a floor area of not less than 1.4sq.m. It shall have a
loading capacity of not less than 545 kg. (8 persons lift) with automatic
closing doors.
(c) The electric supply shall be on a separate service from electric supply mains
in a building and the cables run in a route safe from fire that is within a lift
shaft. Lights and fans in the elevator having wooden paneling or sheet steel
construction shall be operated on 24-volt supply.
(d) In case of failure of normal electric supply, it shall automatically switch over
to the alternate supply. For apartment houses, this changeover of supply
could be done through manually operated changeover switch. Alternatively,
the lift should be so wired that in case of power failure, it comes down at
the ground level and comes to stand still with door open.
(e) The operation of a fire lift shall by a single toggle of two-button switch
situated in a glass-fronted box adjacent to the lift at the entrance level.
When the switch is on landing; call points will become inoperative and the
lift will be on car control only or on a priority control device. When the
switch is off, the lift will return to normal working. This lift can be used by
the occupants in normal times.
(f) The words 'FIRE LIFT' shall be conspicuously displayed in fluorescent paint
on the lift landing doors at each floor level.
(g) The speed of the fire lift shall be such that it can reach to the top floor from
ground level within one minute.
31.
Basement
As provided in these rules. [See Chapter IV]
32.
Provision of Helipad
All high-rise buildings above 60m shall have provision for a Helipad on the
terrace subject to the approval of the Air Port Authority of India and Structural
Safety from I.I.T/N.I.T. The same shall be approved by the Authority.
33.
Service Ducts/Refuge Chute
(1)
Service duct shall be enclosed by walls and door, if any, of 2 hours fire
rating. If ducts are larger than 10sq.m the floor should seal them, but
provide suitable opening for the pipes to pass through, with the gaps sealed.
(2)
A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided between
one- fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft. Refuge chutes shall have an
outlet at least of wall of non-combustible material with fire resistance of
not less than two hours. They shall not be located within the staircase
enclosure or service shafts or air-conditioning shafts. Inspection panel and
door shall be tight fitting with 1 hour fire resistance; the chutes should be
as far away as possible form exits.
(3)
34.
Refuge Chutes shall not be provided in staircase walls and A/C shafts etc.
Electrical Services
83
Electrical Services shall conform to the following:
(1) The electric distribution cables/wiring shall be laid in separate ducts.
(2) The ducts shall be sealed at every floor with non-combustible materials having
the same fire resistance as that of the duct.
(3) Water mains, telephone cables, intercom cables, gas pipes or any other service
line shall not be laid in the duct for electric cables. Use of bus ducts/solid rising
mains instead of cables is preferred.
(4) The provision of dedicated telecommunication ducts for all new building
proposals is mandatory for conveyance of telecommunication and other data
cables.
(5) Separate conduits for water pumps, lifts, staircases and corridor lighting and
blowers for pressuring system shall be directly from the main switch panel
(for detailed specifications refer NBC 2005, chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety) and
these circuits shall be laid in separate conduit pipes, so that fire in one
circuit will not affect the others.
(6) Master switches controlling essential service circuits shall be clearly labeled.
(7) MCB and ELCB shall be provided for electrical circuit.
(8) The inspection panel doors and any other opening in the shaft shall be
provided with airtight fire doors having fire resistance of not less than one
hour.
(9) Medium and low voltage wiring running in shafts and within false ceiling shall
run in separate metal conduits. Any 230 voltage wiring for lighting or other
services, above false ceiling should have 660V grade insulation.
(10) The false ceiling including all fixtures used for its suspension shall be of noncombustible material.
(11) An independent and well-ventilated service room shall be provided on the
ground floor with direct access from outside or from the corridor for the
purpose of termination of electrical supply from the licenses service and
alternative supply cables. The doors provided for the service room shall have
fire resistance of not less than one hour.
35.
Staircase and Corridor Lights
(1) The staircase and corridor lighting shall be on separate service and shall be
independently connected so as it could be operated by one switch installation
on the ground floor, easily accessible to firefighting staff at any time
irrespective of the position of the individual control of the light points, if any.
It should be of miniature circuit breaker type of switch so as to avoid
replacement of fuse in case of crisis.
(2) Staircase and corridor lighting shall also be connected to alternate supply from
parallel high-tension supply or to the supply from the stand-by generator.
(3) Emergency lights shall be provided in staircase and corridor/ passageway,
horizontal exits, refuge area; and all wires and other accessories used for
emergency light shall have fire retardant property.
84
(4) Suitable arrangement shall be made by installing double throw switches to
ensure that the lighting installed in the staircase and the corridor does not get
connected to two sources of supply simultaneously. Double throw switch shall
be installed in the service room for terminating the stand by supply.
36.
Air-Conditioning
(1) Air-conditioning system should be installed and maintained so as to minimise
the danger of spread of fire, smoke or fumes thereby from one floor of fire
area to another or from outside into any occupied building or structure.
(2) Air-conditioning systems circulating air to more than one floor area should be
provided with dampers designed to close automatically in case of fire and
thereby prevent spread of fire or smoke. Such a system should also be
provided with automatic controls to stop fans in case of fire, unless arranged
to remove smoke from a fire, in which case these should be designed to
remain in operation.
(3) Air-conditioning system serving large places of assembly (over one thousand
persons), large departmental stores, or hostels with over 100 rooms in a single
block should be provided with effective means for preventing circulation of
smoke through the system in the case of fire in air filters or from other sources
drawn into the system even though there is insufficient heat to actuate heat
smoke sensitive devices controlling fans or dampers. Such means shall consist
of approved effective smoke sensitive controls.
(4) Air-conditioning should conform to the following
(a) Escape routes like staircase, common corridors, lift lobbies; etc. should not
be used as return air passage.
(b) The ducting should be constructed of metal in accordance with BIS
655:1963.
(c) Wherever the ducts pass through fire walls or floor, the opening around
the ducts should be sealed with fire resisting material of same rating as of
walls/floors.
(d) Where duct crosses a compartment which is fire rated, the ducts shall be
fire rated for same fire rating. Further depending on services passing
around the duct work, which may get affected in case of fire temperature
rising, the ducts shall be insulated.
(e) Metallic ducts should be used even for the return air instead of space
above the false ceiling.
(f) Where plenum is used for return air passage, ceiling and its fixtures shall
be of noncombustible material.
(g) The materials used for insulating the duct system (inside or outside) shall
be of noncombustible material [IS4355:1977]; glass wool shall not be
wrapped or secured by any material of combustible nature and nonconductor of heat.
(h) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors, etc. shall not pass through the
staircase enclosure.
85
(i) The air-handling units shall be separate for each floor and air ducts for
every floor shall be separated and in no way inter-connected with the
ducting of any other floor.
(j) Area more than 750sq.m on individual floor should be segregated by
a firewall and automatic fire dampers for isolation should be provided.
(k) In case of buildings more than 24m in height, in non-ventilated lobbies,
corridors, smoke extraction shaft should be provided.
(l) If the air-handling unit serves more than one floor, the recommendations
given above shall be compiled with in addition to the conditions given
below:
(i) Proper arrangements by way of automatic fire dampers working on
smoke detector/or fusible link for isolating all ducting at every floor
from the main riser shall be made.
(ii) When the automatic fire alarm operates, the respective air-handling
units of the air-conditioning system shall automatically be switched off.
(iii) The vertical shaft for treated fresh air shall be of masonry construction.
(iv) The air filters of the air-handling units shall be of non-combustible
materials or fire rated as given in the Tables 1-18 of Part IV of the NBC
2005.
(v) The air-handling unit room shall not be used for storage of any
combustible materials.
(vi) Inspection panels shall be provided in the main trunking to facilitate
the cleaning of ducts of accumulated dust and to obtain access for
maintenance of fire dampers.
(vii)
No combustible material shall be fixed nearer than 150 mm to
any duct unless such duct is properly enclosed and protected with
non-combustible material (glass wool or spyglass with neoprene facing
enclosed and wrapped with aluminum sheeting) at least 3.2 mm thick
and which would not readily conduct heat.
(5) Fire Dampers
(a) These shall be located in air ducts and return air ducts/passages at the
following points:
(i)
At the fire separation wall.
(ii)
Where ducts/passages enter the central vertical shaft.
(iii)
Where the ducts pass through floors.
(iv)
At the inlet of supply air duct and the return air duct of
each compartment on every floor.
(b) The dampers shall operate automatically and shall simultaneously
switch off the air-handling fans. Manual operation facilities shall also be
provided.
86
Note: For blowers, where extraction system and dust accumulators are
used, dampers shall be provided.
(c) Fire/smoke dampers (for smoke extraction shafts) for building more than
24m in height.
(d) For apartment houses in non-ventilated lobbies /corridor operated by
detection system and manual control sprinkler system.
(e) For other buildings on operation of smoke/ heat detection system and
manual control/sprinkler system.
(f) Automatic fire dampers shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in
the direction of air movement and to remain tightly closed on operation
of a fusible link.
37.
Boiler Room
Provisions of boiler and boiler rooms shall conform to Indian Boiler Act, 2007.
Further, the following additional aspects may be taken into account in the location
of boiler/ boiler room:
38.
(1)
The boiler shall not be allowed in sub-basement, but may be allowed
in the basement away from the escape routes.
(2)
The boilers shall be installed in a fire resisting room of 4 hours fire
resistance rating, and this room shall be situated on the periphery of the
basement. Catch pits shall be provided at the low level.
(3)
Entry to this room shall be provided with a composite door of 2
hours fire resistance.
(4)
The boiler room shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke
exhaust directly to the atmosphere.
(5)
The furnace oil tank for the boiler, if located in the adjoining room shall
be separated by fire resisting wall of 4 hour rating. Entry to this room shall be
provided with a composite door of 2 hour fire resistance. A curb of suitable
height shall be provided at the entrance in order to prevent the flow of oil into
the boiler room in case of tank rupture.
(6)
Foam inlets shall be provided on the external walls of the building
near the ground level to enable the fire services to use foam in case of fire.
Alternate Source of Electric Supply
(1) A stand by electric generator shall be installed to supply power to
staircase and corridor lighting circuits, fire lifts, the standby fire pumps,
pressurization fans and bowlers, P.A system, exit sign, smoke extraction
system and damper system in case of failure of normal electric supply.
(2) The generator shall be capable of taking starting current of all the machines
and circuits stated above simultaneously.
(3) If the standby pump is driven by diesel engine, the generator supply need not
be connected to the standby pump. The generator shall be automatic in
operation.
39.
Safety Measures in Electric Sub-Station
87
(1)
Clear independent approach to the sub-station from outside the building
shall be made available round the clock
(2)
The approaches/corridors to the sub-station area shall be kept clear for
movement of men and material at all times.
(3)
The sub-station space is required to be provided with proper internal
lighting arrangements.
(4)
In addition to natural ventilation proper ventilation to the sub-station
area is to be provided by grill shutters and exhaust fans at suitable
places so as to discharge all smoke from the sub-station without delay in
case of fire so that sub-station operations can be carried out expeditiously.
(5)
Cable trenches of 0.6m X 0.6m dummy floor of 0.6m depth shall be
provided to facilitate laying of cable inside the building for connecting to the
equipment.
(6)
Steel shutters of 8’ X 8’ with suitable grills shall be provided for
transformers and sub-station room.
(7)
The floor of the sub-station should be capable of carrying 10 tons of
transformer weight on wheels.
(8)
Sub-station space should be clear from any water, sewer, air
conditioning, and gas pipe or telephone services. No other service should
pass through the subs tation space or the cable trenches.
(9)
Proper ramp with suitable slope may be provided for loading and
unloading of the equipment and proper approach will be provided.
(10)
RCC pipes at suitable places as required will be provided for the cable
entries to the subs tation space and making suitable arrangement for noningress of water through these pipes.
(11)
The subs tation space is to be provided in the approved/sanctioned
covered area of the building.
(12)
Any other alteration/modification required while erection of the
equipment will be made by the Owner/builder at site as per requirement.
(13)
Adequate arrangement for fixing chain pulley block above the fixing be
available for load of 15 tons.
(14)
Provision shall be kept for the sumps so as to accommodate complete
volume of transformer oil, which can spillover in the event of explosion of the
transformer in the basement of the building. Sufficient arrangement should
exist to avoid fire in the sub-station building from spread of the oil from the
sumps.
(15)
Arrangement should be made for the provision of fire retardant cables so
as to avoid chances of spread of fire in the sub-station building.
(16)
Sufficient pumping arrangement should exist for pumping the water out,
in case of fire so as to ensure minimum loss to the switchgear and
transformer.
(17)
No combustible material should be stacked inside the substation premises
or in the vicinity to avoid chances of fire.
88
(18)
Yearly inspection shall be carried out by electrical load sanctioning
Authority. It should be made mandatory that the promoters of the High Rise
building should get substation premises inspected once a year to get their
license revalidated for the provision of electric supply from Electricity
Department so that suitable action can be taken against the Owner / Builder
in case of non- implementation of Rules.
(19)
The sub-station space should be totally segregated from the other areas
of the basement by fire resisting wall. The ramp should have a slope of 1:10
with entry from ground level. The entire Sub-station space including the
entrance at ground floor be handed over to the licensee of electricity free of
cost and rent.
(20)
The sub-station area shall have a clear height of 12 feet (3.65m) below
beams. Further the Sub-station area will have level above the rest of
basement level by 2 feet.
(21)
It is to be ensured that the Sub-station area is free of seepage / leakage
of water.
(22)
The licensee of electricity will have the power to disconnect the supply of
the building in case of violation of any of the above points.
(23)
Electric sub-station enclosure must be completely segregated with 4hours fire rating wall from remaining part of basement.
(24)
The Sub-station should be located on periphery /sub-basement and (not
above ground floor) and below the 1st basement.
(25)
Additional exit shall be provided if travel distance from farthest corner to
ramp is more than l5 m.
(26)
Perfect independent vent system 30 air changes per hour linked with
detection as well as automatic high velocity water spray system shall be
provided.
(27)
All the transformers shall be protected with high velocity water spray
system / Nitrogen Injection System Carbon Dioxide total flooding system in
case of oil filled transformer. In addition to this, manual control of auto high
velocity spray system for individual transformers shall be located outside the
building at ground floor.
(28)
Suitable arrangement for pump house, water storage tanks with main
electrical pump and a diesel-operated pump shall be made if no such
arrangement is provided in the building. In case the water pumping facilities
are existing in the building for sprinkler system, the same should however be
utilized for high velocity water spray system. Alternatively automatic CO2
total flooding system shall be provided with manual controls outside the
electric sub-station.
(29)
System shall have facility to give an audio alarm in the basement as well
as at the control room.
(30)
(31)
Fire control room shall be manned round the clock.
The electric sub-station shall have electric supply from alternate source
for operation of vent System lighting arrangements.
89
(32)
Cable trenches shall be filled with sand
(33)
Party walls shall be provided between two transformers as per the rules.
(34)
Electric control panels shall be segregated.
(35)
Exits from basement electric substation shall have self-closing fire smoke
check doors of 2-hours fire rating near entry to ramp.
(36)
All openings to lower basement or to ground floor shall be sealed
properly.
(37)
Ramp to be designed in a manner that in case of fire no smoke should
enter the main building.
(38)
Electric sub- station transformer shall have clearance on all sides
as per BBL/relevant electric rules.
(39)
Other facility will be as per Building Rules and relevant electric rules.
(40)
Rising electrical mains shall consist of metal bus bars suitably protected
from safety point of view.
(41)
Oil less transformer shall be preferred. If the sub-station is located in
basement/ground floor of the main building, the transformers shall be
essentially of dry type. In case of dry type transformer room with all
enclosure is not essential.
Note: The sub-station installations shall be carried out in conformity with the local
fire regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force, at other
places NBC guidelines shall be followed.
40.
Fire Protection Requirements
Buildings shall be planned, designed and constructed to ensure fire safety and
this sha1l be done in accordance with P art IV-Fire Protection of National Building
Code of India, unless otherwise specified in these Rules. In the case of Assembly
Buildings, Business Buildings, Educational Buildings, Hazardous Buildings,
Industrial Buildings, Institutional Buildings, Mercantile Buildings, Mixed Land use
Buildings, Storage Buildings and Wholesale Establishments the building schemes
shall also be cleared by the APSDR&FSD.
(1)First Aid/Fixed Fire Fighting/Fire Detection Systems and other Facilities
Provision of fire safety arrangement for different occupancy from S. No. (a) to
(w) as indicated below shall be as per P art IV-Fire Protection of NBC and as
recommended by the APSDR&FSD.
(a)
Access
(b)
Wet Riser
(c)
Down Comer
(d)
Hose Reel
(e)
Automatic Sprinkler System
(f)
Yard Hydrant
(g)
UG Tank with Draw off Connection
(h)
Terrace Tanks
90
(i)
Fire Pump
(j)
Terrace Pump
(k)
First Aid Fire Fighting Appliances
(l)
Auto Detection System
(m) Manual operated Electrical Fire Alarm System
(n)
P.A System with talk back facility
(o)
Emergency Light
(p)
Auto D.G. Set
(q)
Illuminated Exit Sign
(r)
Means of Escape
(s)
Compartmentation
(t)
MCB /ELCB
(u)
Fire Man Switch in Lift
(v)
Hose Boxes with Delivery Hoses and Branch
(w)
Pipes Refuge Area
(2)Note:
(a) Where more than one riser is required because of large floor area, the
quantity of water and pump capacity shall be finalized in consultation
with APSDR&FSD.
(b) The quantities of water shall be exclusively for firef ighting and shall not
be utilized for domestic or other use.
(c) A facility to boost up water pressure in the riser directly from the
mobile pump shall be provided in the wet riser, down comer system with
suitable fire service inlets (collecting head) with 2 to 4 numbers of 63mm
inlets for 100-200mm dia main, with check valve and a gate valve.
(d) Internal diameter of rubber hose for reel shall be minimum 20mm. A shut
off branch with nozzle of 5mm size shall be provided.
(e) Fire pumps shall have
adequately ventilated by
1.0m shall be kept in
movement/maintenance.
shall be provided.
positive suctions. The pump house shall be
using normal/mechanical means. A clear space of
between the pumps and enclosure for easy
Proper testing facilities and control panel etc.
(f) Unless otherwise specified in Rules, the firefighting equipment/installation
shall conform to relevant Indian Standard Specification.
(g) In case of mixed occupancy, the firef ighting arrangement shall be made
as per the highest class of occupancy.
(h) Requirement of water based first aid fire extinguishers shall be reduced to
half if hose reel is provided in the Building.
91
41.
42.
Static Water Storage Tank
(1)
A satisfactory supply of water exclusively for the purpose of firefighting
shall always be available in the form of underground static storage tank with
capacity specified by the APSDR&FSD with necessary arrangements of
replenishment by town's main (if provided) or alternative source of supply
@ 1000 liters per minute. The static storage water supply required for the
above mentioned purpose should entirely be accessible to the fire tenders of
the local fire service. Provision of suitable number of manholes shall be
made available for inspection, repairs and insertion of suction hose etc. The
covering slab shall be able to withstand the vehicular load of 45tonnes in
case of high rise and 22tonnes in case of low rise buildings. A draw off
connection shall be provided. The slab need not be strengthened if the static
tank is not located in mandatory set- back area.
(2)
To prevent stagnation of water in the static water tank the suction tank of
the domestic water supply shall be fed only through an over flow arrangement
to maintain the level therein at the minimum specified capacity.
(3)
The static water storage tank shall be provided with a fire brigade
collecting branching with 4 Nos. 63mm dia instantaneous male inlets arranged
in a valve box with a suitable fixed pipe not less than 15 cm dia to discharge
water into the tank. This arrangement is not required where down comer is
provided.
Automatic Sprinklers
Automatic sprinkler system shall be installed in the following buildings:
(1)
All buildings of 24m and above in height, except group housing and
45m and above in case of apartment /group housing building.
(2)
Hotels below l5m in height and above 1000sq.m built up area at each
floor and/or if basement is existing.
(3)
All hotels, mercantile, and institutional buildings of 15m and above.
(4)
Mercantile building having basement more than one floor but below
15m (floor area not exceeding 750sq.m).
(5)
Underground Shopping Complex.
(6)
Underground car / scooter parking /enclosed car parking.
(7)
Basement area 200sq. m and above.
(8)
Any special hazards where the APSDR&FSD considers it necessary.
(9)
For buildings up to 24m in height where automatic sprinkler system is
not mandatory as per these Rules, if provided with sprinkler installation
following relaxation may be considered.
(a)
Automatic h e a t /smoke d e t e c t i o n s y s t e m a n d M . C . P n e e d
n o t b e insisted upon.
(b)
The number of Fire Extinguishers required shall be reduced by
half.
92
43.
Fixed Carbon Di-Oxide/Foam/DCO Water Spray Extinguishing System
Fixed extinguishing installations shall be provided as per the relevant
specifications in the premises where use of above extinguishing media is
considered necessary by the APSDR&FSD.
44.
Fire Alarm System
(1)
Fire Alarm System shall be provided in residential buildings (Dwelling
Houses, Group Housing, Boarding Houses and Hostels) of above 24m height
(including stilt floor) and in all other buildings of above 15m (including stilt
floor).
(2)
All residential buildings of above 24m height (including stilt floor)shall
be equipped with manually operated electrical fire alarm system with one
or more call boxes located at each floor. The location of the call boxes shall
be decided after taking into consideration their floor without having to
travel more than 22.5m.
(3)
The call boxes shall be of the break glass type without any moving
parts, where the call is transmitted automatically to the control room
without any other action on the part of the person operating the call boxes.
(4)
All call boxes shall be wired in a closed circuit to a control panel in a
control room, located as per Rules so that the floor number from where the
call box is actuated is clearly indicated on the control panel. The circuit shall
also include one or more batteries with a capacity of 48hours normal
working at full load. The battery shall be arranged to be a continuously
trickle charged from the electric mains.
(5)
The call boxes shall be arranged to sound one or more sounders so
as to ensure that all occupants of the floor shall be warned whenever any
call box is actuated.
(6)
The call boxes shall be so installed that they do not obstruct the exit
ways and yet their location can easily be noticed from either direction. The
base of the call box shall be at a height of 1.5m from the floor level.
(7)
All buildings other than as indicated above shall, in addition to the
manually operated electrical fire alarm system, be equipped with an
automatic fire alarm system.
(8)
Automatic detection system shall be installed in accordance with the
relevant standard specifications. In buildings where automatic sprinkler
system is provided, the automatic detection system may not be insisted
upon unless decided otherwise by the Fire Services Department.
Note:
45.
Several type of fire detectors are available in the market but the
application of each type is limited and has to be carefully considered in
relation to the type of risk and the structural features of the building
where they are to be installed.
Control Room
There shall be a control room on the entrance floor of the building with
communication system (suitable public address system) to all floors and facilities
for receiving the message from different floors. Details of all floor plans along
93
with the details of firefighting equipment and installation shall be maintained in the
Control Room. The Control Room shall also have facility to detect the fire on
any floor through indicator boards connecting fire detection and alarm system
on all floors. The staff in charge of the Control Room shall be responsible for the
maintenance of the various services and firefighting equipment and installation. The
Control Room shall be manned round the clock by trained firefighting staff.
46.
Fire Drills and Fire Orders
(1) The guidelines for fire drill and evacuation etc. for high-rise building may be
seen in Appendix (B) of National Building Code P art IV. All such buildings
shall prepare the fire orders duly approved by the APSDR&FSD.
(2) A qualified fire officer
following buildings.
and
trained
staff
shall
be
appointed
for
the
(a) All high rise buildings above 30m in height where covered area of one floor
exceeds 1000sq. m except apartments / group housing.
(b) All hotels, identified under classification o f three- star and above
category by Tourism Department and all hotels above 15m in height
with 150 beds capacity or more without star category.
(c) All hospital buildings of 15m and above or having number of beds
exceeding 100.
(d) Underground shopping complex where covered area exceeds 1000sq m.
(e) All high hazard industries.
(f) Any other risk which Fire Services Department considers necessary.
(3) The lightening protection warning light (red) for high-rise buildings shall be
provided in accordance with the relevant standard. The same shall be
checked by electrical department.
47.
48.
Material Used for Construction of Building
(1)
The combustible/flammable material shall not be used for partitioning,
wall paneling, false ceiling etc. Any material giving out toxic gases/smoke if
involved in the fire shall not be used for partitioning of a floor or wall paneling
or a false ceiling etc. The surface frames spread of the lining material shall
conform to class-I of the standard specification. The framework of the entire
false ceiling would be provided with metallic sections and no wooden
framework shall be allowed for paneling/false ceiling.
(2)
Construction features/elements of structures shall conform to National
Building Code and BIS code.
LPG
The use of LPG shall not be permitted in the high-rise building except for
residential/hotel/hostel/kitchen/pantry (if any) and shall be located at the periphery
of the building on the ground level.
49.
House Keeping
(1)A high standard of housekeeping must be insisted upon by all concerned.
There must be no laxity in this respect. It must be borne in mind that fire
safety is dependent to a large extent upon good housekeeping.
94
(2)Good House-Keeping includes the following:(a) Maintaining the entire premises in neat and clean condition.
(b) Ensuring that rubbish and combustible material are not thrown about or
allowed to accumulate, even in small quantity, in any portion of the
building. Particular attention must be paid to corners and places hidden
from view.
(c) Providing metal receptacles/waste paper basket (of non-combustible
material) at suitable locations for disposal of waste. Separate receptacles
must be provided for disposal of cotton rags/waste, wherever it is
generated, these must under no circumstances be left lying around in any
portion of the building.
(d) Ensuring that receptacles for waste are emptied at regular intervals and
the waste removed immediately for safe disposal outside the building.
(e) Ensuring that all doors/fixtures are maintained in good repairs, particular
attention must be paid to self-closing fire smoke check doors and
automatic fire/doors/rolling shutters.
(f) Ensuring that self-closing fire/smoke check doors close properly and that
the doors are not wedged open.
(g) Ensuring that the entire structure of the building is maintained in good
repairs.
(h) Ensuring that all electrical and mechanical service
maintained in good working condition at all times.
equipment
are
(i) Ensuring that Cars/Scooters etc. are parked systematically in neat rows. It
is advisable to mark parking lines on the ground in the parking areas
near the building and in the parking area on ground floor and in
basement(s); as applicable, inside the building. A parking attendant must
ensure that vehicles are parked in an orderly manner and that the
vehicles do not encroach upon the open space surrounding the building.
(3)Smoking Restrictions
(a) Smoking shall be prohibited throughout the basement(s) and in all areas
where there is a profusion of combustible materials. Easily readable "NO
SMOKING" signs must be conspicuously posted at locations where they can
catch the eye. Each sign must also include a pictograph. The sign may also
be illuminated.
(b) In all places where smoking is permitted ashtrays, half filled with water,
must be placed on each table/at each other suitable locations for safe
disposal of spent smoking material. The design of the ashtrays must be
such that they cannot easily topple over. If, for any reason, this is not
practicable a minimum of one metal bucket or other non-combustible
container half filled with water must be provided in each compartment for
disposal of spent smoking materials.
95
(4)Limiting the Occupant Load in Parking and Other Areas of Basement(s)
(a) Where parking facility is provided in the basement(s) no person other than
the floor-parking attendant may be allowed to enter and remain in the
parking areas except for parking and removal of Cars/Scooters.
(b) Regular offices must not be maintained in the storage/parking area in the
basement(s).
(c) The stores/go-downs must be opened for the limited purpose of keeping or
removing stores.
(d) No person other than those on duty may be permitted in the airconditioning plant room(s), HT/LT switch room, transformer compartment,
control room pump-house, generator room, stores and records etc.
50.
Fire Prevention
In addition to the measures recommended above, the following fire prevention
measures must be implemented when the building is in occupation.
(1)
Storage of flammable substances, such as diesel oil, gasoline, motor oils,
etc. must not be allowed anywhere within the building. The only exception
to this rule may be:
(a)
Storage of diesel oil in a properly installed tank in a fire-resisting
compartment in the generator room;
(b)
Diesel oil, gasoline, motor oil etc. filled in the vehicle tanks.
(2)
Preparation of tea and warming of food must be prohibited throughout
the building.
(3)
Where heaters are used during winters, the following precautions must
be taken.
(a)
(b)
Heaters must not be placed in direct contact with or too close to
any combustible material.
(c)
Heaters must be kept away from curtains to ensure that the latter
do not blow over the heater accidentally.
(d)
(4)
All heaters, except convector heaters, must be fitted with guards.
Heaters must not be left unattended while they are switched on.
(e)
Defective heaters must be immediately removed from service until
they have been repaired and tested for satisfactory performance.
(f)
Use of heaters must be prohibited in the entire basement, fire
control room and in all-weather maker rooms throughout the building.
Also in all places where there is profusion of combustible flammable
materials.
Use of candles or other naked light flame must be forbidden throughout
the building, except in the offices (for sealing letters only) and kitchen.
When candles/ spirit lamps are used for sealing letters/packets, extreme care
must be taken to ensure that paper do not come in direct contact with the
naked flame and the candle/spirit lamp does not topple over accidentally
96
while still lighted. All candles/spirit
extinguished when no longer required.
lamps
kitchen
fires
must
be
(5)
Fluorescent lights must not be directly above the open file racks in
offices/record rooms. Where this is unavoidable, such lights must be switched
on only for as long as they are needed.
(6)
Filling up of old furniture and other combustible materials such as scrap
paper, rags, etc. must not be permitted anywhere in the building. These must
be promptly removed from the building.
(7)
More than one portable electrical appliance must not be connected to any
single electrical outlet.
(8)
Used stencils, ink smeared combustible materials and empty ink tubes must
not be allowed to accumulate in rooms/compartments where cyclostyling is
done. These must be removed and disposed-off regularly.
(9)
All shutters/doors of main switch panels and compartments/shafts for
electrical cables must be kept locked.
(10) Aisles in record rooms and stores must have a clear uniform width of not less
than 1.0m Racks must not be placed directly against the wall/partition.
(11) In record rooms, offices and stores, a clear space of not less than 30cm must
be maintained between the top-most stack of stores/records and the ceiling
or lighting fittings whichever is lower.
(12) A similar clearance, and at (11) above must be maintained from fire
detectors.
(13) Fire detectors must not be painted under any circumstances and must also be
kept free from lime/distemper.
(14) Records must not be piled or dumped on the floor.
(15) Welding or use of blow torch shall not be permitted inside the building,
except when it is done under strict supervision and in full conformity with the
requirements laid down in IS: 3016-1966 code of practice for fire precautions
in welding and cutting operation.
(16) Printing ink/oil must not be allowed to remain on the floor; the floor must be
maintained in a clean condition at all times.
51.
Occupancy Restrictions
(1) The premises leased to any party shall be used strictly for the purpose for
which they are leased.
(2) No dangerous trade/practices (including experimenting with dangerous
chemicals) shall be carried on in the leased premises;
(3) No dangerous goods shall be stored within the leased premises.
(4) The common/public corridor shall be maintained free of obstructions, and the
lessee shall not put up any fixtures that may obstruct the passage in the
corridor and/or shall not keep any wares, furniture or other articles in the
corridor.
97
(5) The penalty for contravention of the condition laid down below must be
immediate termination of lease and removal of all offending materials.
(6) Regular inspection and checks must be carried out at frequent intervals to
ensure compliance with conditions above.
Note: For any further details/clarification NBC Part IV shall be
referred. Norms and standards in Part IV of NBC 2005 shall be
overriding in any instance of variance of standards.
*****
98
CHAPTER–VII
SPECIAL REQUIREMENT FOR OCCUPANCY/LAND DEVELOPMENT AND
OTHER
52.
(General Building Requirements)
Category of the Building and Minimum Size of Plot
The minimum size of plots for certain categories of the building is given below:
TABLE – 13
Category wise Minimum Size of Plots
S.
No.
Category
Minimum Plot Size
(Sq. m)
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
Cinema Theatre / Convention Center/Game
Center/ Kalyana Mandapam / Marriage hall
/ Social clubs and amenities
2
Educational Institution
3000
a
Primary/Upper Primary School
2000
b
High School / Residential School
6000
c
Junior college
4000
d
Degree College
6000
e
Technical Educational Institution
10000
3
Group Development Scheme
4000
4
Hotel, Conference Hall
2000
5
LPG Storages
6
Multiplex Complex
3000
7
Multi storey Car Parking
1000
8
Nursing homes
300
9
Office Buildings
500
10
Petrol pumps/Filling Stations
500
11
R & D Lab
1500
12
1000
13
Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping
Precincts /Cluster Housing
‘U’ Type Commercial Building
14
Others
500
2000
As per required
standards/as
prescribed by the
Competent
Authority
99
53.
Requirement of Approach Road for Building Sites/Plots
(1) The minimum abutting existing road width required for various uses of
building activities shall be as given below.
TABLE – 14
Minimum Abutting Existing Road Width Required
Catego
ry
Type/Use of Building Plot permissible
(1)
(2)
Minimum
abutting
existing
road width
required
(in meters)
(3)
SITES
IN
OLD/EXISTING
BUILT-UP
AREAS/CONGESTED AREAS /SETTLEMENT/GRAM
KHANTAM/ABADI
(see Annexure)
A
(i)
(ii)
B
9*
For other categories the Minimum road width shall
be as given in B1 Category.
SITES IN NEW AREAS/APPROVED LAYOUT AREAS
(i)
Basic level social amenities like Nursery School,
Primary School
(ii)
Dispensary/Diagnostic Laboratory/Poly-Clinic
(iii)
Non-High Rise (Residential) Buildings including
Group Housing (Cellar and/or Stilt as permissible +
maximum up to 5 floors),
(iv)
Religious Place
(i)
Commercial Complex
(ii)
Computer units/Office Building, ITES Complex
(iii)
Assembly Hall/Cinema Theater /Community Hall/
Function Hall/Marriage Hall
(iv)
General Industry/Godown
(v)
Group Development Scheme;
(vi)
Group Housing with more than 100 units,
(vii)
High Rise Buildings/Complexes up to height of 24
meters
(viii
High School/Middle School/Junior College/Tutorial
B1
B2
All Residential (other than Group Housing) &
Commercial Buildings with maximum permissible
height of 10 m. except in the plots abutting to
existing 60’-0” and above wide roads.
100
9 **
12
B3
B4
)
Institution
(xi)
Non High Rise Group Housing
(Cellars as applicable + 6 floors)
(x)
Nursing Home/Hospital of not more than 20 beds
(xi)
Others not specified in the Table and all Non HighRise buildings up to 18m height
(xii)
Petrol / Diesel / Gas Filling Station/LPG
(xiii
)
Restaurant
(xvi
)
Service establishment
(xv
)
Workshop
(i)
General Degree and other non-professional College
(ii)
High-Rise buildings above 24m and up to 30m
height
(iii)
Hospitals of more than 20 beds
(iv)
Multiplex Complex
(v)
Professional College Campus
(vi)
Shopping Malls (above 4000sq.m)
(vii)
Technical Educational Institution-Polytechnic/ITI
18
All High Rise Building above 30 meters will be permitted as per the
Minimum Road width and setbacks as specified in Table-18.
(2)
*In case of Sites in Category-A, if a Site is abutting to a road which is less
than 9m in width, a building may be permitted with a maximum height of
10m in such site, after leaving 4.5m from the Centre Line of such road for
widening and the same shall be handed over to the Local Body and shall
leave the prescribed setback as per Table-17 after the said road widening
portion. No relaxations are permissible in such cases. Buildings more than
10 Mts. height may be permitted in the sites abutting the existing 18
Mts. (60’-0”) wide roads subject to complying other rules. This will
transform the slum character.
(3)
**In case of Sites in Category-B, if a Site is abutting to a road which is less
than 9m in width, Individual Residential Building may be permitted with a
maximum height of 12m, after leaving 4.5m from the Centre Line of such
road for widening and the same shall be handed over to the Local Body and
shall leave the prescribed setback as per Table-17 after the said road
widening portion. No relaxations are permissible in such cases.
101
54.
(4)
In case of Notified Slums/Economically Weaker Section (EWS) Buildings, the
special regulations as notified by the Government from time to time shall be
followed.
(5)
The sites in Old/Existing Built-up Areas/Congested Areas/Settlement/Gram
Khantam/Abadi (Annexure-7) and List of Areas Prohibited for High-Rise
Buildings (Annexure-8). The Government may add to or delete from the list
of the said areas.
(6)
In case of single plot sub-division approved by the competent authority, a
means of independent access of minimum 3.6m pathway may be considered
for Individual Residential Building and 6m for Non-High-Rise Group Housing
Building.
Restrictions of Building Activity
(1)
Airport
(a) Buildings
(i) For building activity within the Restricted Zone/Air Funnel Zone near
the airport, necessary clearance from the concerned Airport Authority
shall be obtained.
(ii) The building heights and other parameters shall be regulated as per
the stipulations of the Airport Authority of India as notified in Gazette
of India Extraordinary (S.O.1589) dated 30-06-2008 and as amended
from time to time by Ministry of Civil Aviation, Government of India.
(iii) Irrespective of their distance from the aerodrome, even beyond 22km
limit from the Aerodrome Reference Point, no radio masts or similar
installation exceeding 152m in height shall be erected except with the
prior clearance from Civil Aviation Authorities.
(iv) In respect of any land located within 1000m from the boundary of
Military Airport no building is allowed except with prior clearance from
the concerned airport authority with regard to building height
permissible and safe distance to be maintained between the building
and boundary of the aerodrome.
(b)Other Structures
(i) Within a 5km radius of the Aerodrome Reference Point, every
structure/installation/building shall be designed so as to meet the
pigeon/bird proofing requirement of the Civil Aviation Authorities.
Such requirement may stipulate the prohibition of any cavity, niche or
other opening on the exterior of such building / installation / structure
so as to prevent the nesting and habitation of pigeon or other birds.
(ii) No chimneys or smoke producing factories shall be constructed within
a radius of 8km from the Airport Reference Point.
(iii) Slaughter House, Butcheries, Meat shops and Solid Waste Disposal
Sites and other areas for activities like depositing of garbage which
may encourage collection of high flying birds, like eagles and hawks,
shall not be permitted within 10 km from the Airport Reference Point.
102
(2)
Defense Establishments
(a) In case of Sites within 500m distance from the boundary of Defense
Areas/Military Establishments prior clearance of Defense Authority shall
be obtained.
(b) In case of Naval Science and Technological Laboratory (NSTL),
Visakhapatnam, no building shall be allowed with in a distance of 20m
from the boundary wall of NSTL, Visakhapatnam.
(3)
Electrical Lines
(a) No building or part of a building shall be constructed or re-constructed and
no additions or alterations to any existing building shall be made in the
intervening spaces between the building and any overhead electric supply
line unless as described in Table below and specified in the Indian
Electricity Rules as amended from time to time.
TABLE -15
Clearance from Overhead Electric Lines
Sl.
No.
(A)
Type of
Electrical Supply
Line
(B)
Minimum
Vertical
clearance
(m)
(C)
Minimum
Horizontal clearance
(m)
(D)
1
Low and Medium
Voltage lines and
service lines
2.5
1.2
2
High Voltage lines up
to and including 11000
volts
3.7
1.2
3
High Voltage lines
above 11000V and up
to including 33000
volts
3.7
2.0
3.70 plus 0.30m
2.00 plus 0.30m for
for every additional
every additional
Extra High Voltage
lines
4
above 33000 volts
33000 volts or
thereof
part
33000 volts or
part thereof
(b) In case of Electricity Tower lines, the land all along below the tower line
shall be developed as green belt to an extent of the width of tower base
and on either side of green belt there shall be a minimum of 10m wide
roads or as defined in the Master Plan.
(4)
Environmental Impact Assessment Notification-2006
As per the provisions laid under the EIA Notification S.O.1533, Dt.14.9.2006
and it’s amendment dt.01.12.2009 issued by MOE&F, GOI and Notifications
issued from time to time with reference to “Building / Construction
Projects/Area Development Projects and Townships” complying with the
following threshold limits fall under category B and are required to obtain
prior Environmental Clearance (EC) from State Environmental Impact
103
Assessment Authority
Government of India.
(SEIAA),
Ministry
of
Environment
and
Forests,
TABLE -16
Building/Construction Projects/Area Development Projects and
Townships
B Category
with threshold limit
Project / Activity
(A)
(5)
(B)
Conditions, if any
(C)
8(a)
Buildings
Construction
Projects
and
>20000sq.m
and
<1,50,000sq.m of built
up area#
#(Built up area for
covered construction;
in case of facilities
open to the sky, it will
be the activity area
8(b)
Townships
and
Area
Development
Projects
Covering an area > 50ha
and or built up area
>1,50,000sq.m ++
++All Projects under
Item8(b)
shall
be
appraised as Category
B1
H
eritage Structures / Geo Heritage Sites
(a) In case of Sites located within the distance up to 100m from protected
monuments as notified under Archeological Monuments and Ancient Sites
and Remains Act 1955 and as amended no construction is allowed.
(b) For the Sites located within distance of above 100m and up to 200m
from the protected monuments, the construction is allowed only after
obtaining prior permission from the National Monument Authority.
(c)For the Sites located within the vicinity of any Heritage Structure / Geo
Heritage Sites notified as per the respective law, the prior clearance from
the concerned authority shall be obtained.
(d) For the development/redevelopment of any notified Heritage Structure/
Geo Heritage Sites the stipulations as prescribed by the respective
authority shall be followed.
(6)
Oil / Gas Pipelines
In case of Sites in the vicinity of Oil/Gas pipelines, clearance distance and
other stipulations of the Respective Authority shall be complied with. The
Oil/Gas Authorities shall also specify the clearances required stretch wise to
Local Body.
(7)
Railways
The distance between the Railway Property Boundary and the edge of the
building shall be 30m as per Indian Railways Works Manual or as per No
Objection Certificate (NOC) given by the Railway Authorities.
(8)
Religious Structures
(a) In case of Sites located within a radius of 100m from the notified
religious structure from time to time by the sanctioning authority, the
construction is allowed up to 12m height only.
104
(b) For the Sites located within a radius of above 100m and up to 300m from
the notified religious structure as notified from time to time, only nonhigh rise structures are allowed.
(9)
Site and Land Use Pattern
Notwithstanding anything contained in these Rules, no building permit on
any site shall be sanctioned if:
(a) the proposed land use does not correspond to the land use in the
Development Plan/Master Plan/Layout Plan or any draft/sanctioned plan
for the area or the zoning regulations.
(b) the use of building or place will be a source of annoyance to, or
injurious to the health of the inhabitants of the neighbourhood.
(c)the construction of any building is for public worship, which in the opinion
of the Sanctioning Authority will affect the religious feelings of any
class or persons in the vicinity thereof.
(d) there is deposited refuse, excreta or other offensive matter, which is
considered objectionable, until such refuse, excreta or other offensive
matter has been removed there from and the plot has been prepared or
left in a manner suitable for land development, redevelopment or
building purpose.
(e) it comprises or includes a pit, quarry or other similar excavation or any
part thereof unless such plot has been prepared or left in a manner or
condition suitable for land development or redevelopment or building
purposes.
(f) it is liable to flood or on a slope forming an angle of more than 45 degrees
with the horizontal or on soil unsuitable for percolation or on area shown
as floodable area in any plan/scheme or in sandy beds, unless it is
proved by the owner that construction of such a building will not be
dangerous or injurious to health and the site will not be subjected to
flooding or erosion, or cause undue expenditure of public funds in the
provision of roads, sewers, sanitation, water supply or other public
services.
(g) it is for any land development or redevelopment of land or construction
in any area notified by Government of India as Coastal Regulation Zone
under the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 (29 of 1986) and Rules
made there under and it shall be subject to the restrictions that may be
imposed by Government of India contained in the said notification as
amended from time to time.
(h) it is in areas of natural waterways or drains and if the building is to be
constructed over or under a municipal drain, sewerage line, electrical
line, water main, any other government or public land, or public utility
services;
(i) the required permission/No Objection Certificates of any other
Departments/Agencies as required under law has not been obtained
for any land developments and constructions.
(10) Vicinity of important buildings
No private building exceeding 10m height shall be permitted within 200m
radius from the boundary of the Governor’s House, State Secretariat,
Legislative Assembly, Official Residences of Chief Justice of High Court, Chief
Minister, Heads of Legislature and such other buildings as may be notified by
the ULB/Government from time to time.
105
(11) Water Bodies
(a) No building / development activity shall be allowed in the bed of water
bodies like river or nala and in the Full Tank Level (FTL) of any lake,
pond, cheruvu or kunta / shikam lands.
Unless and otherwise stated, the area and the Full Tank Level (FTL) of a
Lake / Kunta shall be reckoned as measured and as certified by the
Irrigation Department and Revenue Department.
(b) The above water bodies and courses shall be maintained as
Recreational/Green Buffer Zone and no building activity shall be carried
out within:
(i)
100m from the boundary of the River outside the limits of Local
Authorities and 50m within the limits of the Local Authorities. The
boundary of the river shall be as fixed and certified by the Irrigation
Department and Revenue Department.
(ii) 30m from the FTL boundary of Lakes / Tanks / Kuntas of area 10Ha
and above.
(iii) 9m from the FTL boundary of Lakes / Tanks / Kuntas of area less
than 10Ha / shikam lands;
(iv) 9m from the defined boundary of Canal, Vagu, Nala, Storm Water
Drain of width more than 10m.
(v) 2m from the defined boundary of Canal, Vagu, Nala, Storm Water
Drain of width up to 10m.
(c)Unless and otherwise specified in the Master Plan/Zonal Development Plan.
(i) In case of (b) (i) & (ii) above, the buffer zone may be utilised for road
of minimum 12m width, wherever feasible.
(ii) In case of (b) (ii) above, in addition to development of recreational /
green belt along the foreshores, a ring road or promenade of
minimum 12m may be developed, wherever feasible 3.6m walking /
cycle track within the 30m buffer strip may be provided.
(iii) The above buffer zone to be left may be reckoned as part of tot lot or
organized open space and not for setback requirements.
(d) In case of areas along the sea coast, the Coastal Regulation Zone
Regulations shall be followed.
(12) Swimming Pool:
(a)
Definition: A pool or a tank indoor or outside the building, used for
the purpose of swimming, bathing, aquatic sports or games, training,
treatment (Therapy) or recreation, meant exclusively for human being,
having a depth of water not less than that 60cm and the surface area
exceeding 23.25sq. m both for the use of public or the institution
concerned.
106
(b)
Swimming Pool may be permitted on ground or on the terrace of the
building subject to submission of Structural Designs and Structural
Stability Certificate issued by the Licensed Structural Engineer along with
the Building Application. This shall not be constructed in the tot-lot or
organized open space area meant for mandatory requirement for such
purpose as per these rules.
(c)
The applicant shall submit an Undertaking along with the Building
Application that necessary safety measures are undertaken regarding
construction and also the safety of the users.
(d)
The following guidelines shall be followed:
(i)
“Capacity of Pools in Relation to Bathers”: The maximum number of
persons in bathing attire within the pool enclosures of the bathing
area shall not exceed one person per 1.86sq. m (20sq. ft.) of pool
i.e. the area of the water surface.
(ii)
“Hand Rail”: A side handrail extending up above and
returning to the horizontal surface of the pool deck curb or coping
shall be provided at each side of each ladder.
(iii)
“Depth Markers”: Depth of water shall be clearly marked at or
above the water surface on the vertical pool wall and on the edge
of the deck or walk-way next to the pool, at maximum points and
at the points of break between the deep and shallow portions and
at intermediate increments of depth, spaced at not more than
7.62cm (2’.5”) intervals. Depth markers, contrasting with
background shall be on both sides of the pool.
(iv)
“Lighting and Wiring”: Where submarine lightning is used, not
less than 0.5 watts shall be employed per sq. ft. of pool area.
(v)
“Area Lightning”: Where submarine lightning is employed, area
lightning shall be provided for the deck areas and directed towards
the deck areas and away from the pool surface so far as
practicable, in a total capacity of not less than 0.6 watt per sq. ft of
deck area. Where submarine lighting is not provided and night
swimming is not permitted combined pool lightning shall be
provided in an amount of not less than 2 watts per sq. ft. of total
area. All submarine lightning shall be individually earthed and must
be water tight and damp proof.
(vi)
“Over Head Wiring”: No electrical wiring for electrical or power shall
be permitted to pass over within 6m (20feet) of the pool enclosure.
(vii) “Shallow Minimum Depth”: Every swimming pool shall have a
minimum depth in the shallow area of the main swimming area of
not less than 0.9m (3feet), but not more than 1.07m (3'-6”) from
the overflow level to the floor.
(viii)“Shallow Areas”: In a swimming pool with a diving area, the shallow
area of the pool shall be defined as the portion between the shallow
end and the break point between the shallow area and the diving
area. The slope of the floor shall be uniform from the break point
between the diving area and the shallow portion to the outside
edge of the shallow portion and shall not be greater than 1 in 2m.
(ix)
“Vertical Wall Depth”: The pool walls shall be vertical at all points
for a depth of not less than 0. 76m (2’. 6".)
107
55.
Special requirements for Occupancy/Land Development
NOTE: The relevant provisions, standards contained in these Rules and
also as given in the NBC shall apply to the following type of
occupancy/development in addition to requirements mentioned
specifically below depending on the type proposal.
(1)
Assembly buildings (Cinema, Theatres, etc.)
(a)
The relevant provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation)
Act, 1955 and Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 and the
Provisions for Construction and Regulation of Multiplex Complexes as given
in these Rules and the IS: 4878 code or any other relevant code of National
Building Code shall apply for planning, design and construction of Cinema
Building.
(b)
Parking spaces wherever not specifically given shall conform to
provisions as mentioned in these Rules.
(c)
Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall
conform to provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules.
(2)
Educational buildings (schools/colleges)
(a)
No basement or cellar room shall be designed, constructed, altered,
converted or used for the purpose of study or instruction.
(b)
Every building exceeding two storeys in height shall be constructed of
fire resisting material throughout.
(c)
The minimum size of a study room or room used for purposes of
instruction shall be 5.5m x 4.5m and no part of such room shall be distant
more than 7.5m from an external wall abutting on the requisite open space.
Every such room shall have minimum ventilation to the extent of 1/5th of its
floor area.
(d)
A minimum of 1.0sq m. of net floor space per student shall be provided.
A central hall will not be counted in the accommodation, nor will a class
room for cookery, laundry, manual instruction, drawing or science. The
number of students in such building shall be calculated on this basis for the
purpose of this clause.
(e)
Every assembly room, gymnasium shall have a clear height of 3.6m
except under a girder which may project 0.6m below the required ceiling
height. A clear internal height under balcony or a girder shall not be less
than 3.0m. A minimum room height for classroom in all schools and other
institutions shall not be less than 3.0m. The minimum head room under
beams shall be 2.75m.
(f)
Exit requirements shall conform to as mentioned in these Rules. No door
shall be less than 1.2m in width and 2.20m in height.
(g)
Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall
conform to provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules.
(h)
Prior permission shall be obtained from the Education Department
before applying for the Building Permission.
108
(i)
(3)
Playground shall be provided as per norms prescribed by the concerned
Education Department.
Farm Shed
(a) Shed should be constructed on pillars with walls on two longer sides not
higher than 1.2m.
(b) The remaining height of the farm sheds in respect of two longer sidewalls
can be covered with netting or other similar material.
(c) The maximum height of the roof of the farm shed shall not exceed 6.0m.
(d) There should be a minimum distance of 6.0m between sheds in the farm.
(e) The minimum distance of any farm building from the property line should
be 4.5 m.
(f) The minimum distance of any farm shed or farm building from the dwelling
unit should be 7.5 m.
(4)
Dwelling Units as a Farm House
(a) The maximum coverage for the dwelling unit shall be as per the provision of
the Master Plan / Zonal Plan.
(b) The requirements of parts of dwelling shall be as provided in these rules.
(c) Any other special requirements as specified by the Authority.
(5)
Industrial buildings (factories, workshops, etc.)
(a) The relevant provisions contained in the Factory Act, 1948 shall apply for
the construction of factory buildings. The minimum internal height of
workrooms shall not be less than 3m with subject to height of the ground
floor being not less than 3.6m (both being clear height under the structural
members) provided that this bye-law shall not apply to room intended for
storage, go-downs and the like purposes but only in rooms occupied by
workers for purposes of manufacture. In case of small factories, for
purposes of manufacturing and carrying manufacturing covered under
the flatted factories and service industries as per Master Plan/Zonal
Plan, the Authority may allow minimum height up to 3.66m (all the
above shall be in conjunction with Chief Inspector of Factories o f Andhra
Pradesh and Andhra Pradesh Disasters Response and Fire Services
Department norms).
(b) Requirements of Water Supply, Drainage and Sanitation shall
conform to provisions as given in the Annexure to these Rules but in no
case less than one W.C. and one urinal shall be permitted.
(c) Notwithstanding the provision of exits requirements, each working room
shall be provided with adequate number of exits not less than two in
number.
(d) No exit shall be less than 1.2m in width and 2.1m in height and doors of
such exit shall be so arranged that it can be opened easily from inside.
(e) No staircase, lobby corridors or passage shall be less than 1.2m in width.
(f) There shall be provided at all time for each person employed in any room of
factory at least 3.5sq m of floor space exclusive to that occupied by the
machinery and a breathing space of at least 15 cum. (Further the provision
109
of Part VIII Section 1 Lighting and Ventilation of National Building code of
India with amendments time to time) shall be followed.
(g) The effluents from industries (industrial and biological in nature) shall be
treated and shall be of quality to the satisfaction of the concerned local
bodies before letting out the same into a watercourse or municipal drain.
(6)
Poultry farms (wherever allowed as per Master Plan)
(a) The coverage for poultry farms shall be as allowed in case of farmhouses.
(b) Setback: The setback for farm building from the right of way shall be as
under:
Road Width & Front Setback for Poultry Farms
S. No.
Road width
(m)
Front Setback
(m)
(A)
(B)
(C)
1
90
60
2
60
37
3
30
22
4
18
13
(7)
Provision for conservation of Heritage Sites including Heritage
Buildings, Heritage Precincts and natural feature areas:
The building regulations for above are given in CHAPTER-IX-1.
(8)
Provisions in the public buildings for Differently-Abled Persons,
Elderly and Children:
The buildings to be designed for Differently-Abled Persons, Elderly and Children
need special treatment and the provisions for site planning, building
requirements etc. are given in CHAPTER-IX-2.
(9)
Special buildings not covered
In case of special buildings not covered above, norms will be followed as
decided by the Authority.
(10)
Rules for Development of land
The provisions of Master Plan/Development Plan and norms formulated by
Authority shall apply regarding sub-division of a large parcel of land into
plots, open areas, roads, spaces for services and community facilities.
56.
Compliance
with
Andhra
Pradesh
Code (APECBC) (see Annexure):
(1)
Energy Conservation Building
‘Energy Conservation Building Code’ or ‘ECBC’ is the energy code adopted by
the Bureau of Energy Efficiency in 2007 and revised in 2008, that provides
the minimum requirements for energy-efficient building design and
110
construction. The Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) when locally
adapted to Andhra Pradesh’s climate is termed as the “Andhra Pradesh
Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC).” All definitions included in the
Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) and not otherwise defined herein
are applicable to the Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code.”
Accordingly the Government of Andhra Pradesh while adopting the
Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra
Pradesh Building Rules, 2012 and issued the notification in G. O. Ms.
No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 as given in the Annexure.
(2)
The code shall be applicable to commercial buildings and other NonResidential Buildings that have a plot area of more than 1000 Square Meters
or built up area of 2000 Square Meters and certain categories of buildings
such as multiplexes, Hospitals, Hotels, and Convention Centers irrespective of
their built up area shall comply with the APECB Code.
(3)
The code is mandatory for all new buildings, as stated above, to comply with
AP* (AP ONE STAR) with prescriptive/whole building performance method of
compliance for the buildings. The prescriptive method format is given in
Appendix G of APECBC, as given Annexure. The whole building performance
method is given in Appendix B of APEC BC, as given in Annexure.
(4)
At the time of plan approval, the Owner and Builder/developer shall submit
the AP* (AP ONE STAR) compliance, sealed and signed by AP Empanelled
Architect with MAUD and NREDCAP or Bureau of Energy Efficiency
Empanelled Architect against the mandatory requirement of compliance of
APECBC to respective Urban Local Body. The details of compliance
documentation, administration and energy analysis is given in the APEC BC in
chapter 3 as given Annexure.
(5)
At the time of issuance of occupancy certificate, the builder/owner/developer
shall submit the professional statement by AP Empanelled Architect with
MAUD and NREDCAP / BEE Empanelled Architect verifying that the building
has been built in accordance with the approved design and plan approval.
Once the professional statement is submitted along with any other necessary
requirements as per the Building Rules, the occupancy certificate will be
issued.
*******
111
CHAPTER - VIII
DEVELOPMENT CODES
(Provisions for Non-High Rise Development)
57.
Permissible Setbacks & Height for All Types of Non-High Rise Buildings
(1) The height of buildings permissible in a given site/plot shall be subject to
restrictions in the areas notified as (a) Sites in Old /Existing Built up
areas/Congested areas/Settlement/Gram Khantam and (b) Areas
Prohibited for High Rise Buildings given in the Annexures.
(2) The minimum setbacks and permissible height as per Table – 17 and other
conditions stipulated below shall be followed.
TABLE – 17
Minimum Setbacks and Height Permissible
Sl.
No.
(D)
Building Line or Minimum Front Setback
to be left (in m)
Abutting Road Width
Up
Above
Above Above
Abov
to
12m & 18m & 24m &
e
12
up to
up to
up to
30m
m
18m
24 m
30m
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H)
(I)
7
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
-
-
7
10
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
3
3
3
0.5
100 - 200
Stilt
floor
10
1.5
1.5
3
3
3
1.0
Stilt
floor
7
2
3
3
4
5
1.0
200 - 300
10
2
3
3
5
6
1.5
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
1.5
12
3
4
5
6
7.5
2.0
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
2.0
12
3
4
5
6
7.5
2.5
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
2.5
12
3
4
5
6
7.5
3.0
15
3
4
5
6
7.5
3.5
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
3.0
12
3
4
5
6
7.5
3.5
15
3
4
5
6
7.5
4.0
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
3.5
12
3
4
5
6
7.5
4.0
15
3
4
5
6
7.5
5.0
Plot Size
(in Sqm)
Above –
Up to
(A)
(B)
1
Less than
50
2
50-100
3
4
Height
Parking (in m)
provisio Permissin
ble
Up to
(C)
5
300 - 400
Stilt
floor
6
400 - 500
Stilt
floor
7
8
9
* 500 - 750
750 - 1000
1000 1500
Stilt
floor
Stilt +
One
Cellar
floor
Stilt
+
2
Cellar
112
Minimum
setbacks
on
remaining
sides
(in m)
(J)
10
11
1500 2500
Above 2500
floors
18**
3
4
5
6
7.5
6.0
Stilt +
2
Cellar
floors
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
4.0
15
3
4
5
6
7.5
5.0
18**
3
4
5
6
7.5
6.0
7
3
4
5
6
7.5
5.0
15
3
4
5
6
7.5
6.0
18**
3
4
5
6
7.5
7.0
Stilt +
2 or
more
Cellar
floors
(3) Stilt Floor meant for parking is excluded from the permissible height in the
above Table. Height of stilt floor shall not be less than 2.5m. In case of parking
floors where mechanical system and lift are provided, height of such parking
floor shall not be less than 4.5m. Parking floors in High rise buildings are also
excluded from calculation of height of building.
(4) *In case of commercial buildings proposed in plots having an extent of 500750sq.m, cellar floor for parking may be considered subject to fulfilment of the
required Parking space Requirements for the proposed building as given in
these Rules.
(5) **Buildings of height above 15m and below 18m in Sl.Nos.9, 10 and 11 above,
shall be permitted only if such plots abut minimum 12m wide roads only.
(6) Other conditions:
(a)
The setbacks are to be left after leaving the affected area of the plot/site,
if any, for road widening.
(b)
Where a site abuts more than one road, then the front setback should be
insisted towards the bigger road width and for the remaining side or sides,
the setback as at Column- (J) shall be insisted.
(c)
A strip of at least 1m greenery/lawn along the frontage of the site within
the front setback shall be developed and maintained with greenery.
(d)
For Plots above 300sq.m in addition to (c) above, a minimum 1m wide
continuous green planting strip in the periphery on remaining sides are
required to be developed and maintained within the setback.
(e)
For all residential/institutional/industrial plots above 750sq.m, in addition
to (c) and (d) above, 5% of the site area to be developed as organized
open space and be utilized as greenery, tot lot or soft landscaping etc., and
shall be provided over and above the mandatory setbacks. Such organized
open space could be in more than one location and shall be of a minimum
width of 3m with a minimum area of 15sq.m at each location.
(f)
If the strip of greenery/lawn and the organized open space (tot lot) are
not maintained, 10% of additional Property Tax every year shall be
imposed as penalty by the Sanctioning Authority till the condition is
fulfilled.
(g)
In all plots 750sq.m and above, provision shall be made for earmarking
an area of 3m X 3m for the purpose of setting of public utilities like
113
distribution transformer, etc. within the owner’s site subject to mandated
public safety requirements.
(h)
In case of plots 300 - 750sq.m, it is permitted to transfer up to 1m of
setback from any one side to any other side without exceeding overall
permissible plinth area. The transfer of setback from front setback is not
allowed.
(i)
In case of plots above 750sq.m, it is permitted to transfer up to 2m of
setback from any one side to any other side without exceeding overall
permissible plinth area, subject to maintaining of a minimum 2.5m setback
on other side and a minimum building line. The transfer of setback from
front setback is not allowed.
(j)
For narrow plots having extent not more than 400sq.m and where the
length is 4 times of the width of the plot, the setbacks on sides may be
compensated in front and rear setbacks so as to ensure that the overall
aggregate setbacks are maintained in the site, subject to maintaining a
minimum of side setback of 1m in case of buildings of height up to 10m
and minimum of 2m in case of buildings of height above 10m and up to
15m without exceeding overall permissible plinth area. (This Rule shall not
be applicable for made-up plots).
(k)
The space between 2 blocks shall not be less than the minimum side
setback of the tallest block as mentioned in Table–17 and this shall not be
considered for organised open space (tot lot).
(l)
Where all the owners of sites along an abutting road come forward for
widening of the road by undertaking preparation of a Road Development
Plan which would improve circulation in the area and duly approved by the
competent authority, and by leaving the area affected in the widening of
such road free of cost and implement it within one year, then higher height
of the corresponding widened road width would be considered for such
sites.
(m) Stepped type buildings or incremental type buildings may be allowed only
in respect of individual residential or educational/institutional buildings and
such incremental development would be considered only after a minimum
time period of 5 years.
(7) Compliance of National Building Code Provisions for Amenities and Facilities in
all Non High Rise Buildings:
(a) The building requirements and standards other than heights and setbacks
specified in the National Building Code - 2005 shall be complied with.
(b) Such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by engaging registered
architect, licensed builders / developers and licensed structural engineers.
The designs and building plans shall be countersigned by the owner,
licensed developer, registered architect, licensed engineer and a qualified
& licensed Structural Engineer who shall be responsible for the
supervision, structural safety, fire safety and specifications compliance of
such buildings.
(c) The work of the building services like sanitation, plumbing, fire safety
requirements, lifts, electrical installations, and other utility services shall
114
be executed under the planning, design and supervision of qualified and
competent technical personnel.
(d) The parking requirements shall comply as given in these rules. The
parking facilities and vehicles driveways etc. shall be maintained to the
satisfaction of the Sanctioning Authority.
(e) All Public and Semi-Public Buildings and Institutional Buildings shall be
designed and constructed to provide facilities to the Differently Abled
Persons, Elderly and Children as given in these Rules and as prescribed in
the National Building Code of India.
(f) In all Buildings, the requirements of parts of the building like size and area
requirements of habitable rooms, kitchen, bathrooms and Water closets,
other areas, corridor and staircase widths, service ducts, etc. shall
conform to these Rules given separately and also as per National Building
Code of India.
(g) Rain Water Harvesting Structures shall be provided as given in these
Rules.
(h) Provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Water, Land and Trees Act, 2002 shall be
complied in such sites and schemes where ever applicable.
(i) Buildings shall be designed for compliance with earth quake resistance and
resisting other natural hazards. The Completion Certificate shall mention
that the norms have been followed in the design and construction of
buildings for making the buildings resistant to earthquake, compliance
with structural safety and fire safety requirements.
(j) In case of Group Housing Buildings where there are 100 units and above,
a minimum 3% of built up space or 50,000 sft which ever is lesser shall
be planned and developed for common amenities and facilities like
convenient shopping, committee hall / club house, crèche, gymnasium etc.
as per National Building Code of India (NBC)-2005. Amenities block shall
not be part of the residential blocks. However in case of single apartment
block, amenities can be provided in the same block.
(k) In case of sites more than 1000 sq.mts. for Residential Buildings and
buildings proposed for Nursing Homes, Hospitals and Hotels provision for
Solar Water Heating System and Solar Lighting System shall be provided
and the compliance of the same shall be confirmed before issuing
occupancy certificate.
(l) In case of sites more than 1000 sq.mts. and above for Residential, Nursing
Homes, Hospitals and Hotels provision for Recycling of Water shall be
made and the compliance of the same shall be confirmed before issuing
occupancy certificate.
(m) Baby Feeding Room / facility shall be provided in Shopping Malls, Public
Buildings and Organizations/Establishments/Institutions where more than
15 women are employed.
58.
Row Type Housing / Row Type Shopping Precincts
(1)
Row Houses shall abut internal roads only.
(2)
Minimum site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m.
115
(3)
Minimum size of individual plot shall be 50sq.m.
(4)
Maximum plot size shall be 125sq.m.
(5)
Number of plots in a row shall not be more than 8.
(6)
Separation between two blocks shall not be less than 6 m which may be an
open space or an alley/pedestrian plaza.
(7)
Only internal staircase is allowed.
(8)
Minimum width of internal roads: 9m.
(9)
Internal cul-de-sac road 6m with maximum length 50m is allowed.
(10) Minimum open space: 10 % of site area.
(11) Height permissible:
(12)
Ground + 1 floor or 7m in plot area up to 100sq.m.
(13)
Ground + 2 floors or 10m in plot area of above 100sq.m.
(14) Minimum setbacks: Front 3m; Rear 1.5m.
(15) The setbacks in a row can be interchangeable.
(16) In case of row type shopping precincts, back to back shops with above front
setback of 3m would be allowed.
(17) In case of very large projects more than 5 acres, common amenities and
facilities like shopping center, community hall/club house etc. are required to
be provided in minimum 5 % of the site area.
(18) In case of Row Type Shopping Precincts, common basement parking in one
or more levels would be permissible subject to fulfilling the Parking
Requirements under these Rules.
59.
60.
Cluster Housing
(1)
Minimum site area shall be not less than 1000sq.m.
(2)
Minimum Plot size 25sq.m with maximum number of 20 houses in a cluster.
(3)
Minimum size of cluster open space 36sq.m with a minimum width of 6m.
(4)
Height permissible 2 floors or 6m.
(5)
Minimum access road 9m.
(6)
Internal access may be through pedestrian paths of 6m.
(7)
Minimum space between two clusters shall be 6m which may be utilised as
pathway / alley.
(8)
Building setbacks: No setbacks are needed for interior clusters as the lighting
and ventilation is either from the central open space of cluster and the
surrounding pedestrian pathway / access road of the cluster. However,
interior courtyards may be provided for larger plots and building areas to
facilitate lighting and ventilation. For end clusters sides that are abutting
peripheral thoroughfare roads or property boundary, setback / building line
shall be as per Table – 17.
(9)
In case of very large projects more than 5 acres, common amenities and
facilities like shopping center, community hall/club house etc. are required to
be provided in minimum 5 % of the site area.
Buildings with Central Courtyard for Commercial Use
116
(1) ‘U’ type commercial buildings with central courtyard are allowed with a
minimum plot area of 2000sq.m with the following conditions:
(2) The Front setback shall be as per Table-17 & Table-18 for Non High Rise &
High Rise buildings respectively.
(3)
The minimum open space / setback on sides and rear except front, shall be
(a) 2m for building height up to 15m;
(b) 3m for building height up to 18m;
(c) 7m in case of high rise buildings up to 30m height and buildings coming
under purview of Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act-1999.
(4) The area so saved is transferred to the central area / space or court yard;
(5) The depth of such courtyard shall be at least 50% of the average building
depth and the minimum width shall be 10m.
61.
Group Development Schemes
(1)
The minimum site/plot area shall be 4000sq.m.
(2)
The minimum abutting existing road width shall be 12m and black topped.
(3)
If the site is not abutting to an existing road, the proposals should be
promoted with the immediate improvement of the accessibility of the site
from the nearest main road by way of an approved Road Development Plan
by the Competent Authority with a minimum width of 12m which should be
implemented by the Licensed Developer within a period of three years.
(4)
Group Development Schemes shall be considered where the site is developed
together with construction of building and all amenities and facilities and not
disposed as open plots.
(5)
All such applications shall in addition to the requirements under these Rules
be accompanied by the following provisional plans.
(i) A Services and Utilities Plan as per standards for water supply system,
drainage and storm water disposal system, sewerage system, rain water
harvesting structures, and for other utilities.
(ii) A Landscaping plan including rain water harvesting / water recycling
details.
(iii) Parking & Internal Circulation Plan along with common pool parking area
plan, if any.
(6)
The above shall be drawn to suitable scale with relevant details.
(7)
Minimum of 10% of site area shall be earmarked for organized open space
and be utilized as greenery and shall be provided over and above the
mandatory setbacks at suitable location accessible to entire community to the
satisfaction of the competent authority. Such open space shall be open to sky
and shall not be over cellar floors.
(8)
No additional or proportionate open space charges need to be levied in such
schemes.
(9)
These shall not be applicable in case of Government sponsored Housing
Scheme/approved Non-Government Organizations (NGOs) or private
schemes, and the guidelines and requirements as given in the National
Building Code for Low Cost Housing / Government orders shall be followed.
117
(10) The Building setbacks shall be as per the type of housing & requirements
given above for the said type of housing and as per Table - 17 and Table –
18.
(11) The open space to be left between two blocks also shall be equivalent to the
setback mentioned in Column – (J) of Table-17 and Column – (E) of Table18 for Non High Rise & High Rise buildings respectively.
(12) A thorough public access road of 12m width with 2-lane black-topped is to be
developed within the applicant’s site on any one side at the periphery / as per
suitability and feasibility for the convenience of accessibility to improve the
circulation pattern in the locality to satisfaction of the competent authority.
This condition would not apply if there is an existing abutting peripheral road
on any side.
(13) Road requirements:
(a) 9m to 18m for main internal approach roads;
(b) 9m for other internal roads and also for looped roads.
(c) 8m for cul-de-sacs roads (with a minimum radius 9m.) between 50-100m
length.
(14) All roads and open spaces mentioned in this Rule shall be handed over to
local body at free of cost through a registered gift deed before issue of
occupancy certificate. The society / association may in turn enter into
agreement with the local authority for utilizing, managing and maintaining
the roads and open spaces. In case of any violation or encroachment, the
local authority shall summarily demolish the encroachments and resume back
the roads and open spaces and keep it under its custody.
*******
118
CHAPTER - IX
PROVISIONS FOR HIGH RISE DEVELOPMENT
62.
High Rise Buildings/Complexes
(1) High Rise Building means a building with 18m or more in height.
(2) Chimneys, cooling towers, boiler rooms, lift machine rooms, cold storage and
other non-working areas in case of industrial buildings and water tanks and
architectural features in respect of other buildings are excluded in including the
height.
Note: High Rise Buildings shall conform to these provisions in addition to the
Rules specifically given in CHAPTER-III [Procedural Requirement],
CHAPTER-IV [General Space Requirements and Services], CHAPTER-V
[Provisions for Structural Safety of Buildings] CHAPTER-VI [Fire
Protection and Fire Safety Requirements] and CHAPTER-VII [General
Building Requirements] and also those given in other Chapters.
63.
Application
(1)
Every application to construct or reconstruct a high rise building or alteration
to existing high rise building shall be made in the prescribed form and
accompanied by detailed plans, floor plans of all specifications duly certified
by a qualified licensed structural engineer.
(2)
Such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by engaging registered
architect, licensed builders/developers and licensed structural engineers. The
designs and building plans shall be countersigned by the owner, licensed
developer, registered architect, licensed engineer and a qualified & licensed
Structural Engineer who shall be responsible for the supervision, structural
safety, fire safety and specifications compliance of such buildings.
(3)
The work of the building services like sanitation, plumbing, fire safety
requirements, lifts, electrical installations, and other utility services shall be
executed under the planning, design and supervision of qualified and
competent technical personnel.
(4)
Prior Clearance from Airport Authority
For any High Rise Building located in the vicinity of airports as given in the
National Building Code, the maximum height of such building shall be decided
in consultation with the Airport Authority and shall be regulated by their
rules/requirements.
(5)
Prior No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster
Response & Fire Services Department [APSDR&FSD]
For all High Rise Buildings prior No Objection Certificate (NOC) from the
Andhra Pradesh State Disasters Response & Fire Services Department shall
be obtained and copy of the approved plan and No Objection Certificate
(NOC) issued by the said department shall be enclosed along with the
building application.
119
64.
65.
(6)
The facilities for providing fire protection and firefighting facilities in such
buildings should be in compliance with the stipulations laid down and
clearance issued by the Andhra Pradesh State Disaster Response & Fire
Services Department as required under Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act,
1999)/National Building Code of India (NBC)-2005 from time to time.
(7)
The designs and installations regarding fire protection and safety measures
including exit requirements and smoke containment and smoke management
measures shall be undertaken through a fire engineer/fire consultant.
(8)
Buildings shall be designed for compliance with earth quake resistance and
resisting other natural hazards. The Completion Certificate shall mention that
the norms have been followed in the design and construction of buildings for
making the buildings resistant to earthquake, compliance with structural
safety and fire safety requirements.
(9)
The building requirements like size and area requirements of habitable
rooms, kitchen, bathrooms and Water closets, other areas, corridor and
staircase widths, service ducts, etc. and standards as specified in these rules
and in National Building Code-2005 shall be complied with.
Location and Plot Area
(1)
High Rise Buildings/Complexes shall be permissible only in areas notified by
the Sanctioning Authority with prior approval from the Competent Authority
from time to time.
(2)
High Rise Buildings/Complexes shall not be permissible in congested areas
and in gram kantam areas.
(3)
The minimum plot area shall not be less than 2000sq.m.
(4)
In respect of sites/plots proposed for high rise buildings and affected in road
widening where there is a shortfall of the net plot size, up to 10% of such
shortfall in net plot area would be considered with the proposed height and
corresponding minimum all round setbacks.
Means of access
(1) A plot/site shall abut on a public road/public street with a minimum width
of 12m.
(2) Main entrances to the premises shall be of adequate width to allow easy
access to the fire engine and in no case it shall measure less than 6 m. The
entrance gate shall fold back against the compound wall of the premises,
thus leaving the exterior access way within the plot free for movement of fire
service vehicles. If archway is provided over the main entrance the height of
the archway shall not be at a height less than 5m.
66.
All round Open Spaces /Set Backs
(1)
The minimum abutting road width and all-round open space/setback for
High Rise Buildings shall be as follows:
TABLE – 18
Minimum abutting road width and all-round open space/setback
for High Rise Buildings
120
Sl.
No.
(A)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
(2)
(3)
67.
Height of building Minimum
abutting
Minimum
(in meters)
road width
all-round open space
(in meters)
(in meters)
Above
Up to
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
21
12
7
21
24
12
8
24
27
18
9
27
30
18
10
30
35
24
11
35
40
24
12
40
45
24
13
45
50
30
14
50
55
30
16
After 55m 0.5m additional setback for every 5m of height shall be insisted
The open space to be left between two blocks shall be equivalent to the
open space mentioned in Column – (E) of the above Table and this shall not
be considered for organized open space (Tot lot).
In case of high rise buildings up to 30m height, it is permitted to transfer
up to 2m of setback from one side to the other side, which needs to be
uniform at any given point, subject to maintaining the minimum setback of
7m on all sides and not exceeding the permissible/allowable plinth area.
(4)
The balcony projection of up to 2m may be allowed projecting onto the open
spaces for upper floors from 6m height onwards.
(5)
Where the lighting and ventilation of a building is through the means of a
chowk or inner courtyard or interior open space/duct, such open space shall
be open to sky and area of at least 25sq.m and no side shall be less than 3m.
(6)
In every high rise building site, an organized open space shall be utilized
as greenery, tot lot or soft landscaping, etc. and this shall be provided over
and above the mandatory setbacks to be left in and around the building. This
space shall be at least 10% of total site area at ground level open to sky and
shall be a minimum width of 4.5m. This may be provided in one or more
pockets with minimum area of 50sq.m at each location.
(7)
A minimum of 2m wide green planting strip in the periphery on all sides
within the setbacks (All round open spaces) are required to be developed and
maintained.
(8)
Buildings abutting major road of 30m and above width shall be permitted
only after providing black-topped service roads of minimum 7m width with
minimum 2 Lane carriageway within the defined right of way. It will be the
responsibility of the developer/builder/owner to provide the above service
road of the standards fixed by the Sanctioning Authority at his own cost. The
Sanctioning Authority may consider sanctioning building permission if the
developer/builder/ owner deposits the full cost for laying such service road to
the Sanctioning Authority. The amount so levied and collected shall be
maintained in a separate exclusive account by the Sanctioning Authority and
utilized only for this purpose.
Parking Requirements
121
The parking requirements shall be in accordance with Rule 6 (30) and Table – 11 of
CHAPTER-IV [General Space Requirements and Services-Requirements of Parts of
Buildings-Parking Spaces] which is as given below.
[Extract of TABLE – 11]
Parking Requirements in Buildings
Sl.
No
.
Category of building/activity
(A)
(B)
1
Multiplexes
2
Information Technology Enabling
Services Complexes,
Shopping Malls (above 4000sq. m)
Business buildings, Cinema halls,
Hotels, Kalyana Mandapams, Lodges,
Offices, Other Commercial buildings,
Restaurants & High-Rise Buildings /
Complexes of Non Residential Category
Colleges, Godowns, Hospitals,
Industrial buildings, Institutional
buildings, Residential Apartment
Complexes, Schools, Educational
Buildings & Other Buildings
3
4
68.
Parking area to be provided
as percentage of total built up
area
First Grade,
Second Grade
Municipalities,
Municipal
Nagar
Corporations
Panchayats and
&
Gram
Selection Grade,
Panchayats
Special Grade
in Master Plan
Municipalities
areas and in
Development
Authority Areas
(C)
(D)
60
50
50
40
30
25
20
20
Building components
(1) Basement
(a) As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(b) Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction as given in the
Table below shall be followed. If travel distance exceeds that given in
the table below, additional staircases shall be provided.
TABLE - 19
Travel Distance for Occupancy and Type of Construction
Sl. No.
Group of
Maximum Travel Distance Construction (m)
122
Occupancy
(B)
Residential(A)
Type 1 & 2
(C)
30.0
Type 3 & 4
(D)
22.5
2
Educational(B)
30.0
22.5
3
Institutional
30.0
22.5
4
Assembly(D)
30.0
30.0
5
Business(E)
30.0
30.0
6
Mercantile(F)
30.0
7
Industrial(G)
45.0
8
Storage(H)
30.0
9
Hazardous(J)
22.5
30.0
Construction type 3 and 4 not
permitted.
Construction type 3 and 4 not
permitted.
Construction type 3 and 4 not
permitted.
(A)
1
Notes:
1. For fully sprinkled building, the travel distance may be increased by 50% of
the values specified above.
2. Ramps shall be counted as one of the means of escape wherever permitted in
National Building Code 2005.
(2)
Compartmentation
(a) The building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that fire/smoke
remains confined to the area where fire incident has occurred and does
not spread to the remaining part of the building.
(b)
Compartmentation and Pressurization method shall be adopted (as
per clause 4.10 of Part 4 of NBC, 2005) to protect escape routes
against ingress of smoke, or toxic gases into the escape routes will be
prevented.
(c)Pressurization shall be adopted for high rise buildings and building having
mixed occupancy/multiplexes having covered area more than 500 m2.
(3)
Corridors
(a) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of width not less than the
aggregate required width of exit doorways leading from them in the
direction of travel to the exterior.
(b) The minimum width of a corridor in a residential building shall be 1.2m for
single loaded and 2.0m for double loaded and in all other buildings shall be
1.5m.
(c)Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways, the height
of corridors and passageways shall be not less than 2.4m.
(d) All means of exit including staircases, lifts lobbies and corridors shall be
ventilated.
(4)
Doorways
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(5)
Glass Façade/Service Ducts/Shafts/ Refuge Area/ Vents
123
(a) An opening to the glass façade of minimum width 1.5m and height 1.5m
shall be provided at every floor at a level of 1.2m from the flooring facing
compulsory open space as well as on road side.
(b) Construction that complies with the fire rating of the horizontal
segregation and has any gap packed with a non-combustible material to
withstand thermal expansion and structural movement of the walling
without the loss of seal against fire and smoke.
(c)Mechanism of Opening: The openable glass panel shall be either left or
right shall have manual opening mechanism from inside as well as
outside. Such openable panels shall be marked conspicuously so as to
easily identify the openable panel from outside.
(d) Fire seal to be provided at every floor level between the external glazing
and building structure.
(e) The glazing used for the façade shall be of toughened (tempered) safety
glass as per I.S.2553.
(f) To avoid fire propagation vertically from one floor to another floor, a
continuous glass must be separated internally by a smoke/ fire seal
which is of noncombustible material having a fire resistance rating of
not less than 2 hours.
(g) Service ducts and shafts shall be enclosed by walls and doors with fire
resistance rating as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005.
All such ducts/shafts shall be properly sealed and stopped fire ingress at
all floor levels.
(h) A vent opening at the top of the service shaft shall be provided having an
area between one-fourth and one-half of the area of the shaft.
(i) The openable vent of minimum 2.5% of the floor area shall be provided.
The openable vent can be pop out type or bottom hinged provided with
fusible link opening mechanism and shall also be integrated with
automatic Smoke Detection System.
or
(i) Alternate vertical glass panels of the façade shall be openable
type with the mechanism mentioned above in order to ventilate the
smoke.
(ii) Refuge areas covered with the glass façade shall have all the panels
fully openable (either left or right hinged) both from inside as well as
outside.
(j) Glass quality and Practice of use of Glass in buildings shall have to be in
conformity with the BIS codes as given in Table below:
TABLE - 20
Glass quality and Use of glass in buildings
Sl.
No.
(A)
IS Code
Specifications
(B)
(C)
124
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
(6)
2553
Specification for safety glass: Part 1 General purpose
(Part 1):1990 (third revision)
Specification for flat transparent sheet glass
2835:1987
(third revision)
Specification for silvered glass mirrors for general
438:1994
purposes (second revision)
Specification for figured rolled and wired glass
5437:1994
(first revision).
14900:2000
Specification for transparent float glass.
16231 Part 1 General methodology for selection
16231 Part 2 Energy and Light
16231 Part 3 Fire and Loading
16231 Part 4 Safety related to Human Impact
Lifts
General requirements of lifts shall be as follows:
(a) All the floors shall be accessible for 24 hours by the lifts.
(b) The lifts provided in the buildings shall not be considered as a means of
escape in case of emergency.
(c) In a dual line arrangement (lifts opposite to each other) the lobby may
be between 1.5 times to 2.5 times the depth of one car.
(d) For in-line (single line) arrangements the lobby may be typically half of
the above recommendations.
(e) Grounding switch, at ground floor level, to enable the fire service to
ground the lift shall also be provided.
(f) The lift machine room shall be separate and no other machinery shall be
installed there in.
(g) Walls of lift enclosures and lift lobby shall have fire rating of 2 hour; (as
given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005);
(h) Lifts shall have a vent at the top of area not less than 0.2sq.m.
(i)Lift car door shall have a fire resistance rating of 1 hour.
(j) Lift lobby doors in lift enclosures shall have fire resistance as given in
Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005;
(k) Collapsible gates shall not be permitted for lifts and shall have solid
doors with fire resistance of at least 1 hour.
(l)If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building, a positive pressure
between 25 and 30 Pa shall be maintained in the lobby and a positive
pressure of 50 Pa shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The mechanism for
pressurization shall act automatically with the fire alarm; it shall be
possible to operate this mechanically also.
(m)
Lifts if communicating with the basement, the lift lobby of the
basements shall be pressurized as suggested below:
125
(i) If the lift shaft and lobby is in the core of the building a positive
pressure between 25 and 30 pa shall be maintained in the lobby and
a possible pressure of 50 pa shall be maintained in the lift shaft. The
mechanism for the pressurization shall act automatically with the fire
alarm/sprinkler system and it shall be possible to operate this
mechanically also.
(ii) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be
through a self-closing fire smoke check door of one-hour fire
resistance.
(n) Telephone or other communication facilities shall be provided in lift cars
and to be connected to fire control room for the building.
(o) Exit from the lift lobby, if located in the core of the building, shall be
through a self-closing fire door of half an hour fire resistance.
(p) Suitable arrangements such as providing slope in the floor of lift lobby
shall be made to prevent water used during firefighting, etc., at any
landing from entering the lift shafts.
(q) A sign shall be posted and maintained on every floor at or near the lift
indicating that in case of fire, occupants shall use the stairs unless
instructed otherwise.
(r) The sign shall also contain a plan for each floor showing the locations of
the stairways.
(s) Alternate source of power supply shall be provided for all the lifts through
a manually operated changeover switch.
(t) For Pressurization Specifications of various building components refer
NBC Chapter 4 Fire and Life Safety Clause 4.10 Pressurization of
Staircases (Protected Escape Routes)
(7)
Ramps
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter IV]
(8)
Stairways
(a) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft.
(b) The staircase shall be ventilated to the atmosphere at each landing and a
vent at the top;
(c)The vent openings shall be of 0.5sq.m in the external wall and the top.
(d) If the staircase cannot be ventilated, because of location or other
reasons, a positive pressure 50 Pa shall be maintained inside. The
mechanism for pressurizing the staircase shall operate automatically with
the fire alarm. The roof of the shaft shall be 1m above the surrounding
roof.
(e) Glazing or glass bricks if used in staircase, shall have fire resistance
rating of minimum 2 hour.
(f) The Minimum width of staircase for different types of high-rise buildings
shall be as per the table given below:
TABLE - 21
126
Minimum width of staircase for different types of high-rise buildings
S. No.
Types of Building
(A)
(B)
Width (m)
(C)
1
Residential buildings (dwellings)
1.0
2
Residential hotel buildings
1.5
3
Assembly buildings like auditorium,
theatres and cinemas
2.0
4
Educational buildings up to 30m in height
1.5
5
Institutional buildings like hospitals
2.0
6
All other buildings
1.5
(g) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 0.25m for staircase
for residential buildings.
(h) In the case of other buildings the minimum width of tread shall be 0.3m.
(i) The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a manner to prevent
slipping.
(j) The maximum height of riser shall be 0.19m in the case of residential
buildings
(k) The maximum height of riser shall be 0.15m in the case of other
buildings.
(l) The no. of risers shall be limited to 15 per flight.
(m) Handrails shall be provided with a minimum height of 0.9m from the
center of the tread.
(n) The minimum headroom in a passage under the landing of a staircase
and under the staircase shall be 2.2m.
(o) Access to main staircase shall be gained through adequate fire resistance
rating as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005. Automatic
closing doors placed in the enclosing walls of the staircases. It shall be a
swing type door opening in the direction of the escape.
(p) No living space, store or other fire risk shall open directly into the
staircase or staircases.
(q) External exit door of staircase enclosure at ground level shall open
directly to the open spaces or can be reached without passing through
any door other than a door provided to form a draught lobby.
(r) The exit sign with arrow indicating the way to the escape route shall be
provided at a height of 0.5m from the floor level on the wall and shall be
illuminated by electric light connected to corridor circuits. All exit way
marking signs should be flushed with the wall and so designed that no
mechanical damage shall occur to them due to moving of furniture or
other heavy equipment.
127
(s)All landings of floor shall have floor indication
number of floor. The floor indication board shall
immediately facing the flight of stairs and nearest
be of size not less than 0.5m x 0.5m and it shall
wall facing the staircase.
boards indicating the
be placed on the wall
to the landing. It shall
be prominently on the
(t) In case of single staircase it shall terminate at the ground floor level and
the access to the basement shall be by a separate staircase. However,
the second staircase may lead to basement levels provided the same is
separated at ground level by either a ventilated lobby with discharge
points at two different ends or through enclosures with fire resistance
rating door as given in Tables 1 to 18 of Part IV of the NBC 2005 or
through a fire protected corridor.
(u) There shall be at least one fire escape staircase and lift.
(v) These staircases and lifts shall be got certified from the manufacturer’s
authorized service technical personnel from time to time.
69.
Building Services
(1)
Air-conditioning
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(2)
Alternate Source of Electric Supply
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(3)
Boiler Room
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(4)
Electrical Services
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(5)
Gas supply
(a) Town Gas/L.P. Gas Supply Pipes – Where gas pipes are run in buildings,
the same shall be run in separate shafts exclusively for this purpose and
these shall be on external walls, away from the staircases. There shall be
no interconnection of this shaft with the rest of the floors.
(b) LPG distribution pipes shall always be below the false ceiling. The length
of these pipes shall be as short as possible. In the case of kitchen cooking
range area, apart from providing hood, covering the entire cooking range,
the exhaust system should be designed to take care of 30cu.m per
minute per sq. m of hood protected area. It should have grease filters
using metallic grill to trip oil vapors escaping into the fume hood.
Note: For detailed information on gas pipe installations, reference may
be made to Para.9 ‘Plumbing Services, Section 3 Gas Supply’, of
National Building Code of India.
(c)For large/commercial kitchens all wiring in fume hoods shall be of fiberglass
insulation. Thermal detectors shall be installed into fume hoods of large
kitchens for hotels, hospitals and similar areas located in high rise
128
buildings. Arrangements shall be made for automatic tripping of the
exhaust fan in case of fire.
(d) If LPG is used, the same shall be shut off. The voltage shall be of 24 V or
100 V DC operated with the external rectifier. The valve shall be of the
hand re-set type and shall be located in an area segregated from cooking
ranges. Valves shall be easily accessible. The hood shall have manual
facility for steam or carbon dioxide gas injection, depending on duty
condition; and Gas meters shall be housed in a suitably constructed metal
cupboard located in a well-ventilated space, keeping in view the fact that
LPG is heavier than air and town gas is lighter than air.
(6)
Helipad
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(7)
Staircase and Corridor Lighting
As provided in these Rules. [See Chapter VI]
(8)
Transformers
(a) If transformers are housed in the building below the ground level it shall
be necessarily in the first basement in separate fire resistance room of
4 hours rating.
(b) Transformer shall be dry type and shall be kept in an enclosure with
walls, doors and cut-outs having fire resistance rating of 4 hour.
(c)The room shall necessarily be at the periphery of the basement having
separate and direct access from open area at ground floor through a fire
escape staircase.
(d) The entrance to the room shall be provided with a steel door of 2 hours
fire rating. A curb of a suitable height shall be provided at the entrance in
order to prevent the flow of oil from ruptured, transformer into other
parts of the basement.
(e) The switchgears shall be housed in a separate room separated from the
transformer bays by a fire-resisting wall with fire resistance not less than
4 hours.
(f) The transformer shall be protected by an automatic foam sprinkler system.
When housed at ground floor level it/they shall be cut-off from the other
portion of premises by Fire Resisting Walls of 4 hours rating.
(g) A tank of RCC construction of adequate capacity shall be provided at
lower basement level, to collect the oil from the catch pit in case of
emergency. The pipe connecting the catch-pit to the tank shall be of noncombustible construction and shall be provided with a flame-arrester.
(h) The electric sub-station shall be located in a separate building in
accordance to I.E. Rules 68(I) and 64(I) (a).
(i) If this is not possible due to site conditions, the sub-station shall be
located on the ground floor.
(j) As far as possible sub-station shall not be installed in a basement, for such
situations special provisions like mechanical ventilation, wherever
required, cable ducting, cable trays, top/bottom entry of HV/LV cable,
129
hooks on Transformer(s) & HV panels, adequate fire detection and
firefighting arrangement, adequate drainage, effective measures to
prevent flooding etc. shall be provided.
(k) Adequate precautions shall also be taken for water proofing to prevent
seepage of water.
(l) A ramp shall also be provided with a slope, not steeper than 1 in 7, for
easy movement of equipment to and from sub-station.
(m) Fire regulations – The installations shall be carried out in conformity with
the local regulations and rules there under wherever they are in force. At
other places NBC guidelines shall be followed.
(9)
Fire Safety / Disaster Management
Refer Chapter-VI [Fire Protection & Fire Safety Requirements of these
Rules.
(10) Structural Safety
Refer Chapter-V [Provisions for Structural Safety] of these Rules.
(11) Sustainable Environment and Buildings
Refer Chapter-X-5 [Green Buildings] of these Rules.
(12) General
(a) Architectural elements such as louvers, pergolas, other sunshine materials
should be free from FAR.
(b) Any architectural roof top structures would also be permitted out of FAR if
not used for habitable or commercial purposes.
(c)Building elements such as sky bridges and landscape terraces which are
meant for community purposes only shall be permitted free of FAR
(d) Services can be permitted on roofs with adequate screening for the same.
(e) Atrium/ Atria at any floor will be counted only once in the FAR. Atrium
may be enclosed by light roofing or R.C.C.
(f) Scissor staircase would be permitted provided all travel distance and fire
norms are adhered to.
(g) Stilts in high-rise will not be restricted to height of 2.4m as long as it is
used for parking.
(h) Multilevel car parking with car lifts would be permitted with adequate fire
safety.
70.
Special type of High rise buildings
These buildings shall follow the specifications as given below while conforming to
all the other provisions as given above:
(1)
Tower and Podium Type Building:
(a)
Height of the building shall be allowed up to 50m.
(b)
For Podium, i.e., Ground plus first floor: all-round setbacks shall
be 7m.
130
(c)
(d)
(e)
(2)
For Tower block: The maximum coverage shall be 50 % of the
Podium Block i.e. setback area shall be at least 50% of the Podium Block
subject to a minimum of 3m on any side.
No projection shall be made into the setback.
The fire safety and fire escape measures for the Tower Block shall
be independent of the Podium Block.
“Stepped Type” or “Pyramidal Type” Building:
(a) Such type of High Rise Building blocks may be allowed for heights above
30m with the following open space requirements:
(b) At Ground level: Minimum 9m all round open space for the first five
floors.
(c)At Upper floors: Increase of 2m all round open space or more, for every 5
upper floors or 15m height or part thereof, over and above the ground
level open space of minimum 9m.
(d) No projection shall be made into the setback.
*******
131
CHAPTER-X-1
CONSERVATION OF HERITAGE SITES, HERITAGE BUILDINGS, HERITAGE
PRECINCTS AND NATURAL FEATURE AREAS
71.
Applicability and General
(1) These regulations shall apply to heritage sites which shall include those
buildings, artifacts, structures, streets, areas and precincts of historic,
architectural, aesthetic, cultural or environmental value (hereinafter referred
to as Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts) and those natural
feature areas of environmental significance or of scenic beauty including, but
not restricted to, sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas
adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas, points, walks, rides, bridle
paths (hereinafter referred to as ‘listed natural feature areas’) which shall
be listed in notification(s) to be issued by the State Government/identified in
Master Plan or any other plans notified by the Authority.
(2) The provisions in this chapter are beyond the regulations applicable on the
Prohibited and Regulated areas as defined by Ancient Monuments and
Archaeological Sites and Remains (AMASR) Act 2010, where site specific
Heritage Bye-Laws are prepared and notified by the Competent Authority
(National Monuments Authority) under the AMASR Act shall be applicable.
(3) NOC shall have to be obtained by submission of required documents as
may be necessary, including “Heritage Impact Assessment report”, if so
necessitated by the National Monuments Authority.
72.
Definitions
(1) “Heritage building” means and includes any building of one or more
premises or any part thereof and/or structure and/or artifact which requires
conservation and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or
artisanry and/or aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental and/or
ecological purpose and includes such portion of land adjoining such building
or part thereof as may be required for fencing or covering or in any manner
preserving the historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural
value of such building.
(2) “Heritage Precincts” means and includes any space that requires
conservation and/or preservation for historical and/or architectural and/or
aesthetic and/or cultural and/or environmental and/or ecological purpose.
Walls or other boundaries of a particular area or place or building or may
enclose such space by an imaginary line drawn around it.
(3) “Conservation” means all the processes of looking after a place so as to
retain its historical and/or architectural and/or aesthetic and/or cultural
significance
and
includes
maintenance,
preservation,
restoration,
reconstruction and adoption or a combination of more than one of these.
(4) “Preservation” means and includes maintaining the fabric of a place in its
existing state and retarding deterioration.
132
(5) “Restoration” means and includes returning the existing fabric of a place
to a known earlier state by removing accretions or by reassembling
existing components without introducing new materials.
(6) “Reconstruction” means and includes returning a place as nearly as possible
to a known earlier state and distinguished by the introduction of materials
(new or old) into the fabric. This shall not include either recreation or
conjectural reconstruction.
73.
Responsibility of the owners of heritage buildings
It shall be the duty of the owners of heritage buildings and buildings in heritage
precincts or in heritage streets to carry out regular repairs and maintenance
of the buildings. The State Government/Local Authority/Development Authority
concerned shall not be responsible for such repair and maintenance except for
the buildings owned by the Government/Local Authority/Development Authority.
74.
Restrictions on development / re-development / repairs etc.
(1) No development or redevelopment or engineering operation or additions /
alterations,
repairs, renovations including painting of the building,
replacement of special features or plastering or demolition of any part
thereof of the said listed buildings or listed precincts or listed natural
feature areas shall be allowed except with the prior permission of Local
Authority/Development Authority.
(2) Before granting such permission, the agency concerned shall consult the
Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by the State Government
and shall act in accordance with the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee.
75.
(a)
Provided that, before granting any permission for demolition or major
alterations/additions to listed buildings (or buildings within listed streets
or precincts), or construction at any listed natural features, or
alteration of boundaries of any listed natural feature areas, objections
and suggestions from the public shall be invited and shall be considered
by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
(b)
Provided that, only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in
writing, Local Authority/Development Authority may refer the matter
back to the Heritage Conservation Committee for reconsideration.
(c)
However,
the
decision
of
the
Heritage
Conservation
Committee after such reconsideration shall be final and binding.
Penalties
(1) Violation of the regulations shall be punishable under the provisions
regarding unauthorized development under the provisions of the respective
Acts of Local Authority/Development Authority. In case of proved deliberate
neglect of and/or damage to Heritage Buildings and Heritage Precincts, or if
the building is allowed to be damaged or destroyed due to neglect or any
other reason, in addition to penal action provided under the concerned Act,
no permission to construct any new building shall be granted on the site if a
Heritage Building or Building in a Heritage Precinct is damaged or pulled
133
down without
Authority.
appropriate
permission
from Local Authority/Development
(2) It shall be open to the Heritage Conservation Committee to consider a
request for re-building/reconstruction of a Heritage Building that was
unauthorizedly demolished or damaged, provided that the total built-up area
in all floors put together in such new construction is not in excess of the
total built-up area in all floors put together in the original Heritage Building
in the same form and style in addition to other controls that may be specified.
76.
Preparation of list of heritage sites including
heritage precincts and listed natural feature areas
heritage
buildings,
(1) The list of heritage sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and
listed Natural Features Areas is to be prepared and supplemented by the
Local Authority/Development Authority on the advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee and shall obtain the preliminary approval of the
Government.
(2) Before being finalized, objections and suggestions of the public are to be
invited and on the recommendation of the Heritage Committee on the
objections and suggestions, the Government shall accord the final approval of
the list heritage o f sites including Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts and
listed Natural Features Areas which shall be notified.
(3) The said list to which the regulation applies shall not form part of this
regulation for the purpose of Building Rules.
(4) The list may be supplemented from time to time by Government on receipt of
proposal from the agency concerned or by Government suo-moto provided
that before the list is supplemented, objections and suggestions from the
public be invited and duly considered by the State Government after
obtaining a detailed recommendation from the Heritage Conservation
Committee on the objections and suggestions received.
(5) When a building or group of buildings or natural feature areas are listed,
it would automatically mean (unless otherwise indicated) that the entire
property including its entire compound/plot boundary along with all the
subsidiary structures and artifacts etc. within the compound/plot boundary,
etc. shall form part of list.
77.
Alteration/modification/relaxation in development norms
On the advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by
the Government and for reasons to be recorded in writing, the Local
Authority/Development Authority shall follow the procedure as per Development
Authority Act, to alter, modify or relax the Development Control Norms
prescribed in the Master Plan, if required, for the conservation or preservation or
retention of historic or aesthetic or cultural or architectural or environmental
quality of any heritage site.
78.
Heritage precincts / Natural feature areas
(1) In cases of streets, precincts, areas and (where deemed necessary by the
Heritage Conservation Committee) natural feature areas notified, development
permissions shall be granted in accordance with the special separate
134
regulation prescribed for respective streets, precincts/natural feature areas
which shall be framed by the Local Authority/Development Authority on the
advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
(2) Before finalizing the special separate regulations for precincts, streets, natural
features, areas, the draft of the same shall be published in the official gazette
and in leading newspapers for the purpose of inviting objections and
suggestions from the public.
(3) All objections and suggestions received within a period of 30 days from the
date of publication in the official gazette shall be considered by the Local
Authority/Development Authority/Heritage Conservation Committee.
(4) After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the agency
concerned, acting on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall
modify (if necessary) the aforesaid draft separate regulations for streets,
precincts, areas and natural features and forward the same to Government for
notification.
79.
Road widening
Widening of the existing roads under the Master Plan or Town/Zonal
Development Plan or in the Layout Plan shall be carried out considering the
existing heritage buildings (even if they are not included in a Heritage Precinct) or
which may affect listed natural features areas.
80.
Incentive uses for heritage buildings
In cases of buildings located in non-commercial use zones included in the
Heritage Conservation List, if the owner/owners agree to maintain the listed
heritage building as it is in the existing state and to preserve its heritage state
with due repairs and the owner/owners/lessees give a written undertaking to that
effect, the owner/owners/lessees may be allowed with the approval of the
Heritage Conservation Committee within permissible use zone to convert part or
whole thereof of the non-commercial area within such a heritage building to
commercial/office use/hotel. Provided that if the heritage building is not
maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the building is spoiled in any
manner, the commercial/office/hotel use shall be disallowed.
81.
Maintaining skyline and architectural harmony
After the guidelines are framed, buildings within heritage precincts or in the vicinity
of heritage sites shall maintain the skyline in the precinct and follow the
architectural style (without any high-rise development) as may be existing in the
surrounding area, so as not to diminish or destroy the value and beauty of or the
view from the said heritage sites. The development within the precinct or in the
vicinity of heritage sites shall be in accordance with the guidelines framed by the
Local Authority/Development Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation
Committee or separate regulations/guidelines, if any, prescribed for respective
zones by Local Authority/Development Authority.
82.
Restrictive covenants
Restrictions existing as imposed under covenants, terms and conditions on the
leasehold plots either by the State Government or by the Local
Authority/Development Authority shall continue to be imposed in addition to
135
Development Control Regulations. However, in case of any conflict with the heritage
preservation interest/environmental conservation, this Heritage Regulation shall
prevail.
83.
Grading of the listed buildings / listed precincts
(1) Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts may be graded into three
categories.
(2) The definition of these and basic guidelines for development permissions are
as given below.
(3) Listing does not prevent change of ownership or usage.
(4) However, change of use of such Listed Heritage Building/Listed Precincts is
not permitted without the prior
Committee.
approval of the Heritage Conservation
(5) Use should be in harmony with the said listed heritage site.
TABLE - 22
Grading of Listed Heritage Buildings / Precincts
(A) Definition
Grade-I
Grade-II
Grade-III
Heritage
Grade-I
comprises buildings and
precincts of national or
historic
importance,
embodying excellence in
architectural
style,
design, technology and
material usage and/or
aesthetics; they may
be associated with a
great
historic
event,
personality, movement
or
institution.
They
have been and are the
prime landmarks of the
region.
Heritage
Grade-II
(A&B)
comprises of buildings and
precincts of regional or local
importance possessing special
architectural
or
aesthetic
merit, or cultural or historical
significance though of a lower
scale than Heritage Grade-I.
They are local landmarks,
which
contribute
to
the
image and identity of the
region.
They may be the work of
master craftsmen or may be
models of proportion and
ornamentation or designed to
suit a particular climate.
Heritage
Grade-III
comprises building
and
precincts of importance for
townscape; that
evoke
architectural, aesthetic, or
sociological
interest
through not as much as in
Heritage Grade-II. These
contribute to determine
the
character
of
the
locality
and
can
be
representative of lifestyle
of a particular community
or region and may also
be
distinguished
by
setting,
or
special
character of the façade
and uniformity of height,
width and scale.
All natural sites shall
fall within Grade-I.
Grade-I
(B) Objective
Grade-II
136
Grade-III
Heritage
Grade-I
richly deserves careful
preservation.
Heritage Grade-II deserves
intelligent conservation.
Heritage
Grade-III
deserves
intelligent
conservation (though on a
lesser scale than Grade-II
and special protection to
unique
features
and
attributes).
(C) Scope for Changes
Grade-I
Grade-II
Grade-III
No
interventions
be
permitted
either
on
exterior or interior of
the heritage building or
natural features unless
it is necessary in the
interest
of
strengthening
and
prolonging the life of
the
buildings/or
precincts or any part or
features thereof.
For
this purpose, absolutely
essential and minimum
changes
would
be
allowed and they must
be in conformity with
the original.
Grade-II (A): Internal changes
and adaptive re-use may by
and large be allowed but
subject to strict scrutiny.
Care would be taken to
ensure the conservation of all
special aspects for which it is
included in Heritage Grade- II.
Internal
changes
and
adaptive re- use may by
and large be allowed.
Changes
can
include
extensions and additional
buildings in the same plot
or compound. However,
any changes should be
such that they are in
harmony with and should
be such that they do not
detract from the existing
heritage building/precinct.
Grade-I
Grade-II (B): In addition to
the
above,
extension
or
additional building in the
same plot or compound could
in certain circumstances, be
allowed
provided that the
extension / additional building
is in harmony with (and
does not detract from) the
existing heritage building(s)
or precincts especially in
terms of height and façade.
(D) Procedure
Grade-II
Grade-III
Development permission Development permission for
Development
permission
for the changes would the changes would be given on
for changes would be
be given on the advice the advice of the Heritage given on the advice of
of
the
Heritage Conservation Committee.
the Heritage Conservation
Conservation
Committee.
Committee.
(E) Vistas/Surrounding Development
Grade-I
Grade-II
137
Grade-III
All
development
in
areas
surrounding
Heritage Grade-I shall
be
regulated
and
controlled, ensuring that
it does not mar the
grandeur of, or view
from Heritage Grade-I.
84.
All development in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade-II
shall
be
regulated
and
controlled, ensuring that it
does not mar the grandeur
of, or view from Heritage
Grade-II.
All development in areas
surrounding
Heritage
Grade-III
shall
be
regulated and controlled,
ensuring that it does not
mar the grandeur of, or
view from Heritage GradeIII.
Opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee
Nothing mentioned above should be deemed to confer a right on the
owner/occupier of the plot to demolish or reconstruct or make alterations to his
heritage building/buildings in a heritage precinct or on a natural heritage site if
in
the
opinion
of
the
Heritage
Conservation
Committee,
such
demolition/reconstruction/alteration is undesirable.
85.
Approval to preserve the beauty of the area
The Heritage Conservation Committee shall have the power to direct, especially
in areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings
should have their approval to preserve the beauty of the area.
86.
Signs and outdoor display structures/including street furniture on heritage
sites
Local Authority/Development Authority on the
advice
of
the
Heritage
Conservation Committee shall frame regulations or guidelines to regulate
signs, outdoor display structures and street furniture on heritage sites.
87.
Composition of Heritage Conservation Committee
(1) The Heritage Conservation Committee shall be appointed by the State
Government.
(2) The Committee shall have the powers to co-opt up to three additional
88.
members who may have related experience.
(3) The tenure of the Chairman and Members of other than Government
Department /Local Bodies shall be as prescribed by the Government.
The terms of reference of the Committee
(1) To advice the Local Authority/Development Authority whether development
permission is to be granted under Building Rules and the conditions of
permission if any required.
(2) To prepare a supplementary list of heritage sites, which include buildings
artifacts, structures, streets, areas, precincts of historic, aesthetic,
architectural, cultural, or environmental significance and a supplementary
list of natural feature areas of environmental significance, scenic beauty
including but not restricted to sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies
(and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas, points, walks,
rides, bridle paths etc. to which this Building Rule would apply.
(3) To advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of
any of the Building Rules is required in connection with conservation and
preservation of any Listed Heritage Buildings/Listed Heritage Precincts.
138
(4) To frame special regulations/guidelines for precincts and if necessary for
natural feature areas to advise the Local Authority/Development Authority
regarding the same;
(5) To recommend to the Local Authority/Development Authority guidelines to be
adopted by those private parties or public/government agencies who sponsor
beautification schemes at heritage sites;
(6) To prepare special designs and guidelines/publications for listed buildings,
control of height and essential façade characteristics such as maintenance of
special types of balconies and other heritage items of the buildings and to
suggest suitable designs adopting appropriate materials for replacement
keeping the old form intact to the extent possible.
(7) To prepare guidelines relating to design elements and conservation principles
to be adhered to and to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this
Regulation;
(8) To advise the Local Authority/Development Authority /on any other issues as
may be required from time to time during course of scrutiny of development
permissions and in t h e overall interest of heritage/conservation;
(9) To advice the Government either independently or through or on behalf of
the Local Authority/Development Authority in cases of Appeals under Local
Authority/Development Authority Act in cases of listed buildings/heritage
buildings and listed precincts/heritage precincts and listed natural feature
areas.
89.
Implications of listing as heritage buildings
The Regulations do not amount to any blanket prevention of demolition or of
changes to Heritage Buildings. The only requirement is to obtain clearance from
Local Authority/Development Authority as the case may be and Heritage
Conservation Committee from heritage point of view.
90.
Ownership not affected
Sale and purchase of Heritage Buildings does not require any permission from
Local Authority/Development Authority/Heritage Conservation Committee. The
Regulations do not affect the ownership or usage. However, such usage should be
in harmony with the said listed precincts/buildings. Local Authority/Development
Authority shall ensure that the development permission relating to these
buildings is given within 30 days whenever such application is submitted.
*******
139
CHAPTER–X-2
PROVISIONS FOR DIFFERENTLY ABLED, ELDERLY AND CHILDREN
91.
Applicability and General
(1) These regulations shall apply to all buildings and facilities used by the public
such as educational, institutional, assembly, commercial, business, mercantile
buildings constructed on plot having an area of more than 2000sq.m.
(2) It does not apply to private and public residences.
(3) These requirements are concerned with non-ambulatory disabilities, semiambulatory disabilities, sight disabilities, hearing disabilities, and disabilities of
in-coordination, aging, allergies, heart and lung diseases, epilepsy, hemophilia,
incontinence and enterostomy.
(4) It is intended to make all buildings and facilities used by the public accessible
to, and functional for the differently abled, elderly and children through and
within their doors, without loss of function, space or facility where the general
public is concerned.
(5) In case of practical difficulty, unnecessary hardship, or extreme differences, the
Authority may grant exceptions from the literal requirements of these provisions
(guidelines) or permit the use of other methods or materials, but only when it is
clearly evident that equivalent facilities and protection are thereby secured.
92.
Definitions
(1) Aging
Those manifestations of the aging processes that significantly reduce mobility,
flexibility, co-ordination, and perceptiveness but are not accounted for in the
categories mentioned in ‘Disabilities’ (3) (a) to (i).
(2) Appropriate Number
The number of a specific item that would be necessary, in accordance with the
purpose and function of building or facility, to accommodate individuals with
specific disabilities in proportion to the anticipated number or individuals with
disabilities who would use a particular building or facility.
(3) Disabilities
(a) Non-ambulatory disabilities
Impairments that, regardless of cause or manifestation, for all practical
purposes, confine individuals to wheelchairs.
(b) Semi-ambulatory disabilities
Impairments that cause individuals to walk with difficulty or insecurity.
Individuals using braces or crutches, amputees, arthritis, spastics and
those with pulmonary and cardiac ills may be semi-ambulatory.
(c) Sight disabilities
Total blindness or impairments affecting sight to the extent that the
individual functioning in public areas is insecure or exposed to danger.
(d) Hearing disabilities
140
Deafness or hearing handicaps that might make an individual insecure in
public areas because he is unable to communicate or hear warning,
signals.
(e) Disabilities of in-coordination
Faulty co-ordination or palsy from brain, spinal or peripheral nerve
injury.
(f) People with allergies
People with allergies may be sensitive to dust, mildew, pollen, animal
hair, formalin, turpentine, etc. Some are sensitive to contact with
substances and materials, such as, nickel, chromium and rubber.
(g) People with heart and lung diseases
People with heart and lung diseases may only be able to walk short
distances and may be unable to climb stairs. The requirements of these
people are similar to those with impaired mobility.
(h) People with epilepsy, hemophilia, etc.
The requirements of those with epilepsy, hemophilia, etc. are related
primarily to the design of buildings and the need to minimize the risk of
injury caused by falling or encountering obstacles.
(i) People with incontinence, enterostomy operations, etc
The requirements of people with incontinence, enterostomy operations,
etc. (colostomies, ileostomies and urostomies) are mainly related to
bathroom provision. In certain circumstances, for example, in public
water-closet compartments, it may be desirable to provide a special sink
for emptying urine bags.
(4) Fixed Turning Radius, Front Structure to Rear Structure
The turning radius of a wheelchair, left front-foot platform to right rear wheel,
or right front-foot platform to left rear wheel, when pivoting on a spot.
(5) Fixed Turning Radius Wheel
The tracking of the caster wheels and large wheels of a wheelchair when
pivoting on a spot.
(6) Involved (Involvement)
A portion or portions of the human anatomy or physiology, or both, that have
a loss or impairment of normal function as a result of genesis, trauma,
disease, inflammation or degeneration.
(7) Ramps, Ramps with Gradients
Ramps with gradients (gradual slope joining two level surfaces) that deviate
from what would otherwise be considered the normal level. An exterior ramp,
as distinguished from a ‘walk’, would be considered an appendage to a building
leading to a level above or below the existing ground level.
(8) Walk-Walks
‘Walk’ and ‘walks’ defined as a predetermined prepared surface, exterior
pathway leading to or from a building or facility, or from one exterior area to
another, placed on the existing ground level and not deviating from the level of
the existing ground immediately adjacent.
141
93.
Site Development
(1)Accessibility
Almost any building can be made accessible to differently abled persons by so
planning the site that the terraces, retaining walls and winding walks are used
effectively. Site development is the most effective means to resolve the
problems created by topography, definitive architectural designs or concepts,
water table, existing streets, and typical problems, singularly or collectively, so
that aggress, ingress and egress to buildings by differently abled maybe
facilitated while preserving the desired design and effect of the architecture.
(2) Walks
(a) Public walks should be at least 1200mm wide and should have a gradient
not greater than 1 in 20.
(b) It is essential that the gradient of walks and driveways be less than that
prescribed for ramps, since walks would be devoid of handrails and kerbs
and would be considerably longer and more vulnerable to the elements.
(c) Walks of near maximum grade and considerable length should have level
areas at intervals for purposes of rest and safety.
(d) Walks or driveways should have a non-slip surface.
(e) Such walks shall be of a continuing common surface not interrupted by
steps or abrupt changes in level.
(f) Wherever walks cross other walks, driveways, or parking lots they should
blend to a common level.
(i) This requirement, does not require the elimination of kerbs, which,
particularly if they occur at regular intersections, are a distinct safety
feature for all of the challenged, particularly the blind. The preferred
method of meeting the requirement is to have the walk incline to the
level of the street.
(ii) At principal intersections, it is vitally important that the kerbs run
parallel to the street, up to the point where the walk is inclined, at
which point the kerb would turn in and gradually meet the level of the
walk at its highest point. A less preferred method would be to
gradually bring the surface of the driveway or street to the level of the
walk. The disadvantage of this method is that a blind person would not
know when he has left the protection of a walk and has entered the
hazards of a street or driveway (see Fig 1).
142
(g) A walk shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1500mm
long, if a door swings out onto the platform or towards the walk. This
platform shall extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(h) A walk shall have a level platform at least 900 mm deep, if the door does
not swing onto the platform or towards the walk. This platform shall extend
at least 300 mm beyond each side of the doorway.
(3) Parking Space
(a) Spaces that are accessible and approximate to the facility should be set
aside and identified for use by individuals with physical disabilities.
(b) A parking space open on one side, allowing room for individuals in
wheelchairs or individuals on braces and crutches to get in and out of an
automobile onto a level surface, is adequate. It should have a minimum
width of 2700 mm preferably 2800mm for ambulant disabled and minimum
3000 mm preferably 3300mm for wheel chair users.
(c) Parking spaces for individuals with physical disabilities when placed
between two conventional diagonal or head-on parking spaces should be
3.6m to 3.8m wide and the length of the aisle should be 7.3m, 6.1m and
6.5m for head-on, 90° and 60° parking respectively.
(d) Care in planning should be exercised, so that individuals in wheelchairs and
individuals using braces and crutches are not compelled to wheel or walk
behind parked cars.
(e) Consideration should be given to the distribution of spaces for use by the
disabled in accordance with the frequency and persistency of parking
needs. Surface parking for two car spaces shall be provided near entrance
for the physically handicapped persons with maximum travel distance of
30m from building entrance.
(f) The information stating that the space is reserved for wheel chair users
shall be conspicuously displayed.
(g) Guiding floor materials shall be provided or a device, which guides visually
impaired persons with audible signals, or other devices, which serves the
same purpose, shall be provided.
(h) Walks shall be in conformity with 93 (2) [Walks].
143
94.
Buildings
(1)Ramps with Gradients
Where ramps with gradients are necessary or desired, they shall conform to the
following requirements (see Fig. 2).
(a) A ramp when provided should not have a slope greater than 1 in 20 or
maximum of 1 in 12 for short distance up to 9000mm.
(b) A ramp shall have handrails on at least one side, and preferably two sides,
that are 900mm high, measured from the surface of the ramp, that are
smooth, and that extend 300mm beyond the top and bottom of the ramp.
Where major traffic is predominantly children, the handrails should be
placed 760mm high.
Notes:
(i) Where handrails are specified to be of heights other than 80cm, it is
recommended that two sets of handrails be installed to serve all
people.
(ii) Where major traffic is predominantly children, particularly physically
disabled children extra care should be exercised in the placement of
handrails, in accordance with the nature of the facility and the age
group or groups being serviced (see also 94. Buildings).
(iii) Care should be taken that the extension of the handrails is not in itself
a hazard. Extension up to 300 mm may be made on the side of a
continuing wall.
(c) A ramp shall have a surface that is non-slip surface and if length is
3500mm, the minimum width shall be 1500mm.
(i) The provision of non-slip surfaces on ramps greatly assists the
challenged persons with semi ambulatory and ambulatory disabilities.
Non-slip surfaces are provided by many finishes and materials.
(ii) The surfaces of the concrete ramps can be made nonskid by brooming
the surface or by finishing with an indenting roller.
(d) A ramp shall have a level platform at the top which is at least 1800mm
long, if a door swings out onto the platform or toward the ramp. This
platform shall extend at least 300mm beyond each side of the doorway
(see Fig.3).
144
(e) Each ramp shall have at least 1800mm of straight clearance at the bottom.
(f) Ramps shall have level platforms at 10m to 12m intervals for purposes of
rest and safety, and shall have platforms minimum 1.5m length wherever
they turn.
(g) For visually impaired people, ramps may be colour contrasted with landing.
(h) To minimize rise to wheelchair users, ramps should be equipped with herbs
approximately 50 mm high at exposed sides.
(2)Entrances
(a)
At least one primary entrance to each building shall be usable by
individuals in wheelchairs (see Fig.4A) and shall be indicated by a sign
(see Fig.4B).
(b) At least one entrance usable by individuals in wheelchairs shall be on a
level that would make the elevators accessible.
(3)Corridor connecting the entrance/exit
The corridor connecting the entrance/exit leading directly outdoors to a place
where information concerning the overall use of the specified building can be
provided to visually impaired persons either by a person or by signs, shall be
provided as follows:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
Guiding floor materials' shall be provided or device that emits sound
to guide visually impaired persons.
The minimum width shall be 1500mm.
In case there is a difference of level, slope ways shall be provided with
a slope of 1:12.
Handrails shall be provided for ramps/slope ways.
145
(4)Doors and Doorways
(a) Door width
To enable wheelchair users to pass through doors, the minimum clear width
should be 900mm and shall be operable by a single effort. In certain cases
the clear width should be 900mm to 1000m, for example, if the wheelchair
has to be turned in the doorway, where there is a door-closer or at entrance
doors to public buildings and in other situations where there is considerable
traffic.
(i) Two-leaf doors are not usable by those with disabilities defined in 92 (1)
[Aging], 92 (2) [appropriate Number] and 92 (5) [Fixed Turning Radius
Wheel] unless they operate by a single effort, or unless one of the two
leaves meets the requirements of 94 (4) (a) [Door width].
(ii) Side-hung doors
To facilitate wheelchair maneuver, doors should be hung with the hinges
in room corners. Doors opening out into corridors or circulation spaces
should be avoided as far as possible.
(iii) It is recommended that all doors have kick plates extending from the
bottom of the door to at least 400mm from the floor, or be made of a
material and finish that would safely withstand the abuse they might
receive from canes, crutches, wheelchair foot platforms, or wheelchair
wheels.
(b) Wheelchair Maneuvering Space
To enable wheelchair users to approach doors maneuvering space is needed
as shown in the Fig.5. A corridor should have a width of at least 1200 mm
to allow a 90° turn to be made through a door. In narrow spaces sliding
doors may be preferable.
(c) Threshold
Raised thresholds should be avoided, but where this is not possible, their
height should not exceed 25mm, Rubber thresholds are advantageous for
wheelchair users.
146
(i) Care should be taken in the selection, placement and setting of door
closers so that they do not prevent the use of doors by the physically
disabled. Time-delay door closers are recommended.
(ii) Self–Closing doors
Wheelchair user and other with impaired mobility have difficulty in using
self–closing doors. The force required to open them should be reduced
as for as possible. Public buildings should preferably have sliding
automatic doors.
(d) Door Identification
To help people with impaired vision to see doors, the door and frame should
be in a colour which contrasts with the adjoining wall. Glass or glazed doors
should be marked with a coloured band or frame a little below eye-level.
(e) Handles
Door handles and locks should be easy to manipulate. To facilitate the
closing of a door by wheelchair users (for example, a water closet
compartment), the door should have a horizontal handle approximately
800mm from the floor. Self–closing doors should be equipped with an easy
gripped vertical pull-handle with a length of at least 300mm, and with and
the lower end approximately 800mm above floor. For many people and
especially those with impaired vision, it is helpful to make clear whether
doors are to be pulled or pushed.
(f) Windows
Windows should be designed to avoid the glare which is a particular
problem for people with impaired vision.
Large glass areas close to
circulation spaces should be marked a little below eye-level with a coloured
band or frame. To enable wheelchair users to see through a window
comfortably, the sill should be easy to open and close. Their controls
should be placed in the zone 900 to 1200mm from floor (see Fig.7)
147
(5)Stairs
Stairs should not be the only means of moving between floors. They should be
supplemented by lifts or ramps.
(a) Straight flights of steps are preferred by ambulant disabled people. Treads
should be approximately 300 mm deep and risers not higher than 150mm.
Steps should be of a consistent height and depth throughout the stair.
Projecting nosing and open stairs should be avoided to minimize the risk of
stumbling.
(b) Handrails should be provided to both sides of any stairway. They should be
continuous and extend not less than 300 mm beyond the top and bottom
step (otherwise it is difficult for the disabled to use the rail at the first and
last step. See Fig 8).
(c) For people with impaired vision, there should be a colour contrast between
landings, and top and bottom steps of a flight of steps, or the front edge of
each step should have a contrasting colour.
(6)Floors
148
(a) Floors shall have a non-slip surface.
(b) Floors on a given storey shall be of a common level throughout or be
connected by a ramp in accordance with [Ramps and gradients] 94 (1) (a)
to 94 (1) (h).
(i) A gentle slope up to 10mm may be given between the level of the floor
of the corridor and the level of the floor of the toilet rooms.
(ii) There should not be a difference between the level of the floor of a
corridor and the level of a meeting room, dining room, or any other
room, unless proper ramps are provided.
(7)Refuge
An alternative to immediate evacuation of a building via staircases and/or lifts
is the movement of disabled persons to areas of safety (refuge area) within a
building. If possible, they could remain there until the fire is controlled and
extinguished or until rescued by the fire fighters.
(a) It is useful to have the provisions of a refuge area, usually at the fire
protected stair landing on each floor that can safely hold one or two
wheelchairs.
(b) Have Doorways with clear opening width of 900 mm and regular
compliance.
(c) Have an alarm switch installed between 900mm and 1200mm from floor
level.
(8)Sanitary Facilities
It is essential that sanitary facilities, in accordance with the nature and use of a
specific building or facility, be made accessible to and usable by, the differentlyabled.
(a) Sanitary facilities shall have space to allow traffic of individuals in
wheelchairs (see Fig.9 and 10)
149
(b) Sanitary facilities shall have at least one water-designs demand, so that
they are usable by individuals closet cubical for the ambulant disabled
(see Fig.11 in wheelchairs and 12), that
(i) is 900 mm wide;
(ii) is at least 1500 mm, preferably 1600 mm deep;
(iii) has a door (where doors are used), that is, 900mm wide and swings
out;
(iv) has handrails on each side, 780 mm high and parallel to the floor, 50
mm clearance between rail and wall, and fastened securely at ends
and centre;
(v) has a water-closet with the seat 500 mm from the floor.
Note: The design and mounting of the water-closet is of considerable
importance. A wall-mounted water closet with a narrow understructure
that recedes sharply is most desirable. If a floor mounted water-closet
must be used, it should not have a front that is wide and perpendicular to
the floor at the front of the seat. The bowl should be shallow at the front
of the seat and turn backwards more than downwards to allow the
individual in a wheelchair to get close to the water-closet with the seat of
the wheelchair.
150
(c) Sanitary facilities shall have wash basins with narrow aprons, which when
mounted at standard height are usable by individuals in wheelchair or they
shall have wash basins mounted higher, when particular designs demand,
so that they are usable by individuals In wheelchair.
(d) The drain pipes and hot-water pipes under a sanitary appliance that be
covered or insulated so that a wheelchair individual do not find it
inconvenient.
(e) Some mirrors and shelves shall be provided above the wash basins at a
height as low as possible as and not higher than 1m above the floor,
measured from the top of the shelf and the bottom of the mirror.
(f) Sanitary facilities for men shall have wall mounted urinals with the
151
opening of the basin 460mm from the floor, or shall have floor-mounted
urinals that are on level with the main floor of the toilet room.
(g) Toilet rooms shall have an appropriate number of towel racks, towel
dispensers, and other dispensers and disposal units mounted not higher
than 910 mm from the floor.
(9)Drinking Fountains
An appropriate number of drinking fountains or other:
(a) Drinking water fountains or water coolers have wash basins mounted
higher, when particular shall have up front spouts and control.
(b) Drinking water fountains or water coolers shall be hand-operated, or hand
and foot-operated.
(i) Conventional floor mounted water coolers may be convenient to
individuals in wheelchairs if a small fountain is mounted on the side of
the cooler 800 mm above the floor.
(ii) Fully recessed drinking water fountains are not recommended.
(iii) Drinking water fountains should not be set into an alcove unless the
alcove is wider than a wheelchair.
(10)
Public Telephones
An appropriate number of public telephones should be made accessible to
and usable by the physically disabled.
Note: The conventional public telephone booth is not usable by most
physically disabled individuals. There are many ways in which public
telephones may be made accessible and usable. It is recommended that
architects and builders confer with the telephone companies in the
planning of the building or facility.
(a) Such telephones should be kept so that the dial is placed at minimum
1200mm from floor and the handset may be reached by individuals in
wheelchairs.
(11)
Handrails
(a) Handrails are used as a vocational and mobility aid by blind and
visually impaired people and as a support for people with mobility
impairments. The handrail should be securely fitted to the wall to
withstand heavy pressure. Handrails should turn in towards the wall at
either end.
(b) Handrails should be approximately 900mm from the floor. The rail
should be easy to grip, having a circular section with a diameter of
approximately 40 mm and fixed as shown in Fig: 13.
(c) To aid identification, the color of the rail should contrast with the wall
behind.
152
(12)
Elevators
In a multi-storey building, elevators are essential to the successful
functioning of physically disabled individuals. They shall conform to the
requirements given below.
(a) Elevators shall be accessible to, and usable by the physically disabled
on the level that they use to enter the building, and at all levels
normally used by the general public.
(b) Elevators shall allow for traffic by wheelchairs (see also 94 (4) (Doors
and doorways)).
(c) Provision of at least one lift shall be made for the wheel chair user
with the following cage dimensions of lift recommended for passenger
lift of 13 person’s capacity of Bureau of Indian Standards.
Desirable Lift size
Clear internal width 1100 mm
Clear internal width 2000 mm
Entrance door width 900 mm
(d) A hand
rail not
less than 600mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed
adjacent to the control panel.
(e) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800 mm x 1800
mm or more.
(f) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5
seconds and the closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/sec.
(g) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly
indicates the floor, the cage has reached indicates that the door of the
cage of entrance/exit is either open or closed.
(13)
Controls
153
It is advantageous for wheelchair users if controls are placed at low level.
For visually impaired people, they should be at eye-level.
(a) To enable wheelchair users to reach controls while not placing them
too low for visually impaired people, controls should be in the zone
$00mm to 1200mm from the floor. It is advantageous if controls in,
for example, lifts are placed at an angle of approximately 45° to the
wall so that they are easier to read and operate. To cater for
wheelchair users, controls should be placed not less than 400mm from
room comers. All the power and electric points should be placed at
one metre above the floor level and should not project outside walls.
(b) Again, to cater for visually impaired people, controls should be colourcontrasted with backgrounds. Information should preferably be in
relief for tactile reading.
(c) To aid operation for people with impaired co-ordination or impaired
vision, switches, etc, should have large push plates.
(d) Controls for powered door openers to hinged doors should be located
so that the doors do not conflict with wheelchairs, sticks, walking aids,
etc.
(e) To facilitate operation for people with limited strength in arms and
hands, handles should be easy to grip and turn.
(14)
Identification
Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building used by the
public is particularly essential to the blind.
(a) Raised letters or numbers shall be used to identify rooms or offices.
(b) Such identification should be placed on the wall, to left of the door,
preferably at a height of 1500mm from the floor.
(c) Doors that are not intended for normal use, and that might prove
dangerous if a blind person were to exit or enter by them, should be
made quickly identifiable to the touch by knurling the door handle or
knob (see Fig. 14).
Fig: 15
(15)
Warning Signals & Proper signage
154
(a) Audible warning signals shall be accompanied by simultaneous visual
signals for the benefit of those with hearing disabilities.
(b) Visual signals shall be accompanied by simultaneous audible signals for
the benefit of the blind. To assist blind people, lettering and symbols
on signs should be in relief for tactile reading and the information
board in brail should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it
should be possible to approach them closely.
(c) Signs should be designed and located so that they are easy to read.
For visually impaired people, signs should preferably be at eye-level
and it should be possible to approach them closely. Text and symbols
should be color-contrasted with the background. The letters should not
be less than 20mm high.
(d) Signs should be well illuminated and surfaces should not cause
mirroring or reflections. Signs should not be behind glass or similar
materials.
(e) Information based on colour codes only should be avoided; colorblind
people may find them difficult to understand.
(f) Public Address system may also be provided in busy public areas.
(g) To ensure safe walking, there should not be any protruding sign which
creates obstruction in walking.
(h) International Symbol Mark for wheel chair be installed in a lift, toilet,
staircase, parking areas, etc., that have been provided for the
handicapped.
(16)
Work Bench
This should be at least 800 mm wide, 600 mm deep and 650 mm to 700
mm high. For wheelchair users, the convenient height of work tops is
between 750 mm and 850 mm; flexible provision is preferred. Further, for
wheelchair access to a work bench, wash basin or table, a clear space for
knees and footrests is needed.
(17)
Hazards
Every effort shall be exercised to obviate hazards to individuals with
physical disabilities.
(a) Access panels or manholes in floors, walks, and walls may be extremely
hazardous, particularly when in use, and should be avoided.
(b) When manholes or access panels are open and in use, or when an open
excavation exists on a site, particularly when it is in proximity of normal
pedestrian traffic, barricades shall be placed on all open sides, at least
8.5 m from the hazard and warning devices shall be installed in
accordance with 94(15) (b).
(c) Low-hanging door closers that remain within the opening of a doorway,
when the door is open or that protrude hazardously into regular
corridors or traffic ways when the door is closed, shall be avoided.
(d) Low-hanging signs, ceiling lights, and similar objects or signs and
fixtures that protrude into regular corridors or traffic way shall be
155
avoided. A minimum height of 2.1m measured from the floor is
recommended.
(e) Ramps shall be adequately lighted.
(f) Exit signs shall be in accordance with good practices.
(g) Equipment and materials causing allergic reactions should as far as
possible be avoided in dwellings and buildings.
95.
Designing for Children
The dimensions given above are for adults of average stature. In designing
buildings for use by children, it may be necessary to alter some dimensions, such
as, height of handrails, in accordance with accepted standards.
96.
Additional Information
For additional information regarding other facilities and conveniences required in
buildings meant for use of differently abled, reference may be made to accepted
standards.
[Refer: 1. Guidelines and space Standards for Barrier Free Built Environment for
Disabled and Elderly Persons, 1998, CPWD, Government of India.
2. Hand Book on Barrier Free and Accessibility, 2014, CPWD, Government of India.
URL:http://cpwd.gov.in).
3. Part – III, Annexure – D, (Cause 12.21) of NBC-2005 – Special Requirement for
Planning of Public Buildings meant for use of Physically Challenged.]
*******
156
CHAPTER-X-3
PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND
REGULATION OF MULTIPLEX COMPLEXES
97. Definitions:
(1) "Multiplex complex" means an integrated entertainment and shopping
center/complex or a shopping mall and having at least three (3) cinema
halls/screens. Apart from Cinema Halls, the entertainment area may have
restaurants, cafeteria, fast food outlets, video games parlors, pubs, bowling
alleys, health spa/centers, convention centers, hotels and other recreational
activities. Active floors like I.T offices shall be allowed in Multiplexes. However,
habitable areas like hotels, service apartments shall not be allowed in the
same block where the Multiplexes are set up and shall be allowed only as a
separate block. Such a Complex may be spread over the site or be in one or
more blocks which may be high-rise buildings or normal buildings.
(2) ‘Approving Authority for Multiplex Complexes’:
S.
No.
(A)
Location of the
Proposed Multiplex Complex
(B)
Approving Authority
(C)
1
Municipal Corporation
Commissioner of
Municipal Corporation
2
Other Than Municipal
Corporation located in
Development Authority Areas
Vice-Chairman of the Respective
Development Authority
3
Other Than Municipal
Corporation located in Other
Than Development Authority
Areas
Respective Commissioner of the
Local Body Subject to Obtaining
Prior Technical Approval of The
Director of Town & Country
Planning.
(3) "Licensing Authority: means the licensing authority under the Andhra Pradesh
Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and rules made there under for issuing
licenses for cinema theatres in the Multiplex Complex.
(4) Words, expressions and definitions not defined herein shall have the same
meaning as given in the National Building Code of India, 2005.
98. Applicability of Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and Rules
made there under:
157
Provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 shall be strictly
adhered to. The Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 shall apply to the
multiplex complex as a whole and not limited to the individual cinema halls within
it. The provisions of the Andhra Pradesh Cinema (Regulation) Rules 1970 are
deemed to be relaxed to allow activities mentioned in the definition of Multiplex.
99. Redevelopment of existing cinema halls into Multiplex Complex:
Conversion of existing cinema hall to multiplex complex is allowed subject to
complying with the requirements given hereunder.
100. Site Requirements for Multiplex Complexes:
(1) The minimum size of plot for a Multiplex shall be 3000sq. m.
(2) The site shall abut to an existing road whose width shall be not less than 18m.
(3) The abutting road has to be black-topped with minimum 2 lane carriageway.
Service roads are required for sites abutting 30m and above roads and
approach shall be allowed only through service road. The width of the service
road shall be minimum 7m with minimum 2 lane black topped carriageway and
shall be undertaken by the owners of such buildings to the extent of the width
of their site.
101. Location Criteria:
(1) The location criteria of a Multiplex Complex shall be the same as given in the
Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955 and in addition to this, it shall
comply with Clause 3.2 of Part 4 of National Building Code (wherever
applicable).
(2) Where zoning regulations of a statutory Plan/Scheme are in force, the location
of multiplex complex shall be governed as per such zoning regulations.
(3) Multiplex complex may be permitted in a zone or scheme declared as tourism
zone/area along with other recreational facilities.
(4) Multiplex Complex shall not be allowed in
(a) Congested areas;
(b) Settlement areas/Abadi/Gram khantam areas;
(c) Areas restricted for High-rise buildings;
(d) Abutting to major road junctions of above 18m wide;
(e) Pure residential areas/localities.
(5) Government may by Notification, declare certain roads/areas in any
APCRDA/MRDA/UDA/ULB area where Multiplex Complex shall not be allowed.
102. Documents to be submitted:
In addition to the documents required to be submitted for sanction of
building permission of High rise building, the following are also mandatory
to examine the Multiplex Complex Application.
(1) Prior No Objection Certificate shall be submitted from the Airport Authority of
India (if applicable).
(2) Prior No Objection Certificate shall be submitted from the Director General of
Disaster Response and Fire Services Department. The fire safety requirements
158
shall be duly certified by a fire engineer.
(3) Prior No Objection Certificate from the Police Department [Traffic] shall be
submitted.
(4) Traffic Impact Study Report and Traffic Management Plan for the
proposed Multiplex Complex prepared by a qualified Traffic Engineer shall
be submitted along with application.
103. Building Requirements:
(1) Every application to construct or reconstruct a Multiplex Complex shall be
made in the prescribed form and accompanied by detailed plans and floor
plans of all floors drawn by a registered architect, along with complete set of
structural drawings and detailed specifications duly certified by a qualified
structural engineer.
(2) The building bulk, coverage and height shall be governed by the minimum allround setbacks to be left, the organized open spaces to be left and the height
restrictions imposed by the Airport authority (if applicable)/Defense authorities
(if applicable) and Fire Services Department and the Area-level Impact fee on
built up area required to be paid, as applicable.
(3) The maximum height of the block/portion wherein the Multiplex screens are
set up shall not exceed 30m;
(4) In case of sites located in Gram Panchayat areas and outside Development
Authority areas, the maximum height of all blocks permissible shall be 30m;
(5) In case of two or more blocks in the same site, the space between the two
blocks shall be as given in Column (D) of the Table given below;
(6) For heights of blocks above 30m and up to 45m, the minimum abutting road
width shall be 24m while for blocks of height above 45m, the minimum
abutting road width shall be 30m.
(7) The minimum all-round setbacks for a multiplex Complex shall be as follows.
(8) No relaxation in the minimum all-round setbacks or transfer of setbacks shall
be allowed.
TABLE - 23
Minimum all-round setbacks for a Multiplex Complex
S.
No.
Height of the Building
(m)
(A)
1
Minimum
front open space
(m)
(B)
(C)
Up to 15
Minimum
open space
on remaining
sides
(m )
(D)
6
12
2
Above 15m & Up to 21m
7
159
3
Above 21m & Up to 24m
8
4
Above 24 m & up to 27m
9
5
Above 27m & Up to 30m
10
6
Above 30m & up to 35m
11
7
Above 35m & Up to40m
12
8
Above 40m & up to 45m
13
13
9
Above 45m & up to 50m
14
14
15
16
10
Above 50m
104. Construction requirements:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
The building requirements, building services, specifications and
standards specified in the National Building Code, 2005 shall be complied with.
Construction of such buildings shall be undertaken by owners by
engaging registered architect, licensed builder, fire engineer and licensed
structural engineer.
The designs and building plans shall be countersigned by the owner,
licensed builder, registered architect, licensed engineer, qualified & licensed
structural Engineer and a fire engineer who shall be responsible for the
supervision, structural safety, fire safety and compliance of the specifications
for such buildings.
Buildings shall be designed for earth quake resistance and resistance
for other natural hazards. The Completion Certificate obtained from the
Licensed Technical Personnel shall mention that the norms have been followed
in the design and construction of buildings for making the buildings earthquake
resistant, compliance with structural safety and fire safety requirements as per
the relevant provisions of National Building Code & Andhra Pradesh Fire Service
Act, 1999.
The exit and fire safety requirements shall be in accordance with Part IV
of National Building Code of India. The fire safety measures shall be
undertaken by engaging the services of a fire protection engineer.
The following minimum Fire Fighting Installations are to be provided as
per Table 23, Part - 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005:
TABLE - 24
Fire Fighting Installations
160
Sl. No.
Fire Fighting Installation
(A)
(B)
1
Fire Extinguishers as per IS 2190
2
Hose reel
3
Wet riser
4
Yard hydrant
5
Automatic sprinkler system in entire Building
6
Automatic detection and alarm system in entire Building (except
Cellars)
7
Manually operated electrical
Building (except Cellars)
8
Underground static water tank of 2,00,000 Liters capacity
9
Terrace tank of 20,000 Liters capacity
alarm
system
10
Two Electrical Main pumps of 2850 LPM capacity
11
Diesel pump (Standby of 2850 LPM capacity
12
Electric Jockey pump of 180 LPM capacity
in
entire
(7)
The work of other building services like sanitation, plumbing, lifts,
electrical installations, and other utility services shall as per National
Building Code standards and shall be executed under the planning,
design and supervision of qualified and competent technical
personnel.
(8)
The means of escape shall be provided as per the Clause 4 (Exit
Requirements), Part 4 of National Building Code of India.
TABLE - 25
Means of escape and Exit Requirements for Multiplex Complex
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
3
4
5
Item
(B)
Capacities of Exists
Arrangement of Exits
Number of Exits
Doorways
Corridors and Passageways
161
Clause of
Part 4 of
NBC
(C)
4.4
4.5
4.6
4.7
4.8
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
(9)
Internal Staircases
Pressurization of Staircases
External Staircases
Horizontal Exits
Fire Tower
Ramps
Fire Lift
Emergency and Escape Lighting
Illumination of Means of Exit
Fire Detection and Warning
4.9
4.10
4.11
4.12
4.13
4.14
4.15
4.16
4.17
4.18
Smoke Management
The following measures are to be provided to prevent the spread of smoke
easily to the other floors, which may affect the life safety of the occupants,
particularly, the Cinema viewers:
(a) For Types 1 to 3 constructions as given Clause 3.3 in the National Building
Code (Part-IV), a doorway or opening in a separating wall on any floor shall
be limited to 5.6sq.m in area with a maximum height/width of 2.75m.
Every wall opening shall be protected with fire-resisting doors having the
fire rating of not less than 2 h in accordance with accepted standard [4(7)].
All openings in the floors shall be protected by vertical enclosures
extending above and below such openings, the walls of such enclosures
having a fire resistance of not less than 2 h and all openings therein being
protected with a fire resisting assembly as specified in clause 3.4.8 & 3.4.9
of Part-4 of NBC.
(b) Openings in walls or floors which are necessary to be provided to allow
passages of all building services like cables, electrical wirings, telephone
cables, plumbing pipes, etc, shall be protected by enclosure in the form of
ducts/shafts having a fire resistance not less than 2 h . The inspection door
for electrical shafts/ducts shall not be less than2 h and for other services
shafts/ducts, the same shall have fire resistance not less than 1 h. Medium
and low voltage wiring running in shafts/ducts, shall either be armored type
or run through metal conduits. Further, the space between the conduits
pipes and the walls/slabs shall be filled in by a filter material having fire
resistance rating of not less than 1 h as per clause 3.4.8.3 of Part-4 of
National Building Code.
(c) Openings in separating walls and floors-Attention shall be paid to all such
factors as will limit fire spread to these opening and maintain fire rating of
the structural member. Every wall opening shall be protected with Fire
resisting doors having fire rating of not less than two hours. All openings in
the floors shall be protected by vertical enclosures extending above and
below such openings, the wall of such enclosures having a fire resistance of
not less than two hours and all openings therein being protected with a fire
resisting assembly as per Clause 3, 4, 8, Part 4 of National Building Code of
India, 2005.
(d) Every vertical opening between the floors shall be suitably enclosed or
protected, as necessary to provide the following:
162
(i)
(ii)
Reasonable safety to the occupants while using the means or
egress by preventing spread of fire, smoke, or fumes through
vertical openings from floor to floor to allow occupants to complete
their use of the means of egress. Further it shall be ensured to
provide a clear height of 2100 MM in the passage/escape path of
the occupants.
Limitation of damage to the building and its contents (Clause
3.4.8.4) Part-4 of National Building Code of India, 2005.
(e) Where openings are permitted, they shall not exceed three-fourths the area
of the wall in the case of an external wall and they shall be protected with
fire resisting assemblies or enclosures having fire resistance equal to that
of the wall or floor in which these are situated. Such assemblies and
enclosures shall also be capable of preventing the spread of smoke or
fumes through the openings so as to facilitate the safe evacuation from the
building in case of fire.
(f) Air conditioning and ventilating systems
(i)
Air conditioning and ventilating systems shall be so installed and
maintained as to minimize the danger of spread of fire, smoke or
fumes from one floor to other or from outside to any occupied building
or structure (Clause 3.4.11.1) Part 4 of National Building Code of India
2005.
(ii)
Air-conditioning and ventilating systems circulating air to more than
one floor or fire area shall be provided with dampers designed to close
automatically in case of fire and thereby preventing spread of fire or
smoke and shall be in accordance with the accepted standard (4(10).
Such a system shall also be provided with automatic controls to stop
fans in case of fire, unless arranged to remove smoke from a fire, in
which case these shall be designed to remain in operation.
(iii)
Effective means for preventing circulation of smoke through the A C
system in case of fire in air filters or from other sources drawn into
the system, and shall have smoke sensitive devices for actuation in
accordance with the accepted standards (Clause 3.4.11.3) Part 4 of
National Building Code of India 2005.
(iv)
Separate air handling units for each floor shall be provided to avoid
the hazards arising from spread of fire and smoke through air
conditioning ducts (Clause 3.4.11.4) Part 4 of National Building Code
of India 2005.
(v)
Fire Dampers shall be provided in the AC system in accordance with
the accepted standards designed so as to close automatically in case
of fire and thereby preventing spread of fire or smoke.
(g) Pressurization of stair cases shall be done as per Clause 4.10, Part 4 of
National Building Code of India 2005.
(h) Provision of pressurized lift lobby with self-closing smoke stop doors of 2
hour Fire resistance, one in the lift lobbies of all the cellars.
(i) Smoke venting facilities for safe use of exits shall be provided as per Clause
163
3.4.12, Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(j) Basement ventilation shall comply to Clause C 1.6 of Annexure-C of Part 4
of National Building Code of India, 2005.
105. Parts of the Building requirements
The parts of the Building requirements shall conform to National Building Code of
India, 2005 with regard to:
(1) Materials:
Flame retardant material only should be made use for interior decoration and
upholstery to prevent generation of toxic smoke/flames. The surface interior
finishes shall comply as per Clause 3.4.15, Part 4 of NBC of India 2005.
(2) Compartmentation:
(a) The Building shall be suitably compartmentalized so that Fire/Smoke
remained confined to the area where Fire Incident has occurred and does
not spread to the remaining part of the Building as per Clause C - 9,
Annexure "C" Part 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005.
(b) Fire doors with 2 hour fire resistance shall be provided at appropriate place
along the escape route and particularly at the entrance to the lift lobby and
stair well to prevent spread of fire and smoke as per Clause 4.2.9, Part 4 of
National Building Code of India 2005.
(c) In Multiplexes, large inter floor openings may be there, in which
conventional compartmentation may be difficult. In such case, special
compensative measures are required as per reputed Standards. (eg. NFPA,
1992).
(3) Fire Lift:
Fire lifts complying with Clause C 1.5 Q of Annexure-C of Part 4 of National
Building Code of India 2005 shall be provided.
(4) Emergency Lighting:
Illumination of means of exit in stair case and corridors shall comply with
Clause C.1.14 of Annexure-C, Part 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(5) Fire Officer:
Qualified Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3 years shall be
appointed who will be available on the premises as per Clauses C 6, AnnexureC, and Part - 4 of National Building Code of India 2005.
(6) Building Evacuation Supervisor:
Appointment of Building Evacuation
Supervisor as per Annexure “E” part 4 of National Building Code of India, 2005
for conducting periodical Fire Drills and to ensure safe evacuation in case of
any emergency.
106. Seating arrangements in theatres:
(1)
The seating arrangements shall conform to the Exit facilities as per Clause
6.4.4, Part-4 of National Building code of India, 2005.
(2)
Notwithstanding (a) above, the distance between the screen and the first
front row of seats shall not be less than the height of the screen or the top
164
picture height of the screen
107. Parking requirements
(1) The parking requirements within the site shall be as follows:
TABLE - 26
Parking requirements for Multiplex Complex
Type of Building
Parking area to be provided as percentage of
total built up area (inclusive of all internal
aisles, driveways, stairs, etc.)
In Municipal
Corporation areas
(A)
Multiplex Complexes
(inclusive of all activities areas)
(B)
60%
In other areas
(C)
50%
(2) The parking spaces may be provided in:
(a) basements or cellars or
(b) on stilt floor or
(c) in the open space over and above the minimum required setbacks (except
the front setback) to be left around the building with adequate vehicular
access, aisle, drives, ramps required for maneuvering of vehicles.
(d) Multi-Level Parking Complex [MLPC] adjoining to the complex within the
site may be considered provided that a minimum clear open space of 6 m
from the site boundary is ensured.
108. Landscaping and greenery:
(1) A minimum 2 m wide green planting strip in the periphery on all sides within
the setbacks are required to be developed and maintained
(2) In addition to (a) above, an organized open space of at least 10 % of total site
area shall be maintained and utilized as greenery over and above the
mandatory alround setbacks. This could be part of the interior open space or
be in one or more pockets.
(3) The landscaping and greenery shall be undertaken as per the guidelines given
in the National Building Code and subject to provision of hard and motorable
leveled ground to facilitate operation of Hydraulic Platform.
(4) Trees shall be planted within the periphery of the site at the rate of 1 tree per
100 sq m of site area.
109. City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable:
(1) In addition to the building permit fees and other charges payable, City Area
level impact fee shall be payable for height of floors above 15m where the
height of the building or block is more than 15m at the following rates;
165
TABLE – 27
City/Area Level Impact Fee Payable for Multiplex Complex
Rate in Rs. Per sq. m Built up area
S.
No.
(A)
Height
(B)
Greater
Visakhapatnam/
Vijayawada
Municipal
Corporations
(C)
Other
Municipal
Corporations
Other
Municipalities
&
Panchayat
areas
(D)
(E)
1
Above15m and Up to 24m
1000
800
500
2
Above 24m and Up to30m
1500
1200
800
3
Above 30m & Up to 50 m
2000
1500
1000
4
Above 50m
2500
2000
1500
(2) While calculating the Impact fee parking areas/blocks are exempted.
(3) The Impact fees so collected by the Sanctioning Authority shall be maintained
in a separate escrow account and utilized only for upgrading of infrastructure
and services in the area concerned
(4) Fire Precaution Fund: A fee at the rate of Rs 10 per sq. m of built up area shall
be payable towards Fire Precaution Fund to the Andhra Pradesh Disasters
Response and Fire Services Department.
110. Building Permission to be obtained before commencement of construction:
After obtaining the provisional license and site clearance from the Licensing
Authority as required under the Andhra Pradesh Cinemas (Regulation) Act, 1955
and Rules made there under, the owner/applicant shall obtain necessary building
permission from the Sanctioning Authority as the case may be, before commencing
the construction.
111. Occupancy Certificate to be obtained:
(1) The final license shall be issued by the Licensing Authority only after the
owner/applicant submits a final NOC from the Fire Service department and an
Occupancy Certificate in the prescribed format from the Building Approving
Authority
(2) For obtaining the Occupancy Certificate, the owner shall submit a notice of
completion through the registered architect and licensed builder/developer
along with prescribed documents and plans and Final NOC from the Andhra
Pradesh Disasters Response and Fire Services Department to the Building
Approving Authority. The Building Approving Authority on receipt of such notice
of completion shall undertake inspection with regard to the following aspects
and shall communicate the approval or refusal of the occupancy Certificate
within 15 days.
(h) Number of floors
166
(i) External setbacks
(j) Parking space provision
(k) Abutting road width
(l) Rain Water Harvesting Structures, as applicable.
(m) Solar roof top structures, as applicable.
(n) Recycle of water treatment plants, as applicable.
112. Maintenance & Management:
Such multiplex complexes shall be under the overall control and management of a
single management body who shall be responsible for the public safety,
maintenance and public convenience/amenities.
***
167
CHAPTER-X-4
PROVISIONS FOR CONSTRUCTION AND REGULATION OF
HIGH-RISE HOSPITAL BUILDINGS (ABOVE 30M HEIGHT)
113. This Chapter sets out the standard Fire Prevention and Safety Measures for High–
rise Hospital Buildings.
114. DEFINITIONS
In these rules, unless the context otherwise requires,
'Building' means a building intended for the use of a hospital of the height
(a)
of above 30 meters;
(b)
'Municipal Laws' means,-
(i)
The Andhra Pradesh Town Planning Act, 1920.
(ii)
The Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation Act, 1979 in respect of the
Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation.
(iii)
The Vijayawada Municipal Corporation Act, 1981 in respect of Vijayawada
Municipal Corporation.
(iv)
The Andhra Pradesh Municipal Corporation Act, 1994 in respect of the
Municipal Corporations;
(v)
The Andhra Pradesh
Municipalities;
Municipalities
Act,
1965
in
respect
of
the
(vi)
The Andhra Pradesh Urban Areas (Development) Act, 1975;
(vii)
The Andhra Pradesh Panchayat Raj Act, 1994 in respect of the Gram
Panchayats;
(viii)
(ix)
Andhra Pradesh Capital Region Development Authority Act, 2014;
Andhra Pradesh Metropolitan Region and Urban Development Authorities
Act, 2016;
(c)Words used but not defined in the rules shall have the meaning assigned to in
the Municipal Laws and the Andhra Pradesh Fire Service Act, 1999.
115. HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES
(a) In order to facilitate firefighting operations and also to prevent fire exposure to
adjacent buildings, it is essential to have adequate open spaces around the
building.
(b) Open spaces around the building shall be as per section 8.2.3.1 Table 2, NBC
Part III.
168
TABLE – 28
HEIGHT AND OPEN SPACES FOR HIGHRISE HOSPITAL BUILDING
Height of the Building
(m)
(A)
Above 30 m & up to 35 m
Above 35 m & up to 40 m
Above 40 m & up to 45 m
Above 45 m & up to 50 m
Above 50 m & up to 55 m
Above 55 m & up to 60 m
Minimum open space on
all sides (in m)
(B)
11
12
13
14
15
16
(c) Minimum 7 meters wide hard leveled motor able open to sky drive-way shall
be provided around the building for the movement and operation of specialized
fire vehicles e.g. Hydraulic Platform, Turn Table Ladder, etc.
(d) The Maximum permissible height of Hospital Buildings shall be 60 meters.
(e) The height of each floor shall be not less than 4 meters.
(f) No relaxation in the above mentioned open spaces and height, even in case of
road widening shall be allowed.
(g) Abutting Road on any side shall not be considered as open space for this
purpose.
116. FIRE-RESISTIVE REQUIREMENTS
(a) Exterior Walls, Columns and Beams
(i) Load bearing exterior walls shall be 3 hour fire resistance provided the
building is protected with automatic sprinkler system.
(ii) Columns and beams shall be 3 hour fire resistance provided the building is
protected with automatic sprinkler system.
(iii) Non-load bearing exterior walls shall be 2 hour fire resistance provided the
building is protected with automatic sprinkler system.
(iv)Opening protection, where required, shall correspond to the rating of the
exterior wall. The allowable maximum area of exterior wall openings shall
be in accordance with IBC Table 704.8.
(b)Interior Walls
(i) Load bearing interior walls shall have minimum 3 hour fire resistance rating
provided the building is protected with automatic sprinkler system. They
shall be permitted to be reduced to 2 hour fire resistance rated based on
compliance with the high-rise provisions in NFPA 5000, Section 33.1.3 as
follows:
(1) Exits are constructed as smoke proof enclosures;
(2) Sprinkler control valves with supervisory initiating devices, and water
flow initiating devices are provided on each floor; and
169
(3) There are no areas that exceed the maximum allowable quantities per
control area in accordance with NFPA 5000, Section 34.1.3.
(ii) Non-load bearing interior walls shall be permitted to have no fire resistance
rating based solely on the specified construction type herein, provided the
building is protected with an approved automatic sprinkler system. Interior
walls shall be fire resistance rated where required by other provisions in
this code.
(c) Separation of Occupancies
(i) Where separated use design is employed and distinct separated
occupancies are provided, the health care part of the building shall be
separated from other occupancies with 2 hour fire resistance rated barrier
construction.
(ii) Other occupancies shall be separated in accordance with NFPA 5000,
Section 6.2.3 and 6.2.4.
(d)Protection of Openings
(i) Opening protection, where required, shall be fire resistance rated based on
the rating of the wall assembly having the opening in accordance with NFPA
5000, Table 8.7.2, unless otherwise specified herein.
(ii) Every opening in a fire barrier shall be protected to limit the spread of fire
and restrict the movement of smoke from one side of the fire barrier to the
other.
(iii) The fire resistance rating for opening protectives in 2-hour rated fire
barriers, smoke barriers and smoke partitions shall be a minimum of 1-1/2
hours.
(e) Suites
(i) Corridor walls shall be effective in limiting the transfer of smoke and shall
be permitted to terminate at the ceiling where the ceiling is constructed to
limit the transfer of smoke.
(ii) The walls shall be 1 hour barrier fire resistance rated in buildings provided
with full automatic sprinkler protection.
(iii) Sleeping Suites - The size limit on sleeping suites shall not exceed an area
of 460 m2.
Exception: The area shall be permitted not to exceed 700 m2 when the
following conditions are met:
Direct visual supervision is provided from a normally attended location within
the suite, and,
The patient sleeping room is provided with a total coverage smoke detection
system per NFPA 101 Sections 9.6.2.8 and 18.3.4
Non-Sleeping Suites – The size limit shall not exceed 930 m2.
(f) Doors
See section on Exit Corridors – Doors herein.
(g)Miscellaneous Openings
170
In other than smoke compartments containing patient bedrooms,
miscellaneous openings, such as mail slots, pharmacy pass-through windows,
laboratory pass-through windows, and cashier pass-through windows, shall be
permitted to be installed in vision panels or doors without special protection,
provided that both of the following criteria are met:
(1) The aggregate area of openings per room does not exceed 80 in.2 (0.05
m2).
(2) The openings are installed at or below half the distance from the floor to
the room ceiling.
(h)Transfer Grilles
Transfer grilles are not permitted in walls or doors of suites, regardless of
whether or not they are protected by fusible link-operated dampers.
Exception: Doors to toilet rooms, bathrooms, shower rooms, sink closets, and
similar auxiliary spaces that do not contain flammable or combustible materials
shall be permitted to have ventilating louvers or to be undercut.
(i) Exit Access Corridors
(i) Walls
(1) Corridor walls shall form a barrier to limit the transfer of smoke and
shall be permitted to terminate at the ceiling where the ceiling is
constructed to limit the transfer of smoke. The walls shall be 1 hour fire
rated provided the building is protected with automatic sprinkler
system. The exceptions are as follows:
(2) Exception No. 1: Such spaces may be unlimited in size and open to the
corridor where the following are met:
(a) The spaces are not used for patient sleeping rooms, treatment
rooms, or hazardous areas.
(b) The open space is protected by an electrically supervised, automatic
smoke detection system, or the entire space is arranged and located
to permit direct supervision by the facility staff from a nurses’
station or similar space.
(c) The corridors onto which the spaces open in the same smoke
compartment are protected by an electrically supervised, automatic
smoke detection system, or the smoke compartment in which the
space located is protected throughout by quick response sprinklers.
(d) The space does not obstruct access to required exits.
(3) Exception No. 2: Waiting areas and similar spaces shall be permitted to
open to corridors without opening protection provided the following are
met:
(a) The aggregate waiting area in each smoke compartment does not
exceed 55.7 m2.
(b) Each area is protected by an electrically supervised, automatic
smoke detection system, or each area is arranged and located to
permit direct supervision by the facility staff from a nurses’ station
or similar space; and
(c) The area is arranged not to obstruct access to required exits.
(4) Exception No. 3: This requirement shall not apply to spaces for nurses’
stations.
171
(5) Exception
permitted
provided
automatic
No. 4: Gift shops not exceeding 46.45 m2 in area shall be
to open to a corridor or lobby without opening protectives,
the building is protected throughout by an approved
sprinkler system.
(ii)Doors
Corridor doors in fully sprinkled buildings shall be 3/4-hour fire resistance
rated with positive latching, and shall be effective in limiting the transfer of
smoke. They shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.2. Roller latches
shall not be permitted. Door closing devices shall not be required on doors
in corridor wall openings other than those serving required exits, smoke
barriers, enclosures of vertical openings, and hazardous areas.
(iii) Glazing
Vision panels consisting of fire rated glazing or wired glass panels in
approved frames shall be fire rated in accordance with the provisions for
opening protection and shall be smoke-tight. Glazing in fire rated
assemblies shall also comply with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.3.
Fire window assemblies shall not be permitted in fire barriers having a fire
resistance rating of 2 hours or greater (see NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2).
(iv) Elevator Lobbies
Elevator lobbies shall be required on every floor and shall be enclosed by
smoke partition walls having a minimum fire resistance rating of 1-hour.
(1) Exception No. 1: Elevator lobbies are not required at the street floor
protected with an automatic sprinkler system.
(2) Exception No. 2: Elevator lobbies are not required where elevators are
not required to be located in a shaft enclosure.
(3) Exception No. 3: Enclosed elevator lobbies are not required where the
elevator hoist way is pressurized.
(v) Miscellaneous Openings
In other than smoke compartments containing patient bedrooms,
miscellaneous openings, such as mail slots, pharmacy pass-through
windows, laboratory pass-through windows, and cashier pass-through
windows, shall be permitted to be installed in vision panels or doors without
special protection, provided that both of the following criteria are met:
(1)
(2)
The aggregate area of openings per room
does not exceed 80 in.2 (0.05 m2).
The openings are installed at or below half
the distance from the floor to the room ceiling.
(vi) Transfer Grilles
Transfer grilles are not permitted in walls or doors of corridors, regardless
of whether or not they are protected by fusible link-operated dampers.
Exception: Doors to toilet rooms, bathrooms, shower rooms, sink closets,
and similar auxiliary spaces that do not contain flammable or combustible
materials shall be permitted to have ventilating louvers or to be undercut.
172
(j) Smoke Partitions
(i) Materials
The walls shall be constructed of materials as permitted by the building
construction type.
(ii) Fire Resistance Rating
Unless otherwise required, smoke partitions shall have a minimum fire
resistance rating of 1 hour and shall limit the transfer of smoke.
(iii) Continuity
Smoke partitions should extend from the floor to the underside of the floor
or roof deck above, through any concealed spaces, such as those above
suspended ceilings, and through interstitial structural and mechanical
spaces. Other alternatives are provided in NFPA 101, Section 8.4.
(iv)Penetrations and Joints
Penetrations through a smoke partition shall be protected by a system or
material that is capable of limiting the transfer of smoke and shall be fire
resistance rated per NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2 based on the rating of the
penetrated assembly unless otherwise specified herein.
(v) Ducts and Air Transfer Openings
Air-transfer openings in smoke partitions shall be provided with approved
combination fire and smoke dampers designed and tested in accordance
with the requirements of UL Standards 555 and 555S or ISO equivalent.
Dampers shall limit the transfer of smoke and be fire resistance rated
based on the rating of the wall assembly having the opening in accordance
with NFPA 5000, Table 8.7.2, unless otherwise specified herein. Where the
installation of dampers will interfere with the operation of a smoke control
system, approved alternative protection shall be utilized.
(vi)Opening Protectives
Opening protectives for smoke partitions shall comply with NFPA 5000,
Section 8.10.3. Doors shall be fire resistance rated based on the rating of
the wall assembly having the opening in accordance with NFPA 5000, Table
8.7.2, unless otherwise specified herein. Doors shall limit the transfer of
smoke and shall not include transfer grilles. Doors that are normally
required to be kept closed shall be automatic-closing or self-closing per
NFPA 5000, Section 11.2.1.8.1.
Fire window assemblies, where provided, shall have a minimum fire
resistance rating of 20 minutes per Table 8.7.2.
(k) Horizontal Exits
(i) Walls
Fire barriers separating building areas between which there are horizontal
exits shall have hour fire resistance rating and shall provide a separation
that is continuous to ground.
Where a fire barrier provides a horizontal exit in any story of a building,
such fire barrier shall not be required on other stories, provided that the
following criteria are met:
(1)
The stories on which the fire barrier is omitted are separated from
the story with the horizontal exit by construction having a fire
resistance rating at least equal to that of the horizontal exit fire
barrier.
173
(2)
Vertical openings between the story with
open fire area story are enclosed with
resistance rating at least equal to that
barrier.
(3) All required exits, other than horizontal
the outside.
the horizontal exit and the
construction having a fire
of the horizontal exit fire
exits, discharge directly to
Where walls terminate at exterior walls at an angle of less than 180
degrees, the outside walls shall be 1-hour fire resistance rated with ¾hour opening protection for a distance of 3.05 m on each side of the
intersecting wall.
(ii)Openings
Every opening in a fire barrier shall be protected to limit the spread of fire
and restrict the movement of smoke from one side of the fire barrier to the
other. Doors in horizontal exits shall be designed and installed to minimize
air leakage in accordance with NFPA 105, Standard for the Installation of
Smoke Door Assemblies.
The fire protection rating for opening protectives in horizontal exits (fire
barriers), shall be 1-1/2 hours in accordance with Table 8.7.2, NFPA 5000.
Fire window assemblies shall not be permitted in wall openings unless as
part of the door assembly.
All fire doors in horizontal exits shall be self-closing or automatic-closing
and shall have positive latching hardware. An approved vision panel shall
be required in each horizontal exit door. Center mullions shall be
prohibited.
(l) Exit Passageways
(i) Walls
An exit passageway that serves as a discharge from a stair enclosure for
more than 3 stories shall have a fire resistance barrier rating of not less
than 2-hours.
An exit passageway not serving as a stair discharge or serving stairs
connecting 3 stories or less shall have an enclosure fire resistance barrier
rating of not less than 1 hour.
(ii)Openings
The fire resistance ratings of opening protectives shall be as follows:
(1) 1-1/2-hour for 2-hour exit passageways; and 3/4-hour for 1-hour exit
passageways.
(2) Openings in exit passageways shall be limited to only those necessary
to provide egress from normally occupied areas and those necessary for
egress from passageways.
(iii) Penetrations
(1) Penetrations into and openings through an exit enclosure assembly shall
be prohibited except for the following:
Electrical conduits serving the enclosure, required exit doors, ductwork
and equipment necessary for independent stair pressurization, water
174
and steam piping necessary for the heating or cooling of the exit
enclosure, sprinkler piping, standpipes, fire alarm circuits that are
protected in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5
(2) Penetrations shall also be prohibited between adjacent exit enclosures.
(m)
Smoke Barriers
(i) Walls
(1) Smoke barrier walls shall be constructed per NFPA 101, Section 8.5
and shall have a minimum 1- hour fire-resistance rating.
(2) Walls shall form an effective membrane continuous from outside wall to
outside wall and from the top of the foundation or floor/ceiling
assembly below to the underside of the floor or roof sheathing, deck or
slab above, including continuity through concealed spaces, such as
those found above suspended ceilings, and interstitial structural and
mechanical spaces. The supporting construction should be protected to
afford the required fire-resistive rating of the wall or floor supported.
(3) Exception: Smoke barriers are not required in interstitial spaces where
such spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings that provide
resistance to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to that provided
by smoke barrier walls.
(ii)Opening Protectives
Smoke barrier doors shall have a minimum 45-minute fire rating. Fire
window assemblies shall have a minimum fire resistance rating of 45
minutes per Table 8.7.2, NFPA 5000. Doors shall be automatic-closing or
self-closing. Cross-corridor openings in the means of egress shall be
protected by a pair of swinging doors or a horizontal sliding door per NFPA
101, Section 18.3.7.7. Corridor openings not in the means of egress shall
be permitted to use single leaf doors.
Where, a pair of opposite swinging doors is installed, they shall be without
a center mullion. Vision panels shall also be provided, as for horizontal
sliding doors and vision panels shall consist of fire-rated glazing materials
in approved frames, the area of which should not exceed that tested. The
doors shall be close fitting within operational tolerances, and shall not have
undercuts, louvers or grilles. The doors shall have head and jamb stops,
astragals or rabbets at meeting edges and shall be automatic closing by
smoke detection or self-closing. Positive latching devices shall not be
required. Air leakage criteria and installation requirements shall be per
NFPA 101, Section 8.5.2.
(n)STRUCTURAL FRAME
The structural frame shall have 3 hour fire resistance rating.
(o) FLOORS AND FLOOR–CEILINGS
Floor-Ceiling assemblies shall have a minimum 2 hour fire resistance rating.
(i) Openings for Floor-Ceilings
175
Openings in floors shall comply with the requirements for vertical openings
herein. Penetrations shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 5000,
Section 8.8.
(p)ROOFS AND ROOF-CEILINGS
Roof-Ceiling assemblies shall have a minimum 1-½ hour fire resistance rating.
Roofing systems shall be permitted to include combustible supports, decking,
or roofing in accordance with NFPA 101, Sections 18.1.6.5 and 18.1.6.6.
(i) Openings for Roof-Ceilings
Openings in roof-ceiling assemblies shall be protected identically as
openings for floor-ceiling assemblies herein. Skylights shall additionally be
permitted per NFPA 5000, Section 8.2.2.3.3.
(ii) Roof Covering
The roof covering based on the type of construction specified herein, shall
have a minimum classification of Class B per NFPA 5000 Table 38.2.2 and
Chapter 38.
(q)VERTICAL OPENINGS
(i) Protection Requirements
Openings through floors shall be enclosed with 2-hour fire resistance rated
barrier walls that shall be continuous from floor to floor, or floor to roof in
accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.6.
(1) Exception No. 1: pneumatic tube conveyors protected in accordance
with NFPA 101, 8.3.5.1.
(2) Exception No. 2: atriums as permitted by NFPA 101, 8.6.7.
(3) Exception No. 3: convenience openings protected in accordance with
NFPA 101, 8.6.8.
(4) Exception No. 4: escalators and moving walks protected in accordance
with NFPA 101, 8.6.8.
Note: Unprotected openings in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.6.6,
Communicating Space, shall not be permitted.
(ii) Shafts.
(1)Enclosures
Shaft enclosures shall have minimum 2 hour fire resistance rating.
(2)Extent of Enclosures
Shafts that do not extend to the bottom of the building or structure
shall:
(a) Be enclosed at the lowest or highest level of the shaft with
construction of the same fire resistive rating as the lowest floor
through which the shaft passes, but not less than the rating of the
shaft enclosure, or,
176
(b) Terminate in a room having a use related to the purpose of the
shaft. The room shall be separated from the rest of the building by a
fire barrier having a fire-resistance rating and opening protection at
least equal to the protection required for the shaft enclosure, or,
(c) Be protected by approved fire dampers installed in accordance with
their listings at the lowest or highest floor level of the shaft, as
applicable.
(3)Opening Protection
Opening protection (doors) for 2-hour rated enclosures shall have a 1½
hour fire resistance rating and shall be self-closing or automatic closing and positive latching. Openings shall be limited to only those
that are necessary for the purpose of the shaft. Fire window assemblies
are not permitted in interior walls of shafts.
(4)Stair Penetrations
(a) Penetrations into and openings through an exit enclosure assembly
shall be prohibited except for the following:
Electrical conduits, required exit doors, ductwork and equipment
necessary for independent stair pressurization, water and steam
piping necessary for the heating or cooling of the exit enclosure,
sprinkler piping, standpipes
(b) Penetrations shall also be prohibited between adjacent exit
enclosures.
(5)Refuse and Laundry Chutes
(a) Access Rooms
Access openings for refuse and laundry chutes shall be located in
rooms or compartments enclosed by a fire barrier that has a fireresistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into the access
rooms shall be protected by opening protectives having a fire
protection rating of not less than 3/4 hour. Doors shall be self- or
automatic-closing upon the detection of smoke in accordance with
IBC Section 715.4.7.3.
(b)Termination Rooms
Refuse and laundry chutes shall discharge into an enclosed room
separated from the remainder of the building by a fire barrier that
has a fire-resistance rating of not less than 1 hour. Openings into
the termination room shall be protected by opening protectives
having a fire protection rating of not less than ¾ hour. Doors shall
be self- or automatic closing upon the detection of smoke in
accordance with IBC Section 715.4.7.3.
(r) PENETRATIONS
Penetrations of fire resistance rated or smoke resistant construction shall be
protected as follows.
(1)Fire Rated Assemblies
177
Fire stop systems and devices protecting through-penetrations and
membrane-penetrations of fire resistance rated walls and horizontal
assemblies shall be protected in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5.
Where required per NFPA 5000, Section 8.8.8, fire dampers shall have
minimum damper ratings as follows:
• 3 hours for fire resistance rated assemblies of 3 hours or greater
1-1/2 hours for fire resistance rated assemblies of less
•
than 3 hours.
Fire dampers shall also comply with NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5 for
penetrations.
(2)Smoke Resistant Assemblies
Penetrations passing through smoke barrier or smoke partition assemblies
shall be protected by a system or material capable of restricting the
transfer of smoke per NFPA 101, Section 8.5.6.
Where a smoke resistant assembly is also constructed to have a fire
resistance rating, penetrations shall also comply with the requirements in
NFPA 101, Section 8.3.5 for purposes of limiting the spread of fire for a
time period equal to the fire resistance rating of the assembly.
Where smoke dampers are provided, they shall be designed and tested in
accordance with the requirements of UL 555S, Standard for Smoke
Dampers. Where combination fire/smoke dampers are required, they shall
be designed and tested in accordance with the requirements of UL 555,
Standard for Fire Dampers.
117. SPECIAL HAZARDS
(a)
SEPARATION REQUIREMENTS
The following special hazard rooms and spaces shall be separated from the
remainder of the building as follows.
(i) Transformer Location
The location of different types of transformers, the required enclosure
construction and enclosure fire-rating shall conform to Part B of Article 450
and Section 450-41 of NEC.
(ii) Rooms containing combustion engine or gas, turbines, emergency
generator room
The enclosing construction of these rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour
barrier fire resistance rating.
(iii) Boiler and Fuel-fired Heaters
The Boiler and fuel-fired heaters housing / room shall have a minimum 2hour barrier fire resistance rating where the largest piece of equipment is
over 15 psi and 10 HP.
(iv) Gift Shops
Gift shops not exceeding 46.45 m2 in area shall be permitted to open onto
a corridor or lobby without opening protective’s, provided the building is
protected throughout by an automatic sprinkler system.
178
(v) Waste and Linen Rooms
Waste and linen rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance
rating.
(vi) Storage Rooms and Laundries Greater than 9.29 m2
Storage rooms and laundries greater than 9.29 m2 shall have a minimum
2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(vii)
Plant Maintenance Shops
Plant maintenance shops shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire
resistance rating.
(viii) Trash Collection Rooms
Trash collection rooms shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance
rating.
(ix) Laboratories Using Hazardous Materials Considered a Severe
Hazard
Laboratories using hazardous materials considered a severe hazard shall
have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(x) Paint Shops
Paint shops shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
(xi) Vocational Shops Not Classified as Group H
Vocational shops not classified as Group H shall have a minimum of 1-hour
barrier fire resistance rated construction.
(xii)
Kitchens
Kitchens shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire resistance rating.
Separate exhaust ducting for all kitchens/Cafeteria in the building shall be
provided to discharge the smoke and hot gases outside the building.
Kitchen and cafeteria/ dining shall not be located in basement. They shall
be located at Ground, first or second floor.
(xiii) Boiler Rooms
Provision of boiler and boiler room (if applicable) shall conform to Indian
Boiler Act. The boilers shall be installed in a fire resistant room of 2-hours
fire rating. Catch pits shall be provided at the low level. The boiler room
shall be provided with fresh air inlets and smoke exhausts directly to
atmosphere.
(xiv) Medical Gas Storage Areas
Medical gas storage areas shall have a minimum 2-hour barrier fire
resistance rating
(xv)
Anesthetizing Locations
These storage areas are considered as hazardous and protected in
accordance with Annex E of NFPA 99.
(b)
LOCATION OF CRITICAL SERVICES:
All critical services such as Operation theatres, ICU, ICCU etc. shall be located
at lower floors in the Ground to 4th floor only.
118. INTERIOR FINISHES
(a)
WALLS AND CEILINGS
179
(i) Minimum Flame Spread
The reduction in flame spread classification as indicated below shall be
permitted where the building is fully sprinkler protected in accordance with
NFPA 13. The occupancy group (Annexure-I) and minimum flame spread
classification requirement are given below:
Group I-2 Occupancy (Health care)
a. Exit enclosures and passageways
b. Corridors Class B minimum.
c. Rooms and spaces
Group A occupancies (Assembly)
d. Exit enclosures and passageways
e. Corridors.
f. Rooms and spaces.
Group B occupancies (Business)
g. Exit enclosures and passageways
h. Corridors.
i. Rooms and spaces.
Group S-1 occupancies (Storage)
j. Exit enclosures and passageways
k. Corridors
l. Rooms and spaces.
Class B minimum.
Class B minimum
Class B minimum
Class B minimum.
Class B minimum
Class C minimum
Class B minimum.
Class C minimum
Class C minimum
Class C minimum.
Class C minimum
Class C minimum
(ii)Textile Materials Applied to Walls and Ceilings
Class A, only permitted in rooms and areas protected throughout by an
approved sprinkler system.
(iii) Special Insulation Requirements
Cellular or foamed plastic materials shall not be used as interior wall or
ceiling finish unless specifically permitted by NFPA 101, Section 10.2.4.3.1
or 10.2.4.3.2.
119. MEANS OF EGRESS
(a) GENERAL
All components of egress shall be in accordance with NFPA 101, Chapter 7
unless modified herein or by NFPA 101, Section 18.2.
(i)
Occupant Load Factors
The occupant load factors (square meter per person) provided in Annexure
II shall be used for purposes of determining the required number of exits
and exit capacity for rooms, floors, areas, and buildings.
(ii)
Number of Exits
(1) There shall be a minimum of 2 exits per floor and 2 exits from each
smoke compartment. Not less than one exit shall be one of the
following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
Door leading directly outside the building
Stair
Smoke proof enclosure
Ramp
Exit passageway
180
(2) Not less than 2 exits shall be provided from each smoke compartment.
Egress shall be permitted through an adjacent compartment or
compartments, but only if it shall not involve the return through the
compartment of fire origin.
(3) The general guideline for the number of required exits from various
spaces described by functional use is given below
TABLE – 29
Number of required exits for various occupancies in High-rise Hospital
Building
S. No.
(A)
1
Occupancy
(B)
Hospital
2
3
Assembly
Office
4
Kitchen
5
Mechanical
6
Outpatient
7
Retail
Number of Exits
(C)
Sleeping Rooms or Suites – Two exit access doors
shall be required from any patient sleeping rooms or
suites over 93 m2.
Non-Sleeping Rooms or Suites – Two exit access
doors are required for rooms or suites exceeding 230
m2.
At least 2 exits required.
At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces
exceeding an occupant count of 49, or exceeding a
common path of travel of 30 m. Other variations
may apply per NFPA 101, Section 38.2.4.
At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces
exceeding an occupant count of 29, or exceeding a
common path of travel of 30 m. Other variations
may apply per NFPA 101, Section 42.2.4.
At least 2 exits are required in rooms or spaces
exceeding an occupant count of 29, or exceeding a
common path of travel of 30 m. Other variations
may apply per NFPA 101, Section 42.2.4.
At least 2 exits required for any room exceeding 232
m2.
Retail At least 2 exits are required in rooms or
spaces exceeding an occupant count of 49, or
exceeding a common path of travel of 30 m. Other
variations may apply per NFPA 101, Section 36.2.4.
(4) A minimum 3 exit staircases shall be provided where the calculated
occupant load on a floor is greater than 500 and does not exceed 1,000
persons.
(5) Minimum 4 Exit staircases shall be provided where the calculated
occupant load on a floor exceeds 1,000 persons.
(iii) Guard Rails
Where the elevation along open sides of a means of egress is more than
760 mm above the adjacent grade level below, guards shall be provided in
accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2.4.
(iv)
Impediments to Egress
181
Devices installed to restrict or impede the use of a means of egress under
normal conditions shall be designed and installed such that they will
provide free and clear access to the means of egress under emergency
conditions unless otherwise specified in the special locking arrangement
provisions of 7.2.1.6 and Chapter 18 of NFPA 101.
(v)
Obstructions to Egress
Means of egress shall be maintained free of all obstructions or impediments
at all times in the case of fire or other emergency.
(b)ARRANGEMENT AND EXIT ACCESS
The exit access i.e. the portion of aggress system that leads from any occupied
portion of a building or structure to an exit shall comply with the following
requirements.
(i) Corridor Access
(1) Every habitable room shall have an exit access door leading directly to
an exit access corridor unless otherwise specified herein and NFPA 101,
Section 18.2.5.5.1.
Exception: Rooms with exit doors opening directly to the outside at
ground level per NFPA 101, Section 18.2.5.5.3
(2) Sleeping suites and non-sleeping suites shall have a minimum of one
means of egress be directly to a corridor. Where suites are required to
have two means of egress, the second one shall be permitted through
another suite, provided that the separation between the suites complies
with the corridor separation requirements herein (NFPA 101, Sections
18.3.6.2 through 18.3.6.5.
(ii)Remoteness of Exits or Exit Access Doorways
When two means of egress are required, exits or exit access doorways shall
be separated by a minimum of one-third the maximum diagonal of a space
or building in a sprinklered building.
When three or more means of egress are required, two exits or exit access
doorways shall meet the requirements above and the additional exits shall
be arranged a reasonable distance apart, so that if one becomes blocked
the others will remain available.
(iii) Maximum Allowable Exit Access Travel Distances
The maximum travel distance of 45.0 meters is only allowed according to
clause 4.5 Table (22) Part (4) of NBC, 2005
TABLE – 30
Maximum Allowable Exit Access Travel Distances in
High-rise Hospital Building
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
Occupancy/Location
(B)
Sleeping Rooms – From any point in a
health care sleeping room and an exit
access door
Sleeping Suites – From any point in a
health care sleeping suite to an exit
access door
182
Travel Distance
(C)
15.24 m
30.48 m. without having to pass
through more than one
intervening room
3
Non-Sleeping Suites – From any point
in a health care non-sleeping suite to
an exit access door
4
From any room door required as an
exit access door to a required exit
From any point within a room to an
exit
Group I-2 occupancy (includes Child
Care)
Laboratories classified as Group H
Occupancies
5
6
7
8
9
10
Health Care
Business
Assembly
11
12
13
14
15
Storage
Outpatient
Common Path of Travel
Business
Assembly
16
Storage
30.48 m where the suite is
arranged with one intervening
room
15.24 m where the suite is
arranged with two intervening
rooms
Within healthcare areas 45 m.
45m
22.86 m. (H-1), 30.48 m. (H-2),
45 m. (H-3), 45 m (H-4) and 45
m. (H-5).
(Classification as per IBC 2006
Section 307)
45 m.
45 m.
45 m. when protected
throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler
system.
45 m
45 m
22.86 m
Permitted the first 6.10 m. from
any point where serving any
number of occupants and for the
first 22.86 m. from any point
where serving not more than 50
occupants.
30.48
(iv) Travel through Intervening Rooms
Exiting from any portion of the building shall be directly to an exit or a
corridor.
Exceptions:
(1) Access to exits shall be permitted to occur through foyers, lobbies and
reception rooms when constructed as required for corridors (IBC
1017.5)..
(2) Access from rooms or spaces shall be permitted to be through adjoining
or intervening rooms, provided that such adjoining rooms are accessory
to the areas served and are of less or equal hazard, or as permitted
herein for Suites in the section on Maximum Allowable Travel Distances.
(3) Patient sleeping rooms shall be permitted to have one intervening room
if the intervening room is not used as an exit access for more than eight
patient beds.
(4) Special nursing suites shall be permitted to have one intervening room
where the arrangement allows for direct and constant visual supervision
by nursing personnel.
(5) For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit
access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through one
183
intervening room where the travel distance to the exit access door is
not greater than 30.48 m.
(6) For rooms other than patient sleeping rooms located within a suite, exit
access travel from within the suite shall be permitted through two
intervening rooms where the travel distance to the exit access door is
not greater than 15.24 m.
(v) Exit Access Components – Corridors
TABLE – 31
Exit Access Components – Corridors in High-rise Hospital Building
S.
No.
(A)
(a)
Component
(B)
Width
1. In patient
areas for bed
movement
2. Other than
patient area
3. Reduction in
width
(b)
(c)
Dead Ends
Separation
Requirements
(d)
Clear width minimum
Serving I-2
portions used for
movement of
beds
Other doors
Width maximum
1. Means of
egress
(e)
(f)
2. Roller latched
doors
In smoke barrier
cross-corridor
openings in the
means of egress
Requirement
(C)
Minimum of 2.44 m
Minimum of 1.12 m
Doors in fully opened position and handrails must
not reduce the required width by less than 0.18 m.
Doors in any position must not reduce width by
more than one-half.
Projections into the clear width shall not exceed
0.11 m at or below the handrail height.
Maximum of 9.14 m
See 2.2.3 Suites, and 2.2.4 Exit Corridors herein.
Doors compliant with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.1 shall
be permitted
2.0 m
1.2 m.
2.0 m. max door leaf.
Swing in the direction of exit travel when serving
an occupant load of 50 or more.
Not permitted.
45-minute fire resistance rated, smoke- and draft
control doors shall be opposite swinging when
installed across corridors with egress in both
directions. Additionally these doors shall comply
with the following:
Have no center mullion.
184
(g)
Other special
doors
(h)
Panic hardware
(i)
Locking
Have vision panels.
Be closefitting and should be without undercuts,
louvers or grilles.
Have stops at the heads and jambs, and rabbet
and astragals at the meeting edges.
Be automatic closing by smoke detection.
Positive latching devices are not required.
Special doors, such as revolving doors or sliding
doors, may be used as egress doors per NFPA 101,
Section 18.2.2.2.9.
Each door in a means of egress from a Group A
having an occupant load of 50 or more and any
Group H occupancy should not be provided with a
latch or lock unless it is panic hardware or fire exit
hardware.
Patient sleeping room doors shall not be permitted
to be locked except as permitted by NFPA 101,
Section 18.2.2.2.2.
Doors within the required means of egress shall
not be equipped with a latch or lock requiring a
tool or key from the egress side except as
permitted by NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.2.4.
Doors within the required means of egress that are
permitted by exception to be locked shall have
provisions made for the rapid unlocking of the
locks or locking devices per NFPA 101, Section
18.2.2.2.5.
Doors in an exit passageway, stairway enclosure,
horizontal exit, smoke barrier, or hazardous area
enclosure (except boiler rooms, heater rooms, and
mechanical equipment rooms) shall be permitted
to be held open only by an automatic release
device that complies with NFPA 101, 7.2.1.8.2.
The doors shall release upon an alarm signal from
the fire alarm system.
Where egress doors are used in pairs, approved
automatic flush bolts may be used, provided that
the door leaf having the automatic flush bolts has
no doorknob from the inside or surface-mounted
hardware. (IBC 1008.1.8.3)
Manually operated flush bolts or surface bolts are
only allowed where a pair of doors serves a storage
or equipment room. In these cases, the manually
operated edge- or surface-mounted bolts are
permitted on the inactive leaf. (IBC 1008.1.8.3)
(c) THE EXIT
(i) Permissible exits shall be as follows:
185
(1) Doors leading directly to the outside of the building.
(2) Stairs
(3) Smoke proof Enclosures.
(4) Ramps
(5) Exit Passageways.
(6) Horizontal Exits.
(ii)Exit Width and Capacity
For exit stairways, a factor of 7.6 mm per occupant shall be applied. For
other exit components, a factor of 5.0 mm per occupant shall be applied.
(iii) Stairs
Stairs shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2 unless otherwise modified
herein.
TABLE – 32
Stairs requirement in High-rise Hospital Building
S.
No.
(A)
a.
Component
(B)
Stair width
b.
Permissible projections
c.
Steps
Riser height
Minimum tread
Stair landing
d.
e.
Handrails
Continuity
Height
f.
Roof access
g.
Stairway identification
h.
Variation of riser height
i.
Distance between
landings
Requirement
(C)
Minimum stair width shall be 2.0 m. clear
width.
Shall not exceed 0.11 m. at or below the
handrail height. Not limited above the
headroom height required.
Minimum of 0.1 m; Maximum of 0.18 m
Minimum of 0.28 m
Dimension in the direction of travel equal
to the stair width
Required on both sides.
Shall be continuous, without interruption
by newel posts or other obstructions for
the full length of each flight of stairs.
Handrails shall be not less than 865 mm,
and not more than 965 mm above the
surface of the tread, measured vertically to
the top of the rail from the leading edge of
the tread.
In building four or more stories in height,
one stair shall provide access to the roof.
Shall be provided per NFPA 101, Section
7.3.3.5.4.
The variation of riser height for a flight of
stairs shall not exceed 9.5 mm.
The vertical distances between landings as
measured between the horizontal planes of
adjacent landings shall not exceed 3.66 m.
186
j.
Exterior exit stairways
k.
Enclosures
l.
Openings
m.
Stairway marking
n.
Stairway door locking
o.
Stairway re-entry access
Not permitted as a required means of
egress per IBC 1023.2 for Group I-2
occupancies or for any occupancies in
high-rise buildings.
Stair enclosures shall have minimum 2
hour barrier fire resistance rating. See
Section 2.6.2 on Shafts herein.
See protection of openings in Section
2.6.2.3 herein.
Stairway marking shall be in accordance
with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.2.5.4.
Stairway doors other than the exit
discharge doors shall be permitted to be
locked from stairway side. Stairway doors
that are locked from the stairway side shall
be capable of being unlocked
simultaneously without unlatching upon a
signal from the fire command center
Re-entry access for health care
occupancies shall be provided per NFPA
101 Section 7.2.1.5.7.
(iv) Smoke proof Exit Enclosures
Smoke proof enclosures shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.3 unless
otherwise modified herein. Every required stairway serving floors more
than 22.86 m. above the lowest level of fire department vehicle access
shall comply with the provisions for smoke proof enclosures In accordance
with NFPA 101: 7.2.3.
(1)Enclosure
A smoke proof enclosure shall be enclosed from the highest point to the
lowest point and shall be separated from the remainder of the building
by not less than 2-hour fire barriers. Access to the stairway shall be by
way of a vestibule. The vestibule shall be within the 2-hour rated
enclosure and shall be considered part of the smoke proof enclosure.
The smoke proof enclosure shall be without openings other than the
required means of egress doors. Exception: When a stair pressurization
system is used, a stair entrance vestibule is not required.
(2)Vestibule
Access to the stairway shall be by way of a vestibule. The vestibule
shall be within the 2-hour rated enclosure and shall be considered part
of the smoke proof enclosure. The door opening into the vestibule shall
be protected with an approved fire door assembly having a minimum 1
½-hour fire protection rating. The door from the vestibule into the
stairway shall have a minimum 20-minute fire protection rating. Doors
shall be self-closing or shall be automatic-closing by actuation of a
smoke detector located within 3.05 m of the vestibule entrance door.
(3)Discharge
Every smoke proof enclosure shall discharge into a public way, into a
yard or court having direct access to a public way, or into an exit
187
passageway. Such exit passageways shall be without openings, other
than the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure and the door opening to
the outside yard, court, or public way. The exit passageway shall be
separated from the remainder of the building by a 2-hour fire resistance
rating.
(4)Stair Pressurization Alternative
When a stair pressurization system is used, a stair entrance vestibule is
not required. Smoke proof enclosures using stair pressurization shall
use an approved engineered system with a design pressure difference
across the barrier of not less than 12.5 N/m2, and shall be capable of
maintaining these pressure differences under likely conditions of stack
effect or wind. The pressure difference across doors shall not exceed
that which allows the door to begin to be opened by a force of 133 N.
(5)System Activation
The activation of the stair pressurization system shall be initiated by
smoke detectors installed at each floor level in an approved location
within 3.05 m. of the entrance to the smoke proof enclosure. When the
closing device for the stair shaft is activated by smoke detection or
power failure, the mechanical equipment shall activate and operate at
the required performance levels. The required mechanical systems shall
operate upon the activation of the smoke detectors specified above and
by manual controls accessible to the fire department. The required
system shall also be initiated by the following, if provided:
(a) Water flow signal from a complete automatic sprinkler system
(b) General evacuation alarm signal
(6)Ramps
Ramp (a) from Ground floor to the critical areas (b) from terrace to the
refuge floor shall be provided.
The open external ramp with fire doors on each floor in the mandatory
side and rear open space may also be considered after leaving clear 7.0
meters driveway.
(7)Exit Passageways
(a) Exit passageways shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.6 unless
otherwise modified herein.
(b) Separation of exit passageways from the rest of the building shall be
by construction having a minimum barrier fire resistance rating of
not less than 2-hours.
Exception: Where the exit connects three stories or less, the
(a)
separation shall have a barrier fire resistance rating of not less than
1-hour.
(c) Fire windows shall be permitted in openings per NFPA 101, Section
7.2.6.2.
(d) Exit passageways that discharge from stair enclosures shall have fire
resistance ratings and protection of openings not less than those
required of the stair enclosure (also see Section 2.2.7 herein).
(e) The width of an exit passageway shall be adequate to accommodate
the aggregate required capacity of all exits that discharge through
it.
(b)
Exception: the capacity shall not be required to be
aggregated where an exit passageway additionally serves occupants
on the level of exit discharge.
188
(f) The floor of an exit passageway shall be solid and without
perforations.
(8)Horizontal Exits
Horizontal exits shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.2.4 unless
otherwise modified herein or by NFPA 101, Section 18.2.2.5.
Accumulation space shall be provided on each side of the horizontal exit
as follows:
• Not less than 2.8 (net) sq m per patient in a hospital or nursing
home, or not less than 1.4 (net) sq m per resident in a limited care
facility, shall be provided within the aggregated area consisting of
corridors, patient rooms, treatment rooms, lounge or dining areas,
and other similar areas
• On stories not housing bed or litter borne patients, not less than 0.56
(net) sq m per occupant shall be provided for the total number of
occupants in adjoining compartments.
Horizontal exits shall be permitted for substitution of other exits to the
extent that the total exit capacity shall not be reduced by more than
1/3 for healthcare or more than 50 percent for other occupancies
A single door shall be permitted across a corridor of a horizontal exit if
all of the following conditions are met:
• The exit serves one direction only.
• Such door is a swinging door or a horizontal-sliding door complying
with 7.2.1.14.
• The door is not less than 411⁄2 in. (1055 mm) in clear width.
Horizontal exits serving as a means of egress from both sides shall be
permitted to be protected by a pair of swinging doors that swing in
opposite directions from each other and each having a clear width as
follows:
• Not less than 1055 mm for corridor widths of 2440 mm or greater,
and,
• Not less than 810 mm for corridor widths of 1830 mm but less than
2440 mm..
Exception: Openings shall be permitted to be protected by horizontal
sliding doors complying with NFPA 101 Section 7.2.1.14 that provide
clear widths as follows:
• Not less than 2110 mm for corridor widths of 2440 mm or greater,
and,
• Not less than 1625 mm for corridor widths of 1830 mm but less than
2440 mm
(d)THE EXIT DISCHARGE
Exit discharge shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.7 unless otherwise
modified herein.
(i) Termination
Exits shall be permitted to terminate at the following:
(1) directly at a public way, exterior exit discharge, yard, court, open
space, or other portions of the exit discharge that are of adequate width
and size to provide occupants with a safe and unobstructed access to a
public way,
(2) to an interior exit discharge in accordance with NFPA 101, Section
7.7.2,
189
(3) to a rooftop exit discharge in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.7.6,
or,
(4) to a vestibule or foyer in accordance with NFPA 101, Section 7.7.2.5
(ii)Discharge inside of a building through the level of exit discharge
Not more than 50 percent of the required number of exits, and not more
than 50 percent of the required egress capacity shall discharge through
areas on the level of exit discharge. The discharge shall lead to a free and
unobstructed way to the exterior of the building, and such way shall be
readily visible and identifiable from the point of discharge from the exit.
The area on the level of discharge shall be separated from areas below by
construction having a fire resistance rating not less than that required for
the exit enclosure.
Exception: The separation shall not be required where the levels below are
part of anatrium with the level of discharge and the atrium is protected in
accordance with NFP Section 8.6.7.
(iii) Marking of Exit Discharge
Stairs shall be arranged and the exit discharge marked to make clear the
direction of egress to a public way. Stairs that continue more than one-half
story beyond the level of exit discharge shall be interrupted at the level of
exit discharge by partitions, doors, or other effective means.
(iv) Exit Courts
The width shall not be less than 1.12 m. The required width shall be
unobstructed to a minimum height of 2.13 m. An exit court serving an
occupant load of 10 or more and less than 3.05 m. in width shall have court
walls of 1-hour fire-resistive construction for a distance 3.05 m. above the
floor of the court and openings protected by fixed or self-closing assemblies
having a 3/4 –hour fire-protection rating.
(e) ACCESSIBLE MEANS OF EGRESS
Accessible means of egress shall comply with the IBC as follows:
TABLE – 33
Accessible means of egress in High-rise Hospital Building
S.
No.
(A)
1.
Component
(B)
Where Required
Exceptions:
Requirement
(C)
Accessible spaces shall be provided with not less
than one accessible means of egress. Where more
than one means of egress is required from any
accessible space, each accessible portion of the
space shall be served by accessible means of
egress in at least the same number as the
minimum required number of exits. In addition,
the means of egress which provides access to or
egress from, buildings for persons with disabilities,
shall also comply with the requirements.
1. Not required in alterations to existing buildings.
190
2.
Continuity and
components
Exceptions:
3.
Elevators
4.
Exit Stairways
5.
Platform Lifts
6.
Areas of Refuge
2. One accessible means of egress is required
from an accessible mezzanine.
Shall be continuous to a public way and shall
consist of one or more of the following
components:
1. Accessible routes.
2. Stairways with vertical exit enclosures.
3. Exterior exit stairways (not permitted in a
Group I-2 occupancy).
4. Elevators.
5. Platform lifts.
6. Horizontal exits.
7. Ramps (exterior ramps not permitted for
hospitals or high-rise buildings).
8. Areas of refuge.
1. Where the exit discharge is not accessible, an
exterior area of assisted rescue shall be
provided.
2. Where the exit stairway is open to the exterior,
the accessible means of egress shall include
either an area of refuge or an exterior area for
assisted rescue.
One accessible means of egress shall be provided
by an elevator in buildings where a required
accessible floor is four or more stories above or
below a level of exit discharge.
In order to be considered part of an accessible
means of egress, an elevator shall comply with the
emergency operational and signaling device
requirements of Section 2.227 of ASME A17.1.
Standby power shall be provided and the elevator
shall be accessed from either an area of refuge or
a horizontal exit.
In order to be considered part of an accessible
means of egress, an exit stairway shall have a
clear width of not less than 1.22m between
handrails and shall either incorporate an area of
refuge within an enlarged floor-level landing or
shall be accessed from either an area of refuge or
a horizontal exit.
Shall not be part of an accessible means of egress
except where allowed as part of a required
accessible route in IBC Section 1109.7. Standby
power shall be provided and the lift should not be
enclosed.
Shall be accessible from the space it serves by an
accessible means of egress. Every required area of
refuge shall have direct access to an enclosed
stairway or an elevator. Where an elevator lobby is
used as an area of refuge, the shaft and lobby
shall be a smoke proof enclosure except where the
191
a.
Size
b.
Separation
c.
Two-way
communication
d.
Instructions
e.
Identification
7.
8
Exterior area for
Assisted Rescue
a.
Openness
elevators are in an area of refuge formed by a
horizontal exit or smoke barrier.
Sized to accommodate a wheelchair space of not
less than 30 inches by 48 inches for each 200
occupants or portion thereof, based on the
occupant load of the area of refuge and areas
served by the area of refuge. The wheelchair
space shall not reduce the required means of
egress width. Access to any of the required
wheelchair spaces in an area of refuge shall not be
obstructed by more than one adjoining wheelchair
space.
Each area of refuge shall be separated from the
remainder of the story by a smoke barrier or a
horizontal exit except those located within vertical
exit enclosures.
Shall be provided between area of refuge and the
central control point. If the central control point is
not constantly attended, the area of refuge shall
have access to a public telephone system. The
two-way communication system shall include both
audible and visible signals.
Shall be posted adjoining the two-way
communication system.
Each door providing access to an area of refuge
shall be provided with a sign stating “Area of
Refuge” and the International Symbol of
Accessibility.
At exits and elevators serving as a required
accessible space but not providing an approved
accessible means of egress, signage shall be
installed indicating the location of accessible
means of egress.
Shall be open to the outside air and meet the
requirements of IBC Section 1007.6.1. Separation
walls shall comply with the requirements for
exterior walls. Where walls or openings between
the area for assisted rescue and the interior of the
building, the building exterior walls within 3.048
m. horizontally of a non-rated wall or unprotected
opening should have a fire-resistance rating of not
less than 1 hour. Openings within such exterior
walls should be protected by opening protective
having a fire protection rating of not less than ¾
hour. This construction should extend vertically
from the ground to a point 3.048 m. above the
floor level of the area for assisted rescue or to the
roof line, whichever is lower.
Shall be at least 50 percent open.
192
b.
c.
Exterior exit
stairway
Identification
Not permitted in Group I-2 occupancy.
Shall be provided.
120. EMERGENCY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
(a) MEANS OF EGRESS IDENTIFICATION
Signs shall comply with NFPA 101, Section 7.10 unless otherwise modified
herein.
(i) Required Locations: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an
approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access
to exits shall be marked by readily visible exit signs in cases where the exit
or the path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit
sign placement shall be such that no point in a corridor is more than 30.48
m. or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever is less, from the
nearest visible exit sign.
Exceptions:
(1) Exit signs are not required in rooms or areas that require only one
means of egress.
(2) Main exterior exit doors or gates that are obviously and clearly
identifiable as exits need not have exit signs where approved by the
Authority Having Jurisdiction.
(ii) Power Requirements: Exit signs shall be illuminated at all times. To
ensure continued illumination for duration of not less than 90 minutes in
case of primary power loss, the sign illumination means shall be connected
to an emergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit
equipment or an on-site generator.
Illumination of exit sign and directional signs shall be supplied by life safety
branch of the electrical system as described in NFPA 99, Standard for
Health Care Facilities.
(b)MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION (NFPA 101, 7.8)
(i) Lighting Requirements: Means of egress illumination shall be a minimum
of 10.8 lux at the floor level throughout the means of egress (including the
exit discharge) at all times the building is occupied.
(ii) Power Requirements: Means of egress illumination shall be on
emergency power supplied by life safety branch of the electrical system as
described in NFPA 99, Standard for Health Care Facilities.
The power supply shall normally be provided by the premises’ electrical
supply. In the event of power failure, an emergency electrical system shall
automatically illuminate the following areas:
(1) Aisles and unenclosed stairways in rooms requiring two or more means
of egress.
(2) Corridors, exit enclosures, and exit passageways in buildings required
to have two or more exits.
(3) Interior exit discharge elements in buildings required to have two or
more exits.
(c) EMERGENCY POWER SYSTEMS
An emergency power system complying with IBC Section 2702 shall be
provided for the following emergency power loads:
(i) Exit signs and means of egress illumination
193
(ii) Elevator car lighting
(iii) Emergency voice/alarm communications systems
(iv) Automatic fire detection systems
(v) Fire alarm and monitoring systems
(vi) Power and lighting for the fire command center
(vii) Electrically powered fire pumps
(viii)
Ventilation and automatic fire detection equipment for smoke proof
enclosures
(ix) Not less than one elevator serving all floors, with standby power
transferable to any elevator
(x) Mechanical equipment for smoke control systems.
(xi) Horizontal sliding doors
(xii) Standby generators shall be located in a room having a minimum 2 hour
fire resistance-rated separation from the remainder of the building.
(d)EMERGENCY AND STANDBY POWER BRANCH CIRCUITS
Emergency and standby power shall be provided in accordance with NFPA 99:
4.4.2.2.2 and shall be supplied by an on-site generator.
i) Life Safety Branch
(1) Illumination of means of egress.
(2) Exit signs and exit directional signs.
(3) Fire alarm systems.
(4) Alarms required for systems used for the piping of non-flammable
medical gases.
(5) Hospital communication systems when used for emergency
instructions.
(6) Emergency generator room lighting and selected receptacles.
(7) Elevator cab lighting, control, communication, and signal systems.
(8) Automatically operated doors used for building egress.
(9) Lighting in rooms where life-support systems are in use.
ii) Critical Branch
(1) Critical care areas that use anesthetizing gases, task illumination,
selected receptacles, and fixed equipment.
(2) Isolated power systems in special environments.
(3) Task illumination and selected receptacles in the following:
(a) Patient care areas including infant nurseries, selected acute nursing
areas, psychiatric bed areas, and ward treatment rooms.
(b) Medication preparation areas.
(c) Pharmacy dispensing areas.
(d) Nurses’ stations.
(4) Additional specialized patient care task illumination and receptacles
where required.
(5) Nurse call systems.
(6) Blood, bone, and tissue banks.
(7) Telephone equipment rooms and closets.
(8) Task illumination, select receptacle and selected power circuits for:
(a) General care beds (at least one duplex receptacle per patient
bedroom).
(b) Angiographic labs.
(c) Cardiac catheterization labs.
(d) Coronary care units.
(e) Hemodialysis rooms or areas.
(f) Emergency room treatment areas (selected).
(g) Human physiology labs.
(h) Intensive care units.
(i) Post-operative recovery rooms (selected).
194
(9) Additional task illumination, receptacles, and selected power circuits
needed for effective facility operation. Single-phase fractional
horsepower exhaust fan motors that are interlocked with three-phase
motors on the equipment system shall be permitted to be connected to
the critical branch.
iii) Source: On-site generator.
iv) Transfer Time: For life safety and critical branch 10 seconds or UPS where
required.
v) Fuel Supply: An on-premises fuel supply sufficient not less than 2 hours
full demand operation of the system shall be provided.
121. ELEVATORS
(a) Minimum Dimensions: Elevators shall be sized in accordance with
requirements of
ANSI / ASME A17.1, unless otherwise modified herein. Elevators shall be sized
to accommodate a 4-bed minimum to provide for bed / stretcher coupled with
life saving equipments.
(b) Elevator Operation and Installation: Elevators shall comply with ANSI /
ASME A17.1.
(c) Fire Emergency Controls: Elevators shall be provided with Phase I
emergency recall operation and Phase II emergency in-car operation in
accordance with ANSI / ASME A17.1.
(d) Hoistway Venting:
(i) Required Locations: For elevator shafts extending through more than
three stories.
(ii) Vent Area: Not less than 3.5 percent of the area of the hoistway nor less
than 0.28 m2 for each elevator car, and not less than 3.5 percent nor less
than 0.047 m2 for each dumbwaiter car in the hoist way, whichever is
greater.
(iii) Vent Configuration: Of the total required vent area not less than onethird shall be permanently open. Closed portions of the required vent area
shall consist of openings glazed with annealed glass not greater than 3.2
mm. in thickness.
(iv)Equipment Venting: When solid-state equipment is used to operate the
elevators the elevator equipment room shall be provided with an
independent ventilator or air conditioning system to prevent overheating:
122. FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS
(a) AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM
The building shall be fully sprinkle red and supervised in accordance with NFPA
13, and modified herein.
A secondary water supply equal to the hydraulically calculated sprinkler
demand, including the hose stream requirement, shall be provided for high-rise
buildings in Seismic Design category C, D, E or F as determined by the IBC.
The secondary water supply shall have a duration of not less than 30 minutes
as determined by the occupancy hazard classification in accordance with NFPA
13.
A Class I standpipe system shall be provided.
Listed quick-response or listed residential sprinklers shall be used throughout
smoke compartments containing patient sleeping rooms.
(b) PORTABLE EXTINGUISHERS
(i) Portable extinguishers shall be provided at each compartment / floor of the
building in accordance with the more stringent requirements of IS 2190 and
NFPA 10.
195
(ii) Mist equipment i.e., 9 liters (2 nos) per floor and 600 liters Mist (Trolley
mounted) with 60.00meters hose in Fire Control Room shall be provided.
(c) HOSE REELS
One First Aid hose reel shall be provided for every 1000 sq.m. Floor area,
located in the vicinity of an exit staircase.
(d) YARD HYDRANTS AND WET STANDPIPES
Yard hydrants and wet standpipe connections shall be provided per NFPA
Standards unless otherwise modified herein. The most stringent of the
requirements shall apply. Requirements are as follows:
Wet standpipes shall be provided for every 1000 sq. m of floor area with a
minimum of the greater of 2 per floor, or one for each exit staircase. Yard
hydrants shall be provided around the perimeter of the building at a distance of
every 45 m.
(e) FIRE PUMPS
Fire pumps and jockey pumps shall be designed and installed per NFPA 20
based on the hydraulic demands of the fire protection systems provided.
(f) WATER SUPPLY TANKS
Terrace tank with a minimum capacity of 100,000 Liters shall be installed to
provide an adequate water supply for fire protection systems.
An underground water tank with a minimum capacity of 4.00 lakhs Liters shall
be provided for firefighting purposes.
123. FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEMS
(a) Health care occupancies (per NFPA 101, Section 18.3.4) shall be provided with
fire alarm and detection systems. They shall be Designed and installed per the
more stringent of IS 2189 and NFPA unless as modified herein.
(b) ALARM INITIATING DEVICES
Initiation of the required fire alarm systems shall be by manual means and by
means of any required detection devices, detection systems, or sprinkler
system water flow alarms. When activated, alarm initiating devices shall
activate audible and visible alarm signals. The general evacuation alarm signal
shall operate throughout the entire building.
Operation of any control initiating device in the fire alarm system shall
automatically accomplish the fire safety control function(s) for which the device
is designed.
(i) Manual Fire Alarm Stations
Manual call points (Pull stations) shall be provided in the natural path of
escape near every exit door at each floor including basements. The travel
distance to a Manual call point shall not be more than 60.96 m.
Manual pull stations may alternatively be located at nurses' stations in
patient sleeping areas in lieu of required exits provided they are visible and
continuously accessible, and do not exceed 60.96 m. travel distance.
(ii) Smoke Detectors
(1) Duct smoke detectors shall be provided in air supply systems over 0.94
m3/s, located in the main return air and exhaust air plenums.
(2) Duct smoke detectors shall be provided in return air systems serving
more than 1 story and 7.08 m3/s, located at each connection to a
vertical duct or riser.
196
(3) Smoke detectors shall be provided in spaces open to corridors unless
they are directly supervised from the nurse’s station. This includes
waiting and similar spaces open to the corridor.
(4) Smoke detectors shall be provided in elevator lobbies and machine
rooms to recall elevators.
(5) Smoke detector shall be provided at each smoke damper for damper
activation.
(6) Smoke detectors shall be provided at hold-open doors, located on each
side of the doors.
(7) Smoke detectors, which receive primary power from the building wiring,
shall be provided in the patient sleeping rooms with visual display in
corridor outside room and at the nurses’ station.
(8) In each mechanical equipment, electrical, transformer, telephone
equipment or similar room which is not provided with sprinkler
protection, elevator machine rooms and in elevator lobbies.
(9) Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units where patient sleeping units are
provided with smoke detectors that comply with UL268. Such detectors
shall provide a visual display on the corridor side of each patient
sleeping unit and an audible and visual alarm at the nursing station
attending each unit.
(10)
Corridor smoke detection is not required in smoke compartments
containing patient sleeping units, where patient sleeping units are
equipped with automatic door –closing devices with integral smoke
detectors on the unit sides installed in accordance with their listing,
provided that the integral detectors perform the required alerting
function.
(iii) Sprinkler System Water Flow Devices
A supervised control valve tamper switch and water flow detection device
shall be provided at the lateral connection to the sprinkler system on each
floor.
All valves controlling the water supply for automatic sprinkler systems,
pumps, water levels and temperatures, critical air pressures and waterflow switches on all sprinkler systems shall be electrically supervised.
Exceptions:
(1) Jockey pump control valves that are sealed or locked in the open
position.
(2) Control valves to commercial kitchen hoods, paint spray booths or dip
tanks that are sealed or locked in the open position.
(3) Valves controlling the fuel supply to fire pump engines that are sealed
or locked in the open position.
(c) ALARM INITIATION
Where an alarm notification system is required, it shall be activated by the
following devices sending signals to the fire alarm system:
(i) Automatic detection devices.
(ii) Sprinkler water-flow devices and other extinguishing system operation
Manual fire alarm boxes.
(d) ALARM ANNUNCIATION AND ZONING
Alarm annunciation and zoning shall be per NFPA 101, Section 9.6.7 unless
modified as follows.
Alarm zones shall be permitted to coincide with the areas of compliant smoke
compartments.
(e) OCCUPANT NOTIFICATION
Audible and visual alarms shall be provided in all non-patient areas and shall
be listed for their purpose.
197
Automatic occupant notification of alarm shall be provided in accordance with
NFPA 101, Section 9.6.3.with the following exceptions:
Exceptions:
(i) Smoke detectors located at doors for the exclusive operation of automatic
door release shall be required to activate the building evacuation alarm,
provided that the power supply and installation wiring to the detectors are
monitored by the building fire alarm system, and the activation of the
detectors initiates a supervisory signal at a constantly attended location.
(ii) Visual alarms shall be permitted to replace audible alarms for critical-care
areas of Group I-2occupancies.
(f) FIRE SERVICES NOTIFICATION
Notification of the fire services shall be in accordance with NFPA 101 Section
9.6.4.
124. EMERGENCY VOICE ALARM COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS
(a) EMERGENCY VOICE/ALARM SYSTEM
An emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be required.
The operation of any automatic fire detection, sprinkler water-flow device or
manual fire alarm box shall automatically sound an alert tone followed by voice
instructions giving approved information on a minimum of the alarming floor, the
floor above and the floor below in accordance with Section 404 of the
International Fire Code. Speakers shall be provided throughout the building by
paging zones. As a minimum, paging zones shall be provided as follows:
1. Elevator groups
2. Exit stairways
3. Each floor
4. Areas of refuge as defined in IBC Section 1002.1
In Group I-2 occupancies, the alarm shall sound in a constantly attended area
and a general occupant notification should be broadcast over the overhead
page.
(i) Manual Override
A manual override for emergency voice communication shall be provided on a
selective and all-call basis for all paging zones.
(ii)Live Voice Messages
The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall also have the
capability to broadcast live voice messages through paging zones on a selective
and all-call basis.
(iii) Design and Installation
The emergency voice/alarm communication system shall be designed and
installed in accordance with NFPA 72.
(b)FIRE DEPARTMENT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
An approved two-way fire department communications system shall be provided
for fire department use and shall be designed and installed in accordance with
NFPA 72. It shall operate between a fire command centre and elevators (lifts),
elevator lobbies (lift landings), emergency and standby power rooms, fire pump
rooms, areas of refuge, and inside enclosed exit stairways. The main control unit
shall be located in the fire command centre. Fire department communication
devices / telephones shall be provided at the following areas:
(i) Stairway landings at each floor level within enclosed stairways
198
(ii) Lifts and lift landings
(iii) Refuge areas
(iv) All critical service areas such as Operation theatres, ICU, ICCU etc.
Fire department radio systems shall be permitted to be provided where approved
by the fire department.
(c) FIRE COMMAND CENTER
A fire command center shall be provided. The location and accessibility shall be
approved by the fire department. The fire command center shall be separated
from the remainder of the building by not less than 1-hour fire barrier or
horizontal assembly, or both. The room shall be a minimum of 9 m2 with a
minimum dimension of 2.44 m. A layout of the fire command center and all
features required shall be submitted for approval prior to installation. The fire
command center shall comply with NFPA 72 and contain the following features:
(i) The emergency voice/alarm communication system unit
(ii) The fire department communications unit
(iii) Fire detection and alarm system annunciator unit
(iv) Annunciator unit visually indicating the location of the elevators and
whether they are operational
(v) Status indicators and controls for air-handling systems.
(vi) The fire-fighter’s control panel required for smoke-control systems.
(vii) Controls for unlocking stairway doors simultaneously.
(viii) Sprinkler valve and water-flow detector display panels.
(ix) Emergency and standby power status indicators.
(x) A telephone for fire department use with controlled access to the public
telephone system.
(xi) Fire pumps status indicators.
(xii) Schematic building plans indicating the typical floor plan and detailing the
building core, means of egress, fire protection systems, fire-fighting
equipment and fire department access Worktable.
(xiii) Generator supervision devices, manual start and transfer features.
(xiv) Public address system, where specifically required by other sections of
the IBC.
(xv) Evacuation Chairs and Evacuation Stretchers (each 4 no’s per floor) shall
be provided for evacuation in case of emergency.
125. ATRIUM REQUIREMENTS
(a) DEFINITION
A large-volume space created by a floor opening or series of floor openings
connecting two or more stories that is covered at the top of the series of
openings and is used for purposes other than an enclosed stairway; elevator
hoist way; escalator opening; or utility shaft used for plumbing, electrical, airconditioning, or communication facilities.
(b)USES PERMITTED WITHIN ATRIA
The occupancy within the atrium space shall meet the specifications for
classification as low or ordinary hazard contents.
(c) SEPARATION
An atrium shall be separated from the adjacent spaces by fire barriers of not
less than 1-hour fire resistance rating with opening protective for corridor walls.
199
Exceptions:
(i) Any number of levels of the building shall be permitted to open directly to
the atrium without enclosure based on the results of the smoke control
engineering analysis described above.
(ii) Glass walls and inoperable windows shall be permitted in lieu of the fire
barriers where automatic sprinklers are spaced along both sides of the glass
wall and the inoperable window at intervals not to exceed 1.83 m. The
automatic sprinklers shall be located at a distance from the glass not to
exceed 0.3 m. and should be arranged so that the entire surface of the glass
is wet upon operation of the sprinklers. The glass shall be tempered, wired,
or laminated glass held in place by a gasket system that allows the glass
framing system to deflect without breaking(loading) the glass before the
sprinklers operate. Sprinklers shall not be required on the atrium side of the
glass wall and the inoperable window where there is no walkway or other
floor area on the atrium side above the main floor level. Doors in such walls
shall be glass or other material that resists the passage of smoke. Doors
shall be self-closing or automatic-closing upon detection of smoke.
(iii) A glass-block wall assembly in accordance with IBC Section 2110 and having
a ¾- hour fire protection rating.
(iv) The adjacent spaces of any three floors of the atrium shall not be required to
be separated from the atrium where such spaces are included in the design
of the smoke control system.
(d)SMOKE CONTROL
(i) System Design Criteria
Where an atrium exceeds 2 stories, an engineering analysis shall be
performed to demonstrate that the building is designed to keep the smoke
layer interface above the highest unprotected opening to adjoining spaces, or
1.83 m. above the highest floor level of exit access open to the atrium for a
period equal to 1.5 times the calculated egress time or 20 minutes, whichever
is greater. A smoke control system, where required, shall be installed in
accordance with IBC Section 909.
(ii) System Activation
Where an engineered smoke control system is installed, the system shall be
independently activated by each of the following:
1. The required automatic sprinkler system or automatic smoke detection
device designed to activate the smoke control system.
2. Manual controls that are readily accessible to the fire department.
126. EGRESS TRAVEL
In other than the lowest level of the atrium, where the required means of egress is
through the atrium space, the portion of exit access travel distance within the
atrium space shall not exceed 60.96 m.
127. RISK ASSESSMENT REPORT
The fire and life safety risk assessment report of High Rise Hospital Building
conforming to NFPA-1031 (Sec 5 &7) shall be prepared by, but not limited to any
of the following reputable Institutions or organizations:
(a) Institution of Fire Engineers (IFE, India) (or) BE Fire Engineers.
(b) Authorized agency/experts panel of Institution of Fire Engineers (IFE) (or)
(c)National Association of Fire Officers (NAFO, India) (or)
200
(d) Any recognized university or any other agency approved by the Director
General of Fire and Emergency Services, A.P., Hyderabad.
128. BASEMENT PROTECTION
(a) General
(i) Basements shall comply with the IBC for S-2 Storage occupancies.
Exception: Means of Egress shall be in accordance with NFPA 5000 and
NFPA 101.
(ii) Basements shall not be used for any other purpose except parking and
building services Exception: Specialized medical facilities/services compliant
with NFPA 99 shall be permitted in the second level basement.
(b)VENTILATON AND SMOKE MANAGEMENT
Basements Ventilation shall be provided as below: (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6).
(i) The building shall be provided with the ventilation strictly in accordance
with Part- VIII Section-I and Clause C-1.6.1 to C — 1.6.6 of Part-IV of
National Building Code of India. The smoke control/extraction system shall
be designed as per NBC Part-4/IBC Section909 and NFPA-92. Where
conflicts exist, the most stringent provisions shall apply.
(ii) Each basement shall be separately ventilated. Vents with cross-sectional
area (aggregate) not less than 2.5 percent of the floor area spread evenly
round the perimeter of the basement shall be provided in the form of grills,
or breakable stall board lights or pavement lights or by way of shafts.
Alternatively, a system of air inlets shall be provided at basement floor
level and smoke outlets at basement ceiling level. Inlets and extracts may
be terminated at ground level with stall board or pavement lights should be
in position easily accessible to the fire brigade and clearly marked ' SMOKE
OUTLET' or” AIR INLET” with an indication of area Served at or near the
opening. (NBC Part-4(C.1.6.1).
(iii) The staircase serving basements shall be of enclosed type with a fire
resistance the greater of not less than 2 hours or the floor/ceiling
construction that it is Penetrating, and shall be situated at the periphery of
the basement to be entered at ground level only from the open air and in
such positions that smoke from any fire in the basement shall not obstruct
any exit serving the ground and upper Stories of the building and shall
communicate with basement through a lobby Provided with fire resisting
self closing doors of 1 hour resistance. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.2), or as
otherwise specified herein.
(iv)In multi-storey basements, intake ducts may serve all basements levels,
but each basement level shall have separate smoke outlet duct or ducts.
Ducts so provided shall have the same fire resistance rating as the
compartment itself. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.3) or as otherwise specified herein.
(v) Mechanical extractors for smoke venting system from lower basement
levels shall also be provided. The system shall be of such design as to
automatically operate on activation of heat/smoke sensitive defectors or
sprinklers. It shall also have an arrangement to be capable of a manual
start. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4).
(vi)Mechanical extractors shall have an internal locking arrangement, so that
extractors shall continue to operate and supply fans shall stop
automatically with actuation of fire detectors. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.1).
(vii) Mechanical extractors shall be designed to permit 30 air changes per hour
in case of fire or distress call. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.2).
201
(viii)
Mechanical extractor shall have an alternative source of supply.
(NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.3).
(ix)Ventilating ducts shall be integrated with the structure and made out of
brick masonry of reinforced cement concrete as far as possible and when
this duct crosses the transformer area or electrical switchboard, fire
dampers shall be provided. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.4.4).
(x) If cutouts are provided from basements to the upper floors, these openings
shall be protected by sprinkler head at close spacing so as to form a water
curtain in the event office. (NBC Part-4 (C.1.6.6).
129. SMOKE COMPARTMENTATION
(a) For every storey used by patient for sleeping or treatment, or other stories
with an occupant load of 50 or more persons, floors shall be divided into
separate fire/ smoke compartments with areas not exceeding 500 m2 and
enclosing construction having a minimum 2 hour fire rating, unless otherwise
specified herein.
(b) The services, standby generator and store must be segregated from others by
erecting fire-resistant wall of not less than 2 hours rating. Each of the
compartments must be individually ventilated and the opening for entry into
each of these compartments must be fitted with self-closing fire / smoke check
doors of not less than 1-1/2 hour fire rating.
(c) All electric cables shall be laid in separate shafts and shall be sealed at every
floor with fire resistant material of similar rating. The wall in between and all
around the shafts shall also be of minimum two hours fire rating. (clause 6.3
and C-9 Part-4 NBC, 2005).
(d) The entry to the staircase from all levels shall be segregated with a self-closing
fire /smoke check door of not less than a 1-1/2 hour fire rating. All vertical and
horizontal openings at each floor level throughout the building shall be sealed
properly with the non-combustible material in order to maintain the rating of
the barrier element. Wherever false ceiling / suspended ceiling is provided, it
shall be of one hour fire rated material. The compartmentation shall be
extended up to ceiling level. (clause 6.3 and C-9 Part-4NBC, 2005). Fire rated
compartments shall extend slab to slab when a suspended ceiling is used.
(e) The maximum travel distance to a smoke compartment door within a smoke
compartment shall be 45.0 m.
(f) The smoke compartment shall be sized to accommodate occupants of the
compartment plus occupant from adjacent compartments using 2.8 m2 per
non-ambulatory occupants and 0.56 m2 for others.
(g) A means of egress shall be provided from each smoke compartment created by
smoke barriers without having to return through the smoke compartment from
which the egress path originated.
(h) Smoke compartments shall have 1-hour fire-resistive, smoke tight construction
extending from exterior wall to exterior wall, or smoke barrier to smoke
barrier, slab to slab, or any combination.
Exception: Smoke barriers shall not be required in interstitial spaces, where
such spaces are designed and constructed with ceilings that provide resistance
to the passage of fire and smoke equivalent to the provided by the smokebarrier walls.
(i) Smoke compartment doors and draft assemblies shall have a minimum fire
resistance rating of 45-minutes per 2.2.8.2 herein. Where doors are installed
202
across corridors, a pair of opposite swinging doors without a center mullion or
horizontal sliding doors shall be installed having vision panels consisting of firerated glazing materials in approved frames, the area of which should not
exceed that tested. The doors shall be close fitting within operational
tolerances, and shall not have undercuts, louvers or grilles. The doors shall
have head and jamb stops, astragals or rabbets at meeting edges and should
be automatic closing by smoke detection. Positive-latching devices are not
required.
(j) Where ducts penetrate smoke compartments, a listed smoke damper designed
to resist the passage of smoke shall be provided at each point a duct or air
transfer opening penetrates a smoke barrier. Smoke dampers and smoke
damper actuation methods shall comply with IBC Section 716.3.2.1.
Exception: Smoke dampers are not required where the openings in ducts are l
limited to a single smoke compartment and the ducts are constructed of steel.
(k) Buildings containing health care facilities shall be subdivided by smoke barriers
into compartments as follows:
(i) To divide every story used by inpatients for sleeping or treatment into not
less than two smoke compartments,
(ii) To divide every story having an occupant load of 50 or more persons,
regardless of use, into not less than two smoke compartments,
(iii) To limit the size of each smoke compartment required by (1) and (2) to an
area not exceeding 2100m2, unless the area is an atrium separated in
accordance with NFPA 101Section 8.6.7, in which case no limitation in size
is required, and,
(iv)To limit the travel distance from any point to reach a door in the required
smoke barrier to a distance not exceeding 45.0 m.
(l) The smoke barrier subdivision requirement in Item xi) herein shall not apply to
the following:
(i) Stories that do not contain a health care occupancy located directly above
the healthcare occupancy,
(ii) Areas that do not contain a health care occupancy and that are separated
from the health care occupancy by a fire barrier complying with NFPA 101,
Section 7.2.4.3,
(iii) Stories that do not contain a health care occupancy and that are more than
one story below the health care occupancy, and,
(iv)Open-air parking structures protected throughout by an approved,
supervised automatic sprinkler system in accordance with Section 9.7.
130. ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) Only Dry Type Transformer should be installed if located in the basements.
(b)The construction of electric sub-station and installation of Transformer, LT & HT
panels shall be as per the provisions specified by the Electrical Authority.
However, the following points shall be followed:
(i) The HT & LT panels shall be separated with walls of 2 hours fire resistance
rating. Enclosure walls shall extend up to one meter above the highest
point of the transformer.
(ii) LT & HT panels shall be protected with manually operated CO2 protection
system designed and installed per NFPA 12. Two dry chemical powder type
203
fire extinguishers of 10 kg with BIS Certification marks shall be provided
outside the transformer room.
(iii) Insulated mats tested on 11 KV and at least one pair rubber gloves shall be
provided in every electrical switch/panel room of substation. Independent
ventilation system shall be provided for LT/HT panel and transformer
rooms.
(c) EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SERVICES
Provide separate electrical circuits to feed emergency services and systems
such as firefighting pumps, lifts, automatic fire detection, emergency
voice/communication, fire alarm, staircase and emergency lighting, and exit
signage shall be provided. Smoke venting and signage circuit shall be laid in
separate conduit so that fire in one circuit will not affect the others. Master
switches controlling essential services circuits shall be clearly labeled.
See Section 6.0 herein for additional requirements.
(d)ELECTRICAL WIRING
(i) The electrical wiring shall be provided in metal / FRLSPVC conduits. MCBs
and ELCB shall be installed. The electrical services shall be strictly in
accordance to Clause C.1.12 of Appendix-D’ of NBC Part-IV/NFPA – 70. Fire
resisting cables or fire resistance achieved by enclosing construction shall
be used in the building. Power supply cables and the ducting shall not be
taken through the staircase or any passage way used as an escape route.
All the cables shall be only of Fire Resistant Low Smoke type when the fire
resistance rating is derived solely from the cable use.
(ii) Fault tolerant wiring in alarm system to be used (NFPA, 72 (3-4).
(e) EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY
(i) The standby electric generator installed shall be of adequate capacity to
supply power to staircase and emergency lighting circuits, lifts, exit signs,
automatic fire detection, emergency voice/communication, fire alarm, and
fire pumps in case of failure of normal electric supply. The generator shall
be capable of taking starting current of all the machines and circuits stated
above simultaneously and must be automatic in action (NFPA-110). The
engine starting Battery system should be duplicated.
(ii) UPS shall be installed to cater to the critical load of Alarm and Public
Address System (NFPA-111).
(iii) A dedicated 25 KW emergency electrical generator should be installed to
back up the main standby generator for alarm system, Public Address
System and UPS.
See Section 6.0 herein for additional requirements.
131. DECORATIVE MATERIALS AND FURNISHINGS
(a) All the fabric used for seats, curtain, covering on sidewall, matting/ carpeting
etc. shall also have Class-I rating as prescribed in NBC Part-IV/NFPA,99.
(b) Draperies, curtains, furnishings and decorations shall comply with Chapter 10 –
Interior Finish, Contents and Furnishings, NFPA 101.
(c) Only flame retardant material shall be used for interior decoration and
upholstery top recent generation of toxic smoke / fumes. (NBC Part-4 (3.4.15)
See NFPA 101 Section 18.7.5 for additional requirements.
204
132. AIR-CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Air conditioning system shall conform to Clause D-1.17 of part IV and Section 3 of
Part VIII of National Building Code of India. However, following points shall be
ensured:
(a) Air ducts serving main floor areas, corridors etc. shall not pass through the
staircase enclosures.
(b) Automatic fire dampers shall be provided in the ducts at the inlets of the fresh
air and return air of each compartment /floor on every floor. The fire dampers
shall be so arranged so as to close by gravity in the direction of the air
movement and to remain tightly closed automatically upon operation of
smoke/ heat detectors and signal transmittal to the fire alarm system.
(c) The air handling units shall be separate for each floor/each compartment at
each floor level. The air ducts for every floor/compartment shall be separated
and not interconnected with the ducting of any other compartment.
See NFPA 101 Section 18.5.2 for additional requirements.
133. REFUGE FLOOR/AREA
(a) One refuge floor at a height of 30.0 meters shall be provided for safe
evacuation with maximum of 2.5 meters floor height.
(b) Refuge areas as per clause 4.12.3 part 4 of NBC 2005, i.e., 0.3m2 per person
of two consecutive floors at the height of 24m, 39m and 54m levels shall be
provided.
(c) Refuge area - definition: An area of refuge is a location in a building designed
to hold occupants during a fire or other emergency, when evacuation may not
be safe or possible. Occupants can wait there until rescued by firefighters. This
can apply to the following:
(i)
any persons who cannot access a safe escape route
(ii)
any persons assisting another person who is prevented from escaping
(iii)
patients in a hospital
(iv)
sick people
people with disabilities
(v)
(vi)
old people
(vii)
very young children or infants
(viii) Medical personnel who may be operating on a patient at the time of the
emergency.
(d) Technical requirements: An Area of refuge is typically equipped with a steady
supply of fresh outside air. The ducting that must supply such fresh air is
referred to as pressurization ductwork. Such ductwork are items of passive fire
protection, subject to fire testing, product certification, and listing and approval
use and compliance. The idea is that the ductwork must remain operable even
while exposed to fire for a duration of two hours. The electrical equipment
supplying power must also be equipped with approved circuit integrity
measures. (NFPA 70 & 99).
(e) Refuge area shall not be utilized for any other purpose and shall be kept
vacant for the assembly of occupants in case of any emergency.
134. OTHER REQUIREMENTS
205
(a)
Provision for Helipad should be made on the terrace floor (roof)
according to the guidelines issued by the Director General, Civil Aviation,
Government of India, New Delhi in Section (4) Series 'B' Part-ll dt. 21.12.2005.
NFPA 418 shall be used as guidance.
Fluorescent colored floor strips / glowing paint signs on the walls
(b)
shall be provided on all floors at each level to guide the direction for escaping
towards a safe place in case of an emergency.
(c)
Separate Ramps to the Basement for entry and exit of vehicles shall
be provided.
(d)
The hospital developer/firm shall provide all the required Fire Safety
measures (Passive & active) and Fire prevention procedures and planning,
training and drills programmers’ for the isolation of fire, transfer of occupants to
areas of refuges or total evacuation of the building during the course of
constructing Hospitals. The builder shall submit the certificates from the
manufacturers of all Fire Fighting Equipment installed.
Also see Section 5.5, Item 6 herein for additional requirements pertinent to
Areas of Refuge.
135. MANAGEMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF GENERAL FIRE SAFETY MEASURES
The Management of the High Rise Hospital Building shall observe the following:
General Fire Safety measures that shall be adhered to at all times for purposes of
fully complying with the Manufacturer’s instructions and NBC/NFPA stipulations.
NFPA 13, 25, 99,101, and 110 provide several options so that the more suitable
option is adopted. The particular option adopted shall be clearly indicated and
approval from Fire Services should be obtained.
(a) FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
The maximum allowable quantities (MAQ’s) of flammable materials shall
comply with NFPA 30. The handling of such liquids shall not be permitted by
unauthorized persons. (NFPA 99)
(b)HEATING EQUIPMENT:
The doors to furnace room shall be equipped with automatic closers and be
kept closed.
The flues, pipes and steam lines shall be in good condition and properly
insulated.
There shall be a gas cut-off outside the building.
(c) KITCHENS :
(i) The cooking equipment shall be provided with a steel range hood.
(ii) The cooking facilities shall be provided with a pre-engineering fire
suppression system..
(iii) The discharge of automatic extinguishing system shall be monitored by
the fire alarm system and provide occupant notification.
(iv) Cooking facilities shall be protected per NFPA 101, Section 18.3.2.5.
(d)LAUNDRY:
(i)
The laundry doors to the main building shall be kept normally closed.
(ii)
The electric devices and irons shall have operative automatic heat
controls.
(iii)
Keep the tumbler free from lint and dust.
(iv)
Safety pilot lights shall be operative.
(e) LABORATORY:
206
(i)
Flammable liquids shall be stored properly in listed flammable liquids
cabinets or another approved manner.
(ii)
The acids stored shall be handled and properly stored.
The connections of gas fired or open flame equipment shall be in good
(iii)
condition.
(f) OXYGEN & NITROUS OXIDE STORAGE:
(i)
The oxygen and nitrous oxide cylinders shall be stored separately from
other gases in accordance with the applicable NFPA standards.
(ii)
‘No Smoking’ signs and nitrous oxide warnings shall be posted on store
room doors.
(iii)
The cylinders shall be protected from the sun.
The cylinders shall be removed from steam pipes or radiators to prevent
(iv)
contact.
(g)GENERATORS:
(i)
Generators shall be in good operating condition.
Generators shall start automatically.
(ii)
(iii)
Generators shall be tested under load monthly.
(h)WATER HEATERS:
(i)
The water heaters shall be properly vented.
(ii)
The water heaters shall be equipped with 100% safety pilots.
(iii)
The water heaters shall be equipped with pressure relief valves.
(i) GENERAL
(i)
Corridors shall be kept free from storage of beds, linen, carts, etc.
(ii)
The space beneath stairs and elevators shall be kept free from storage
of any materials.
(iii)
The trash and laundry chutes shall be sprinklered and additionally
comply with NFPA 101 Section 18.5.4.
The covers on breaker panels and face plates shall be kept in good
(iv)
condition.
(v)
The appliance cords shall be kept in good condition.
(vi)
The appliance cords shall be protected against mechanical injury.
(vii) Only approved metal containers shall be used for all oily waste,
polishing or cleaning materials.
(viii) Combustible liquids shall be kept in approved metal cans.
(ix)
The refuse should be removed from the premises or burned daily.
(x)
The sprinkler heads shall be unobstructed and adequate clearances
maintained.
(xi)
All employees shall be made aware of the location of fire extinguishers
and be trained in its use and operation.
(xii) The fire alarm devices on each floor shall be maintained in good
working condition.
(xiii) The signs giving location of pull stations should be properly maintained.
(xiv) The pull stations shall be unobstructed and plainly marked.
(xv) The plan for evacuation of patients shall be prepared and displayed at
appropriate places.
(j) FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SEQUENCE OF OPERATION:
207
(a) Operation of any manual pull station, automatic smoke detector, heat
detector, and duct mounted smoke detector or water flow switch shall
cause the following actions and indications:
(i) The system common alarm LED on the CPU shall flash. The internal
audible device shall sound.
(ii) The 80 character backlit alphanumeric display, shall display the device
type, device location, time and date of alarm and a unique custom
message.
(iii) Transfer common alarm contacts for sending an alarm signal to an
approved central station. (Two dedicated telephone lines, connection
and service by owner).
(iv) Activate the fire alarm audio/visual signals throughout the facility.
(v) Shutdown all AHUs over 2000 cfm.
(b) Operation of any operating room ceiling mounted smoke detector or return
air duct smoke detector shall cause the following actions and indications:
(i) Return air damper shall transfer to fully close.
(ii) Outside air damper shall transfer to fully open.
(iii) Exhaust damper shall transfer to fully open and activate exhaust fan.
(c) Operation of outside air or supply air duct smoke detector unit shall shut
down. Exhaust damper shall remain in full open position or transfer to that
position and activate exhaust fan.
136. FIRE MANAGEMENT
(a) FIRE CONTROL ROOM: Fire control room shall be established on the ground
floor, near the entrance and shall be manned round the clock.
(b)FIRE STATION: The builder shall provide a Fire Station on a suitable plot
measuring 1000sq.y with (i) onetime Non-Recurring cost of Building, Water
Tender & Equipment and a Hydraulic platform with 54.0 meters. Working
height and (ii) Recurring cost of salaries, POL, etc., for 5 years as processing
fee.
(c) FIRE OFFICER AND CREW:- A Fire Officer with experience of not less than 3
years in Government / public Sector undertakings / corporate Sector in the
rank of Station Fire Officer or above shall be available on the premises along
with security personnel trained in firefighting and rescue for purposes of
maintaining fire safety systems in trim working condition at all times and to
conduct training in first aid firefighting and fire drills. The Fire Officer with
trained fire personnel shall respond to all emergency calls in the Hospital round
the clock
(d)FIRE SAFETY PLAN : (NFPA – 101 (18.7.2.1)
Fire Safety plan should be developed by the management and should be
approved by the Director General of Disaster Response and Fire Services
before occupancy. The following shall be provided in the written Fire safety
Plan to train response teams, maintenance staff, and nursing staff and fire
wardens.
208
(i) The use of alarms
(ii) Staff response to alarms
(iii) Fire Confinement
(iv) Occupant evacuation of the immediate area
(v) Occupant evacuation of Individual smoke compartment
(vi) Total building evacuation
(vii) Fire extinguishment.
(e) BUILDING EVACUATION SUPERVISOR: The Owner / Occupier shall appoint
a Building Evacuation Supervisor for conducting and documenting results of
periodical Fire Drills for compliance of timed egress provisions in the NBC.
(f) FIRE DRILLS: Fire drills shall be conducted once in every month and shall
include the employees and staff members of all shifts. Fire Drills shall include
assignment of staff to close doors where necessary to prevent spread of smoke
or fire, to search the lavatories or other rooms, to account for all occupants, to
achieve prompt, quiet, orderly evacuation of the building or relocation to area
of refuge, (refer Annexure - E part - 4 of NBC of India, 2005).
137. OTHER STIPULATIONS
(Reproducing as provisioned in department draft guidelines)
(a) INSPECTION: Inspections shall be undertaken at periodic intervals as below:
The inspection of High Rise Building shall be conducted once in a year for the
issuance of renewal of No Objection Certificate for occupancy. A certificate to
the effect that all the required fire safety measures are provided and
functioning satisfactorily shall be enclosed to the application duly signed by the
Fire Protection Engineer for considering the renewal of No Objection Certificate
for occupancy. Random checks will be done by the State Disaster Response &
Fire Services Department.
Periodical Inspection by the officers of State Disaster Response & Fire Services
Department shall be once in six months after receipt of certificate as above
and it is the responsibility of the Management to ensure that all fire prevention
and Safety Systems installed are maintained in good working condition.
(b)INSURANCE: The builder shall duly insure all the occupiers (i.e., Doctors,
Nurses, employees, patients, visitors, attendants and emergency service
personnel etc.) of High Rise Hospital including Building and equipment against
all Disasters after obtaining No Objection Certificate for Occupancy from Fire
Services Department.
(c) MAINTENANCE & MANAGEMENT: Such High Rise Hospital Building shall be
under the overall control and management of a single management body who
shall be responsible for the fire and life safety. Maintenance shall comply with
applicable standards and NFPA.
(d)PENALTIES: The owner/firm or occupier and Fire Protection Engineer of the
premises who contravenes these stipulations shall be guilty of an offence and
is liable for penal action under Section 31 of the A.P. Fire Service Act, 1999
and other relevant laws.
138. PLANNING AND EXECUTION
209
(a) The Fire Prevention and Life safety requirements shall be met by engaging the
services of an experienced engineering firm with a track record of having
designed and executed minimum five such Buildings of similar in height as per
NFPA. Apart from providing facilities for undertaking external firefighting
measures, internal fire safety and protection measures are required to be
provided and maintained as given in these stipulations. (NFPA-1-17.8.4.5,
NFPA – 1031-5.7)
(b) The designer shall ascertain local conditions like availability of Water, reliable
power, material and equipment certified to be fit for fire service, maintenance
resources, traffic conditions, communications, record of compliance of similar
hospitals and any additional information provided by the Department. He shall
be familiarized with nature of occupants including non- patients who would
have to be safely exited in emergencies. He shall confirm and explain how the
above have been factored in the design.
(c) Adverse local conditions, known to have contributed to poor compliance with
fire safety shall have mandatory to be factored in by stipulating possible
compensative measures to ensure effective compliance, enforcement and
provide for human errors, duly considering local constraints, so that safety is
not compromised and INTENT of any code provision is not violated. The above
is in line with, sec.13 of AP Fire Act, CL.10 part-2 of NBC and NFPA – 1.
(d) Intelligent Smoke management to ensure safe evacuation and non-erasable
record of alarm to monitor integrity of critical safety equipment like Sprinkler
system, Public Address system and emergency generators shall be provided.
*****
210
CHAPTER-X-5
GREEN BUILDINGS AND SUSTAINABILITY PROVISIONS
139. Green Buildings
(1)
Modern buildings consume about 25 to 30 percent of total energy, and up
to 30 percent of fresh potable water and generate approximately 40 percent
of total waste.
(2)
As defined by the Indian Green Building Council (IGBC), a green building is
“one which uses less water, optimizes energy efficiency, conserves
natural resources, generates less waste and provides healthier spaces
for occupants, as compared to a conventional building.”
(3)
Green buildings must be environmentally responsible from siting and design to
construction, maintenance, renovation and demolition. The first and most
widely used ratings system internationally is the American “Leadership in
Energy and Environmental Design” (LEED) system.
(4)
The institutional frameworks for green buildings in India have developed
rating systems that classify green buildings according to their performance on
a number of set parameters. In India, the IGBC has adapted LEED to create
LEED India and is responsible for certifying buildings under this system. At
present, IGBC offers two certifications for office buildings.
(a) LEED for New Construction and Major Renovations: For buildings where
the design and operation is fully in the scope and control of owner or
developer.
(b) LEED for Core and Shell: Certifies buildings where the owners or
developers do not control all aspects of design and construction, e.g.
Leased spaces like malls or offices where tenants have control over
internal space and may opt for additional green interiors.
(5)
LEED points are awarded under five categories for a total of 100 points –
(a) Sustainable sites,
(b) Water efficiency,
(c)Energy and atmosphere,
(d) Materials and resources
(e) Indoor environmental quality.
There are 6 additional points under innovation in design and 4 for regional
priority.
(6)
Buildings qualify for four levels of certification:
(a) Certified: 40-49 points,
(b) Silver: 50-59 points;
(c)Gold: 60-79 points;
(d) Platinum: 80+ points.
(7)
The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI) has developed its own ratings
system “Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment” (GRIHA).
211
(8)
GRIHA differs from LEED mainly in that it accounts for features unique to
India – for example, the use of non- or partially air conditioned buildings and
puts emphasis on local and traditional construction knowledge. Therefore
LEED and GRIHA ratings might not be directly comparable.
(9)
In 2007, the Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) launched the voluntary Energy
Conservation Building Code (ECBC) that sets minimum energy standards for
new commercial buildings having a connected load of 500 KW or contract
demand of 600 KVA or more.
(10) In alignment with the priorities of the National Action Plan on Climate Change,
BEE has insisted on the State Governments to make the ECBC mandatory.
Accordingly the Government of Andhra Pradesh while adopting the
Energy Conservation Building Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra
Pradesh Building Rules, 2012 and issued the notification in G. O. Ms.
No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014. (see Annexure).
(11) Construction costs: On average, estimates show a gold certified building in
India costs between 3 to 7 percent more to build, while platinum costs 12 to
18 percent more and silver only about 2 percent more.
(12) User savings: In terms of running costs savings, green buildings save 25-35
percent on energy use on average and 30 to 85 percent on water
consumption annually.
140. Applicability and Provisions:
(1)
All Buildings on various plot sizes above 300sq.m may comply with the green
norms and confirm to the requirements mandatory for sanction as mentioned
in this Chapter.
(2)
The “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)”
[Amended Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012] issued in G. O. Ms.
No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 is applicable to commercial buildings and other
Non-Residential Buildings that have a plot area of more than 1000 Square
Meters or built up area of 2000 Square Meters and certain categories of
buildings such as Multiplexes, Hospitals, Hotels and Convention Centers
irrespective of their built up area.
(3)
The provisions for green buildings indicated in the table below are applicable
on all plots more than 300sq. m in size:
TABLE – 34
Applicability and Provisions for various plot sizes (all use premises) for
Green Building Components
Sub- Applicable
Plot
Catego catego plot area
ry
ry
(Sq. m.)
Provisions for Residential
212
Provisions for Non-Residential
(A)
(B)
I
a
b
II
c
(C)
(D)
(E)
Below 300
Nil
Nil
300 to 500
(1). Water Conservation
and
Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems (Optional)
(4). Waste Management
(1). Water Conservation
and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems
(4). Waste Management
500 to 1,000 (1). Water Conservation
and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
(4). Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste
(1). Water Conservation
and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency
(c) Lighting of common areas
by Solar Energy/LED
devices
(1). Water Conservation
and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(c) Waste Water Recycle
and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water
Heating Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency
(b) Energy Efficiency in
HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
(1). Water Conservation
and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(c) Waste Water Recycle
and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water
Heating Systems
(3). Energy Efficiency
(b) Energy Efficiency in
HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
1,000 to
3,000
213
III
a
Above
3,000
(1). Water Conservation and
Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(b) Low Water
Consumption Plumbing
Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle
and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic
Panels
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy
Consumption Lighting
Fixtures (Electrical
Appliances – BEE Star
and Energy Efficient
Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in
214
(1). Water Conservation and
Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting
(by Recharge)
(b) Low Water
Consumption Plumbing
Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle
and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2). Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic
Panels
(b) Installation of Solar
Assisted Water Heating
Systems
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy
Consumption Lighting
Fixtures (Electrical
Appliances – BEE Star
and Energy Efficient
Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in
141. Provisions for Sanction of Building Application:
(1) Water Conservation and Management
(a) Rain Water Harvesting (by Recharge)
(b) Low Water Consumption Plumbing Fixtures
(c) Waste Water Recycle and Reuse
(d) Reduction of Hardscape
(2) Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic Panels
(b) Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy Consumption Lighting Fixtures (Electrical Appliances – BEE
Star and Energy Efficient Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common areas by Solar Energy/LED devices
(4) Waste Management
(a) Segregation of Waste
(b) Organic Waste Management
142. Provisions for City and Site level greening:
(1) Greening
In alignment with National Sustainable Habitat Mission, the Authority
shall encourage augmentation of green cover in the city/plot, by following:
The Urban Greening Guidelines, 2014 and other provisions are as given
below –
(a) Provision of minimum 1 tree/every 80sqmt of plot area for plot sizes
>100sqmt and planted within the setback of the plot.
(b) Compensatory Plantation for felled/transplanted tress in the ratio 1:3
within the premises under consideration.
(c) Choice of species for plantation in site and abutting the road to be adopted
as per Section 8 of the Urban Green Guidelines, 2014.
(d) The unpaved area shall be more than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
(2) Water Re-use and Recycling
All building having a minimum discharge of 15,000 liters and above per day or
premises consisting of 25 dwelling units and above shall incorporate waste
water recycling system. The recycled water should be used for horticultural
purposes.
(3) Solar Energy Roof Top Installations
The detailed specifications of the Solar Energy Roof Top Buildings are given in
the Policy for Solar Energy Roof Top Buildings which need to be followed.
143. Sustainable Waste Management:
215
(1) Zero Waste is a concept of waste management and planning approaches
that emphasize waste prevention as opposed to end waste management. This
means restructuring production and distribution systems, designing and
managing products and processes to systematically follow the 3R rule of
Reduce, Re-use and Re-cycle the volume of waste, to conserve and recover all
used resources, and therefore eliminating all discharges to landfills, and
prevent air, water and land pollution.
(2) Zero Waste/ land-fill can be achieved by adopting systematic approach of
segregation at source by planning, by collection facilitation and most
importantly by creating public awareness.
(3) The green waste can be converted into fuel cakes, kitchen waste into
manure, construction & demolition waste into bricks, plastic waste into oil,
paper, glass and steel back into the same and all residual inert materials
can also be converted into bricks.
(4) Achieving zero land-fill is more conveniently possible, if
(a)
The collection is made from house to house and some segregation is
done at household level and
(b)
Separate wet and dry bins must be provided at the ground level.
(c)
The recycling is done at decentralized, say, ward or even lower
levels.
144. Sustainability of Building Materials:
(1) Sustainability of natural resources for building materials shall be ensured
through conservation of available natural resources and use of supplementary
materials such as industrial/agricultural by-products, renewable resources, and
factory made building components and recycled construction and demolition
waste.
(2) Supplementary building materials (derived or processed waste) shall be
suitably used in combination with conventional resources offers dual
advantages in purview of health & environmental benefits.
(3) Use of Factory made pre-fab/pre-cast and recycled components with Green
benefits:
(a) Panels, hollow slabs, hollow blocks–etc. - conservation of materials, less
water requirement.
(b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete, phosphorgypsum based walling & roofing panels, particle wood – recycled use of
industrial/ agricultural by-products.
(c) Fly ash/ AAC (Autoclaved aerated light weight concrete) panels/ CLC
(Cellular light weight concrete) panels- ensures thermal comfort (significant
reduction in air conditioning requirement)
(d) Use of bamboo & rapidly growing plantation timbers- environmental
benefits.
(4) Local materials are generally suitable for prevailing geo-climatic conditions &
have advantage of low transportation cost & time.
(5) Sustainable use of building materials shall be encouraged which may combine
certain mandatory provisions and incentives.
216
145. Incentives for the Green Buildings:
The following incentives may be given by the Local Body to those buildings which
follow the guidelines issued in the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building
Code (APECBC)” [Amended Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012] issued in G. O.
Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 and obtaining the ratings from the LEED or LEED
India or TERI or GRIHA as stated above in these Rules.
(1) 20% Reduction on Permit Fees.
(2) Payment of Impact Fee, City Level Infrastructure Impact Fee and Development
Charges to be paid in four equal instalments before the Completion Period of the
construction as given in the Building Permit Order. The applicant shall submit
the postdated cheques before release of the Building.
(3) If the property is sold within three years, one-time reduction of 20% on Duty on
Transfer of Property (Surcharge on Stamp Duty) on the submission of
Occupancy Certificate issued by the Local Authority.
146. Procedure for obtaining the incentives:
(1) The applicant shall submit the Building Application with all relevant Plans,
Documents and Certificates required as per the details given in these Rules.
(2) In order to obtain the incentives, the applicant shall submit an Undertaking
along with the for Building Application duly signed by the architect, landscape
architect, structural engineer, electrical engineer, plumber and environmental
engineer that the building plans are prepared based on the guidelines given in
the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC)” [Amended
Andhra Pradesh Building Rules, 2012] issued in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated:
28.01.2014 and also the provisions as stated in these rules.
(3) The applicant shall submit an undertaking that he will provide all the
requirements as stipulated and shall obtain and enclose a certificate from the
LEED or LEED India or TERI or GRIHA which shall certify that the building plans
submitted are eligible to be considered under green buildings category.
(4) The Building shall be constructed as per the Sanctioned Plans and the applicant
along with the Building Completion Notice shall submit the Certificate obtained
from the Agency giving Rating for Green Buildings so as to consider the issue of
Occupancy Certificate.
(5) The Local Authority / Sanction Authority shall constitute a committee to
examine the details with regard to the fulfilment of guidelines issued in the
Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code and the parameters as
stipulated so as to consider the incentives duly fixing certain guidelines with the
approval of the competent authority.
(6) If the applicant fails to complete the building as per the sanctioned plans duly
following the guidelines, the concessions given shall be withdrawn and an
additional 25% of the Total Building Permit Fee shall be levied.
********
217
CHAPTER-XI-1
RAIN WATER HARVESTING STRUCTURES
147.
GENERAL:
(1) Rain water harvesting is the technique of collection and storage of rain
water at surface or in sub-surface aquifers, before it is lost as surface
run-off. The augmented resource can be harvested in the time of
need.
(2) Artificial recharge to ground water is a process by which the ground
water reservoir is augmented at rate exceeding that under natural
conditions of replenishment.
148.
NEED:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
149.
To overcome the inadequacy of water to meet our demands.
To arrest decline in ground water levels.
To enhance availability of ground water at specific place and time and
utilize rain water for sustainable development.
To increase infiltration of rain water in the subsoil which has decreased
drastically in urban areas due to paving of open area
To improve ground water quality by dilution.
To increase agriculture production.
To improve ecology of the area by increase in vegetation cover, etc.
ADVANTAGES:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Cost of recharge to sub-surface reservoir is lower than surface reservoirs.
The aquifer serves as distribution system also.
No land is wasted for storage purpose and no population displacement is
involved.
(4) Ground water is not directly exposed to evaporation and pollution.
(5) Storing water underground is environment friendly.
(6) It increases the productivity of aquifer.
(7) It reduces flood hazards.
(8) Effects rise in ground water levels.
(9) Mitigates the effects of drought.
(10) Reduces soil erosion.
150.
METHODS:
The methods of ground water recharge mainly are:
(1) Urban Areas - Roof Top Rain Water /Storm runoff harvesting through
(a) Recharge Pit
(b) Recharge Trench
(c) Tube well
(d) Recharge Well
(2) Rural Areas - Rain Water Harvesting through
218
(a) Gully Plug
(b) Contour Bund
(c) Gabion Structure
(d) Percolation tank
(e) Check Dam/ Cement Plug/ Nala Bund
(f) Recharge shaft
(g) Dug well Recharge
(h) Ground Water Dams/Subsurface Dyke
151.
TECHNIQUES:
(1)URBAN AREAS
In urban areas, rain water available from roof tops of buildings, paved
and unpaved areas goes waste. This water can be recharged to aquifer and
can be utilized gainfully at the time of need. The rain water harvesting
system needs to be designed in a way that it does not occupy large space
for collection and recharge system. A few techniques of roof top rain water
harvesting in urban areas are described below.
(a) ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH RECHARGE PIT
(i) In alluvial areas where permeable rocks are exposed on the land
surface or at very shallow depth, roof top rain water harvesting can
be done through recharge pits.
(ii) The technique is suitable for buildings having a roof area of 100 sq. m
and are constructed for recharging the shallow aquifers.
(iii) Recharge Pits may be of any shape and size and are generally
constructed 1 to 2m wide and 2 to 3m deep which are back filled with
boulders (5-20 cm), gravels (5-10mm) and coarse sand (1.5-2mm) in
graded form. Boulders at the bottom, gravels in between and coarse
sand at the top so that the silt content that will come with runoff will be
deposited on the top of the coarse sand layer and can easily be
removed. For smaller roof area, pit may be filled with broken bricks/
cobbles.
(iv) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid
waste / debris is prevented from entering the pit and a de-silting
/collection chamber may also be provided at the ground to arrest the
flow of finer particles to the recharge pit.
(v) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the
recharge rate.
(vi) By-pass arrangement has to be provided before the collection chamber
to reject the first showers.
219
(b)ROOF TOP
TRENCH
RAIN
WATER
HARVESTING
THROUGH
RECHARGE
(i) Recharge trenches are suitable for buildings having roof area of
200-300 sq. m. and where permeable strata are available at shallow
depths.
(ii) Trench may be 0.5 to 1 m wide, 1 to 1.5m deep and 10 to 20m long
depending upon the availability of water to recharge.
(iii) These are back filled with boulders (5-20cm), gravel (5-10mm)
and coarse sand (1.5-2mm) in graded form – boulders at the
bottom, gravel in between and coarse sand at the top so that the
silt content that will come with runoff will be coarse sand at the top
of the sand layer and can easily be removed.
(iv) A mesh should be provided at the roof so that leaves or any other solid
waste/debris is prevented from entering the trenches and a desilting/collection chamber may also be provided on ground to arrest
the flow of finer particles to the trench.
(v) By-pass arrangement be provided before the collection chamber to
reject the first showers.
(vi) The top layer of sand should be cleaned periodically to maintain the
recharge rate.
220
(c) ROOF TOP RAIN
TUBEWELLS
WATER
HARVESTING
THROUGH
EXISTING
(i) In areas where the shallow aquifers have dried up and existing
tube wells are tapping deeper aquifer, roof to rain water harvesting
through existing tube well can be adopted to recharge the deeper
aquifers.
(ii) PVC pipes of 10cm dia are connected to roof drains to collect
rainwater. The first roof runoff is let off through the bottom of
drainpipe. After closing the bottom pipe, the rainwater of
subsequent rain showers is taken through a T to an online PVC
filter. The filter may be provided before water enters the tube wells.
The filter is 1–1.2m in length and is made up of PVC pipe. It’s
diameter should vary depending on the area of roof, 15cm if roof
area is less than 150sq m and 20cm if the roof area is more. The
filter is provided with a reducer of 6.25cm on both the sides. Filter
is divided into three chambers by PVC screens so that filter material
is not mixed up. The first chamber is filled up with gravel (610mm), middle chamber with pebbles (12-20mm) and last chamber
with bigger pebbles (20-40mm).
(iii) If the roof area is more, a filter pit may be provided. Rainwater
from roofs is taken to collection/de-silting chambers located on
ground. These collection chambers are interconnected as well as
connected to the filter pit through pipes having a slope of 1:15.
The filter pit may vary in shape and size depending upon
available runoff and are back-filled with graded material, boulder at
the bottom, gravel in the middle and sand at the top with varying
221
thickness (0.30-0.50m) and may be separated by screen. The pit is
divided into two chambers, filter material in one chamber and other
chamber is kept empty to accommodate excess filtered water and
to monitor the quality of filtered water. A connecting pipe with
recharge well is provided at the bottom of the pit for recharging of
filtered water through well.
(d)ROOF TOP RAIN WATER HARVESTING THROUGH TRENCH WITH
RECHARGE WELL
(i)
In areas where the surface soil is impervious and large quantities
of roof water or surface runoff is available within a very short
period of heavy rainfall, the use of trench/ pits is made to store
222
the water in a filter media and subsequently recharge to ground
water through specially constructed recharge wells.
(ii)
This technique is ideally suited for area where permeable horizon
is within 3m below ground level.
(iii)
Recharge well of 100-300 diameter is constructed to a depth of at
least 3 to 5m below the water level. Based on the lithology of the
area well assembly is designed with slotted pipe against the
shallow and deeper aquifer.
(iv)
A lateral trench of 1.5 to 3m width and 10 to 30m length,
depending upon the availability of water is constructed with the
recharge well in the centre.
(v)
The number of recharge wells in the trench can be decided on
the basis of water availability and local vertical permeability of the
rocks.
(vi)
The trench is backfilled with boulders, gravels and coarse sand to
act as a filter media for the recharge wells.
(vii) If the aquifer is available at greater depth say more than 20m, a
shallow shaft of 2 to 5m diameter and 3-5m deep may be
constructed depending upon availability of runoff. Inside the shaft
a recharge well of 100-300mm dia is constructed for recharging
the available water to the deeper aquifers. At the bottom of the
shaft a filter media is provided to avoid choking of recharge
well.
152.
Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all commercial, public
buildings and new buildings on plots of 300sq.m and above:
(1) It is mandatory to construct
Rain Water Harvesting Structures in all
commercial, public buildings and new buildings on plots of 300sq.m and above.
Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid
223
categories shall only be given if they have a provision in the building design
itself for Rain Water Harvesting Structures.
(2) The applicant shall submit the Building Application duly paying necessary fee
and charges along with the documents as prescribed. The detailed site plan and
the location plan shall show the details of rain water harvesting structures
proposed in the site and also submit the detailed cross sections of the rain
water harvesting structures.
(3) The applicant shall submit an undertaking that he shall construct the said
structures before applying for the Occupancy Certificate and shall continuously
maintain the structures for the purpose for which they are meant.
(4) On submission of the Completion Certificate submitted by the applicant for issue
of the Occupancy Certificate, the Commissioner/Person authorized for this
purpose shall inspect the site to check the construction of Rain Water
Harvesting Structures as per the sanctioned Building Plans.
(5) The indicative provisions for rainwater harvesting by building types shall be as
given in the Table below.
224
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
3
4
5
6
TABLE – 35
PROVISIONS FOR RAINWATER HARVESTING BY BUILDING TYPES
Category/Us
Area of the
Provisions to be made
Other conditions
e
Plot (sq. m)
(B)
(C)
(D)
(E)
Residential Plotted Houses
New Proposals 200 and
Construction of Rain Water
Shall have emphasis on
above
Harvesting Structure.
both storage and reuse.
Group Housing
New Proposals All Plot Sizes
(i) Construction of Rain Water Should
indicate
the
Harvesting Structure.
system of Storm Water
(ii) Concrete
paving
to
be Drainage,
Rain
Water
avoided
and
permeable Harvesting Structure and
materials are to be used for Recharging well.
all open parking spaces.
Public and Semi Public Buildings
All Proposals
All Plot Sizes
(i) Construction of Rain Water Shall have emphasis on
Harvesting Structure and both storage and reuse.
storage.
(ii) Shall have Recharge Pits.
Commercial/Mixed Use
All Proposals
All Plot Sizes
Industrial
All Proposals
Other
Proposals
(i) Construction of Rain Water
Harvesting Structure.
(ii) Soft landscape provisions
and
open
spaces
with
percolation pits.
(iii) Common treatment plant to
be made part of the
integrated development.
(i) Shall have emphasis on
both
storage
and
reuse.
(ii) Should indicate the
system of Storm Water
Drainage, Rain Water
Harvesting
Structure
and Recharging well.
All Plot Sizes
(i) Construction of Rain Water
Harvesting Structure.
(ii) Soft landscape provisions
and
open
spaces
with
percolation pits.
(iii)
Use of abandoned bore
well for recharging of ground
water.
(iv)
Common
treatment
plant to be made part of the
integrated development.
All Plot Sizes
Similar as above
(i) Should
indicate
the
system of Storm Water
Drainage, Rain Water
Harvesting
Structure
and Recharging well.
(ii) Provision should be
made not to inject
contaminate water into
recharge structures in
industrial areas and
care is to be taken to
keep such structures
away from sewer lines,
septic tanks, soak pits,
land fill and other
sources
of
contamination.
Similar as above
Note: The number of recharge bores to be provided in different plot sizes shall be accordance with the
Environmental Conditions for building and construction vide Tables 37, 38 and 39.
225
153.
Payment of fees in case of Rain Water Harvesting Structures:
Necessary fees or charges shall be paid as levied for construction of Rain Water
Harvesting Structures along with the Building Application.
154.
Security Deposit:
(1) The applicant shall deposit an amount as prescribed towards the construction
of rain water harvesting structures along with the Building Application which is
refundable on successful construction of the rain water harvesting structure
and submission of detailed photographs and a certificate to that extent while
applying for Occupancy Certificate.
(2) In case of failure in construction of rain water harvesting structures the
security deposit shall be forfeited and the ULB shall construct the rain water
harvesting structures in the said premises duly utilizing the security deposit.
155.
Penalty in case of failure in construction of Rain Water Harvesting Structures
by the Owners:
In case of failure in construction of the rain water harvesting structures by the
applicant, the ULB shall levy a penalty equivalent to additional 10% of Property
Tax till the rain water harvesting structures are constructed and maintained.
*******
226
CHAPTER-XI - 2
SOLAR ENERGY SYSTEMS IN BUILDINGS
156.
Applicability:
(1) In case of new buildings proposed for construction with plot area more than
1000sq.m and all public buildings, the Solar Roof Top Systems shall be
installed.
(2) It is compulsory to install Solar Photo Voltaic Panels for the required lighting
in the common areas in the following categories.
(i) Banquet Halls, Function halls, Kalyanamandapams and buildings intended
for similar use.
(ii) Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.
(iii) Functional Buildings of Railway Stations and Air Ports like waiting rooms,
retiring rooms, rest rooms, and inspection bungalows and catering units.
(iv) Government/Semi-Government and Institutional buildings.
(v) Hospitals and Nursing Homes.
(vi) Hostels of Schools, Colleges and Training Centers with more than 100
Students.
(vii) Hotels, Lodges, and Guest Houses, Group Housing with the plot area of
3000 sq. m.
(3) It is mandatory to use the Solar Water Heating System in all the buildings
stated above and also in case of all other buildings having plot area more
than 1000sq.m and all public buildings.
157.
Types of Solar Energy Systems for Buildings:
(1)
Installation of Solar Photo Voltaic Panels:
(a) Solar Photo Voltaic (SPV) systems are direct energy conversion
systems that convert solar radiation into electric energy.
(b) SPV systems should be installed to reduce use of conventional sources
of energy.
(c) Roof tops of buildings as well as other exposed areas such as of
parking shades should be utilized for installation of SPV systems.
(2)
Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems
Hot water requirement in buildings may be met through use of various
types of solar water heating systems, viz. flat plate collector: single
glazed; double glazed; evacuated tube collectors; and Water heating with
solar concentrators.
158.
Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power
plant to be installed:
227
TABLE – 36
Area norm for Roof Top and Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic Power plant
S.
No.
Category of buildings/Plot area
(A)
(B)
1
All residential buildings having plot area of
more than 1000 sq.mts.
2
3
4
5
All private Educational Institutions, Schools,
Colleges, Hostels, Technical / Vocational
Education Institutes, Universities etc. having
connected load of 30 Kilo Watt (KW) and
above.
All Government Buildings and Offices,
Government Colleges, District Institute of
Education and Training (DIET), Government
Educational Institutions, Universities etc.
having connected load of 30 Kilo Watt (KW)
and above.
All private Hospitals and Nursing Homes,
Industrial
Establishments,
commercial
Establishments, Malls, Hotels, Banquet Halls
and Tourism complexes having connected
load.
(i) of 50 Kilo Watt (KW) to 1000 Kilo Watt
(KW).
(ii) above 1000 Kilo Watt (KW).
Al new housing complexes, developed by
Group Housing Societies, Builders, Housing
Boards, on a plot size of:
(i) 0.75 Acre to 1.0 Acre
(ii) More than 1.0 Acre to 2.0 Acre
(iii) More than2.0 Acres to 5.0 Acres
(iv) More than 5.0 Acres.
Area norm for Roof Top and
Capacity of Solar Photo voltaic
Power plant to be installed*
(C)
Minimum 12sq.m area on roof
Minimum1 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or 5%
of connected load whichever is higher.
Minimum 60sq.m area on roof
Minimum 5 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or
5% of connected load whichever is
higher.
Minimum 25sq.m area on roof
Minimum 2 Kilo Watt peak (KWp) or
5% of connected load whichever is
higher.
Minimum 120sq.m on roof
(i) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
or 5% of connected load whichever
is higher.
Minimum 600sq.m on roof
(ii) Minimum 50 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
or 5% of connected load whichever
is higher.
Minimum120sq.m on roof area to
480sq.m depending on the KWp
(i) Minimum 10 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(ii) Minimum 20 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(iii) Minimum 30 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
(iv) Minimum 40 Kilo Watt peak (KWp)
The area requirement on roof top has been calculated @12sq.mper 1 KWp as suggested by
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy.
159.
Guidelines for installation of Solar Water Heating Systems:
In order to facilitate the installation of the solar water heating systems, the
buildings shall have the following provisions:
(1)
The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the building of
different categories shall be decided in consultation with the NREDCAP [New
228
and Renewable Energy Development Corporation of A.P. Ltd] or as per the
guidelines issued by NREDCAP from time to time.
(2)
The capacity of the solar water heating system to be installed on the
building shall be described on the basis of the average occupancy of the
building. The recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than
25litres per day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the condition that
maximum of 50% of the total roof area is provided with the system.
(3)
Specifications: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall
conform to BIS specification IS 12933 or the latest BIS specification. The
solar collectors used in the system shall have the BIS certification mark.
(4)
Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary
heating arrangement either with electric elements or oil of adequate
capacity can be provided.
(5)
All such buildings where solar water heating systems are to be installed will
have open sunny roof area available for installation of solar water heating
system.
(6)
The roof loading adopted in the design of such building should be at least 50
kg per sq. m. for the installation of solar water heating system.
(7)
The building must have a provision for continuous water supply to the solar
water heating system.
(8)
A solar water heating system should be integrated with the building
design. These should either be put on the parapet or could be integrated
with the south facing vertical wall of the building.
(9)
The best inclination of the collector for regular use throughout the year is
equal to the local latitude of the place. The Collectors should be facing
south-west. However, for only winter use the optimum inclination of the
Collector would be (Latitude +15 degrees of the south).
(10) Even if the Collectors are built in south facing vertical wall of building the
output from such Collectors during winter month is expected to be
within 32% output from the optimum inclined Collector.
(11) All the new buildings to be constructed shall have an installed hot water
line from the roof top and insulated distribution pipelines to each of the
points where hot water is required in the building.
(12) All new buildings must complete installation of solar roof top systems before
obtaining the Occupancy Certificate from the ULB.
160.
Procedure for Obtaining Building Permission for all buildings having a
plot area more than 1000sq.m. and all public buildings:
(1) In order to obtain Building Permission for any building having plot area more
than 1000sq.m and in all public buildings, after obtaining the necessary
technical clearance from the NREDCAP the application shall be submitted to
the ULB in the prescribed form duly incorporating the solar roof top system in
the plans along with the details as given in the Rules.
(2) Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the aforesaid
categories shall only be given if they have a provision in the building design
itself for an insulated pipeline from the rooftop in the building to various di
stribution points where hot water is required.
229
(3) NREDCAP Department shall act as a Nodal Agency. The Nodal Agency and/or
designated offices by the Nodal Agency shall be responsible for the following
activities:
(a) To guide the applicant to install the appropriate Solar Roof Top System
depending on the size and usage of the buildings on gross or net meter
basis.
(b) To facilitate and process the proposals for availing subsidy if any for solar
roof top systems as per MNRE guidelines.
(c) To develop an online system for acceptance and clearance of applications
and for providing status updates.
161.
Payment of fees in case of Solar Power Roof Top Systems:
No fees or charges shall be levied for installation of Solar Power Roof Top
Systems.
162.
Security Deposit:
(1) The applicant shall deposit an amount as prescribed by the ULB/NREDCAP
towards the full value of the construction Solar Power Roof Top Systems along
with the Building Application which is refundable on successful construction of
the Solar Power Roof Top Systems and submission of detailed photographs
and a certificate to that extent while applying for Occupancy Certificate.
(2) In case of failure in construction of Solar Power Roof Top Systems before
obtaining the Occupancy Certificate the security deposit shall be forfeited.
163.
Penalty in case of failure in construction of Solar Power Roof Top
Systems:
In case of failure in construction of the Solar Power Roof Top Systems by the
applicant, a penalty equivalent to additional 10% of Property Tax shall be levied
by the ULB till the Solar Power Roof Top Systems are constructed and
maintained.
*********
230
CHAPTER-XI -3
CLIMATE RESILIENT CONSTRUCTION:
INTEGRATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE WITH SANCTION
164.
General:
Land, Air, Noise, Water, Energy, Biological/Socio-Economic/Solid/Other Waste
Management are the main facets considered in relation to Pre, During and Post
Building Construction for Sustainable Environment Management. The building
construction sector is a major contributor towards carbon footprints which affects
climate change. It is necessary for the building process to ensure compliance to
various conditions laid down by the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate
Change, Government of India.
165.
Environmental Conditions for Compliance During Building Approvals:
(1) The Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change has decided to
integrate the environmental concerns into building plan approval process and
empowering the concerned ULB/Development Authority/any other body
authorized to sanction building plans, to approve and certify compliance of
stipulated requirements.
(2) The new building construction proposals are classified in the following 3
categories:Category
Built Up Area (sq. m)
A
5000 –
20000
B
20000 –
C
50000 – 150000
50000
(3) The ULB/Development Authority/any other body authorized to sanction
building plans shall approve the building plans by ensuring the stipulated
conditions in
Table 37 (for above 5,000 sq. m and up to 20,000 sq. m),
Table 38 (for above 20,000 sq. m and up to 50,000 sq. m) and
Table 39 (for above 50,000 sq. m and up to 1,50,000 sq. m).
14
231
TABLE – 37
Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction
(Category “A”: 5000 sq. m - 20000 sq. m)
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
Medium
Environmental Condition
Reference Clause
(B)
Natural
Drainage
(C)
The inlet and outlet point of
natural drain system should be
maintained with adequate size
of
channel
for
ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
Water
ConservationsRain Water
Harvesting
and
Ground Water
Recharge
(a) A rain water harvesting plan
needs to be designed where
the
recharge
bores
(minimum one per 5000 sq.
m of built-up area) shall be
provided.
(b) The rain water harvested
should be stored in a tank
for reuse
in household
through
a
provision
of
separate water tank and
pipeline to avoid mixing with
potable
municipal
water
supply.
(c) The
excess
rain
water
harvested be linked to the
tube well bore in the
premise through a pipeline
after
filtration
in
the
installed filters.
See Chapter on Rain Water
Harvesting Structures
and
Table – 35
Provisions
for
Rainwater
Harvesting by Building Types
The unpaved area shall be more
than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
142. Provisions for City and
Site level greening:
(1) Greening
(d) The unpaved area shall be
more than or equal to 20% of
the recreational open spaces.
2
(a)
(D)
3
Solid Waste
Management
Separate wet and dry bins must
be provided at the ground level
for facilitating segregation of
waste.
143.
Sustainable
Waste
Management:
(4) (b) Separate wet and dry
bins must be provided at the
ground level.
4
Energy
In common areas, LED/ solar
lights must be provided.
141. Provisions for Sanction
of Building Application:
(3) (c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar Energy/LED
devices.
5
Air Quality and
Noise
Dust,
smoke
and
debris
prevention measures such as
screens, barricading shall be
232
5
(a)
6
6
(a)
Green Cover
installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin
sheet covers must be used for
trucks bringing in sand and
material at the site.
The exhaust pipe of the DG set,
if installed, must be minimum
10m away from the building. In
case it is less than 10m away,
the exhaust pipe shall be taken
up to 3m above the building.
A minimum of 1 tree for every
80 sq. m of land shall be
planted and maintained. The
existing trees will be counted for
this purpose. Preference should
be given to planting native
species.
Where the trees need to be cut,
compensatory plantation in the
ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3
trees for every 1 tree that is
cut) shall be done with the
obligation to provide continued
maintenance
for
such
plantations.
233
142. Provisions for City and
Site level greening
(1) Greening
(a) Provision of minimum 1
tree/every 80sqmt of plot area for
plot sizes >100sqmt and planted
within the setback of the plot.
142. Provisions for City and
Site level greening
(1) Greening
(b) Compensatory Plantation for
felled/transplanted tress in the
ratio 1:3 within the premises
under consideration
TABLE - 38
Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction
(Category “B”: 20000 sq. m - 50000 sq. m)
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
Medium
(B)
Natural
Drainage
Water
ConservationsRain Water
Harvesting and
Ground water
Recharge
2
(a)
Environmental Condition
(C)
The inlet and outlet point of
natural drain system should be
maintained with adequate size of
channel for ensuring unrestricted
flow of water.
A rain water harvesting plan needs
to be designed where the recharge
bores (minimum one per 5000 sq.
m of built-up area) shall be
provided.
The
rain
water
harvested should be stored in a
tank for reuse in household
through a provision of separate
water tank and pipeline to avoid
mixing with potable municipal
water supply. The excess rain
water harvested be linked to the
tube well bore in the premise
through a pipeline after filtration
in the installed filters.
The unpaved area shall be more
than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
Reference Clause
(D)
---
See Chapter on Rain Water
Harvesting Structures
and
Table – 35
Provisions
for
Rainwater
Harvesting by Building Types
142. Provisions for City and
Site level greening:
(1) Greening
(d) The unpaved area shall be
more than or equal to 20% of the
recreational open spaces.
3
Solid Waste
Management
Separate wet and dry bins must
be provided at the ground level for
facilitating segregation of waste.
143.
Sustainable
Waste
Management:
(4) (b) Separate wet and dry bins
must be provided at the ground
level.
4
Energy
In common areas, LED/
lights must be provided.
141. Provisions for Sanction of
Building Application:
(3) (c) Lighting of common areas
by Solar Energy/LED devices.
141. Provisions for Sanction of
Building Application
(2) Solar Energy Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar Photovoltaic
Panels.
4
(a)
solar
At least 1% of connected applied
load generated from renewable
energy
source
such
as
photovoltaic cells or wind mills or
hybrid should be provided.
234
4
(b)
As per the provisions of the
Ministry of New and Renewable
energy solar water heater of
minimum capacity 10 litres/4
persons (2.5 litres per capita)
shall be installed.
159. Guidelines for installation
of Solar Water Heating Systems
(2) The recommended minimum
capacity shall not be less than
25litres per day for each bathroom
and kitchen subject to the condition
that maximum of 50% of the total
roof area is provided with the
system.
4
(c)
Use of flyash bricks: Fly ash
should be used as building
material in the construction as per
the provisions of Fly Ash
Notification of September, 1999
and as amended from time to
time
144. Sustainability of Building
Materials
(3)(b) Fly Ash bricks, Portland
Pozzolana cement, Fly ash concrete,
phosphor-gypsum based walling &
roofing panels, particle wood –
recycled
use
of
industrial/
agricultural by-products.
5
Air Quality and
Noise
5
(a)
6
6
(a)
Green Cover
Dust,
smoke
and
debris
prevention measures such as
screens, barricading shall be
installed at the site during
construction.
Plastic/
tarpaulin
sheet covers must be used for
trucks bringing in sand and
material at the site.
The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if
installed, must be minimum 10m
away from the building. In case it
is less than 10m away, the
exhaust pipe shall be taken up to
3m above the building.
A minimum of 1 tree for every 80
sq. m of land shall be planted and
maintained. The existing trees will
be counted for this purpose.
Preference should be given to
planting native species.
Where the trees need to be cut,
compensatory plantation in the
ratio of 1:3 (i.e. planting of 3
trees for every 1 tree that is cut)
shall be done with the obligation
to provide continued maintenance
for such plantations.
---
---
142. Provisions for City and Site
level greening
(1) Greening
(a) Provision of minimum 1
tree/every 80sqmt of plot area for
plot sizes >100sqmt and planted
within the setback of the plot.
142. Provisions for City and Site
level greening
(1) Greening
(b) Compensatory Plantation for
felled/transplanted tress in the
ratio 1:3 within the premises under
consideration.
TABLE - 39
Environmental Conditions for Building and Construction
(Category “C”: 50000 sq. m - 150000 sq. m)
235
S.
No.
(A)
1
Medium
Environmental Condition
Reference Clause
(B)
Natural
Drainage
(C)
The inlet and outlet point of natural
drain system should be maintained with
adequate size of channel for ensuring
unrestricted flow of water.
Water
ConservationsRain Water
Harvesting and
Ground water
Recharge
A rain water harvesting plan needs to
be designed where the recharge bores
(minimum one per 5000 sq. m of builtup area) shall be provided. The rain
water harvested should be stored in a
tank for reuse in household through a
provision of separate water tank and
pipeline to avoid mixing with potable
municipal water supply. The excess rain
water harvested be linked to the tube
well bore in the premise through a
pipeline after filtration in the installed
filters.
See Chapter on Rain
Water Harvesting
Structures
and
Table – 35
Provisions for Rainwater
Harvesting by Building
Types
2 (a)
The unpaved area shall be more than or
equal to 20% of the recreational open
spaces.
142. Provisions for City
and Site level greening:
(1) Greening
(d) The unpaved area shall
be more than or equal to
20% of the recreational
open spaces.
2 (b)
The ground water shall not be
withdrawn without approval from the
competent authority.
2
2 (c)
2 (d)
3
3(a)
Solid Waste
Management
---
---
Use of potable water in construction
should be minimized.
---
Low flow fixtures and sensors must be
used to promote water conservation.
---
Separation of grey and black water
should be done by the use of dual
plumbing system.
2 (e)
(D)
Separate wet and dry bins must be
provided at the ground level for
facilitating segregation of waste.
All non-degradable waste shall be
handed over to authorized recyclers for
which a written tie-up must be done
236
--143. Sustainable Waste
Management:
(4) (b) Separate wet and
dry bins must be provided
at the ground level.
---
3(b)
4
Energy
with the authorized recyclers.
Organic waste composter/ vermiculture
pit with a minimum capacity
of 0.3 Kg/tenement/day must be
installed wherein the STP sludge may be
used to be converted to manure which
could be used at the site or handed over
to authorized recyclers for which a
written tie-up must be done with the
authorized recyclers.
In common areas, LED/ solar lights
must be provided.
---
141.
Provisions
for
Sanction of Building
Application:
(3)
(c)
Lighting
of
common areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices.
4 (a)
At least 1% of connected applied load
generated from
renewable energy
source such as photovoltaic cells or
wind mills or hybrid should be provided.
141.
Provisions
for
Sanction
of
Building
Application
(2)
Solar
Energy
Utilization
(a) Installation of Solar
Photovoltaic Panels.
4 (b)
As per the provisions of the Ministry of
New and Renewable energy solar water
heater
of
minimum
capacity
10
litres/4Persons (2.5 litres per capita)
shall be installed.
159.
Guidelines
for
installation
of
Solar
Water Heating Systems
(2)
The
recommended
minimum capacity shall not
be less than 25litres per
day for each bathroom and
kitchen subject to the
condition that maximum of
50% of the total roof area
is
provided
with
the
system.
4 (c)
Use of fly ash bricks: Fly ash should be
used as building material in the
construction as per the provisions of Fly
Ash Notification of September, 1999 and
as amended from time to time.
4 (d)
Use of concept of passive solar design of
buildings using architectural design
approaches
that
minimize
energy
consumption in buildings by integrating
conventional energy-efficient devices,
such as mechanical and electric pumps,
237
144. Sustainability of
Building Materials
(3)(b) Fly Ash bricks,
Portland Pozzolana cement,
Fly ash concrete, phosphorgypsum based walling &
roofing panels, particle
wood – recycled use of
industrial/ agricultural byproducts.
141. Provisions for
Sanction of
Building
Application
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy
4 (e)
5
Air Quality and
Noise
5 (a)
6
6 (a)
Green Cover
fans,
lighting
fixtures
and
other
equipment, with the passive design
elements, such as building orientation,
landscaping, efficient building envelope,
appropriate fenestration, increased day
lighting design and thermal mass.
Consumption
Lighting Fixtures
(Electrical
Appliances – BEE
Star and Energy
Efficient Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in
HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
Optimize use of energy systems in
buildings that should maintain a specific
indoor environment conducive to the
functional requirements of the building
by following mandatory compliance
measures (for all applicable buildings)
as
recommended
in
the
Energy
Conservation Building Code (ECBC)
2007 of the Bureau of Energy Efficiency,
Government of India.
141. Provisions for
Sanction of
Building
Application
(3) Energy Efficiency
(a) Low Energy
Consumption
Lighting Fixtures
(Electrical
Appliances – BEE
Star and Energy
Efficient Appliances)
(b) Energy Efficiency in
HVAC systems
(c) Lighting of common
areas by Solar
Energy/LED devices
Dust, smoke and debris prevention
measures such as screens, barricading
shall be installed at the site during
construction. Plastic/ tarpaulin sheet
covers must be used for trucks bringing
in sand and material at the site.
The exhaust pipe of the DG set, if
installed, must be minimum 10m away
from the building. In case it is less than
10m away, the exhaust pipe shall be
taken up to 3m above the building.
A minimum of 1 tree for every 80 sq. m
of land shall be planted and maintained.
The existing trees will be counted for
this purpose. Preference should be
given to planting native species.
Where the trees need to be cut,
compensatory plantation in the ratio of
1:3 (i.e. planting of 3 trees for every 1
tree that is cut) shall be done with the
obligation
to
provide
continued
maintenance for such plantations.
238
---
---
142. Provisions for City
and
Site
level
greening
(1) Greening
(a) Provision of minimum 1
tree/every 80sqmt of plot
area
for
plot
sizes
>100sqmt
and planted
within the setback of the
plot.
142. Provisions for City
and
Site
level
greening
(1) Greening
(b)
Compensatory
Plantation
for
felled/transplanted tress in
the ratio 1:3 within the
premises
under
consideration.
7
Sewage
Treatment Plant
8
Environment
Management
Plan
Sewage treatment plant with capacity of
treating 100% waste water shall be
installed. Treated water must be
recycled for gardening and flushing.
The environment infrastructure like
Sewage Treatment Plant, Landscaping,
Rain Water Harvesting, Power backup
for
Infrastructure,
Environment
Monitoring, Solid Waste Management
and Solar and Energy conservation
should be kept operational through
Environment Monitoring Committee with
defined functions and responsibility.
239
---
CHAPTER – XII
TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS
166.
Transferable Development Rights (TDR)
An award specifying the built up area an owner of a site or plot can sell or dispose
or utilize elsewhere, whose site or plot is required to be set apart or affected for a
community amenity or development for public purpose in the Master Plan or in
road widening or covered in recreational use zone etc. The award would be in the
form of a TDR Certificate issued by the Competent Authority.
167.
Concession in Road Widening Cases
(1) Where any land or site or premises for building is affected in the Statutory
Plan/Master Plan Road or Circulation network or a road required to be widened
as per Road Development Plan, such area so affected shall be surrendered
free of cost to the Sanctioning Authority by the owner of land. No development
permission shall be given unless this condition is complied with. The applicant
shall submit the undertaking for road widening in the form given below along
with the Building Application.
(2) i) Upon surrendering such affected area the owner of the site would be entitled
to a Transferable Development Rights (TDR) as given in Rule-168.
OR
ii) The owner shall be allowed to construct an extra floor with an equivalent
built area for the area surrendered subject to mandated public safety
requirements.
OR
iii) The owner shall be allowed to avail concessions in setbacks including the
front set-back (subject to ensuring a building line of 6m in respect of roads
30m and above, 3m in respect of roads 18m and below 30m and 2m in respect
of roads less than 18m and subject to ensuring minimum side and rear setback
of 2m in case of building of height up to 12m and 2.5m in case of buildings of
height above 12m and up to 15m and 3m for buildings of height above 15 and
up to 18m). In case of High Rise Buildings the concessions in setbacks, other
than the front setback would be considered subject to maintaining minimum
clear setback of 7m on the sides and rear side and such minimum setback area
shall be clear without any obstructions to facilitate movement or fire fighting
vehicles and effective firefighting operation.
OR
iv) Adjustment of Land Value towards the Building Permit Fee and Charges
(only in cases where Road widening is in progress).
OR
v) Adjustment of City Level Infrastructure Impact fee towards the value of the
land surrendered for formation of new Master Plan Roads/Link Roads.
OR
vi) All the above individual items or Combination of i), ii) and iii) only.
(3) The extent of concessions given shall be such that the total built up area after
concession shall not exceed the sum of built up area allowed (as proposed) on
240
total area without road widening and built up area equivalent to surrendered
area.
(4) In case of plots less than 750sq.m in addition to concessions in setbacks and
height, the cellar floor may be allowed in site areas above 500sq. m keeping in
view of its feasibility on ground.
(5) The above concessions shall be considered at the level of Sanctioning
Authority/Competent
Authority.
The
Sanctioning
Authority/Competent
Authority may consider any other concession as deemed fit with the prior
approval of Government.
168.
Grant of Transferable Development Rights:
(1) Transferable Development Rights” (TDR) can be awarded only when such lands
are transferred to the local body / Development Authority as the case may be
by way of registered gift deed. The award would be in the form of a TDR
Certificate issued by the Competent Authority / Sanctioning Authority.
(2) Grant of TDR can be considered by the Competent Authority / Sanctioning
Authority for the following areas subject to the owners complying with the
conditions of development above, as per the following norms:
(a) For the Master Plan Road / Road Development Plan undertaken and
developed: equivalent to 200% of built up area of such area surrendered.
(b) For conservation and development of lakes / water bodies / nalas
foreshores & Recreational buffer development with greenery, etc:
equivalent to 100% of built up area of such recreational buffer area
developed at his cost.
(c) For Heritage buildings and heritage precincts maintained with
adaptive reuse: equivalent to 100% of built up area of such site area.
(d) In larger projects of 4000 sq.mts and above site area provisions made
under Rule 167 (2) shall be applicable to the extent earmarked under roads
above minimum percentage of required 30% of site area. However, this
extent shall be restricted to the area affected in peripheral/access roads.
(3) The TDR may be arrived at on the basis of relative land value and equivalent
amount in both export and Import areas, as per the Registration Department
records. The Competent Authority shall have the discretion in the matter of
applicability of TDR. The TDR shall not be allowed in unauthorized buildings /
structures / constructions and shall be considered only after the land is vested
with the Local Authority / Development Authority. The TDR certificate issued
would be valid or utilized / disposed only within the concerned local body area
and as per guidelines and conditions prescribed.
169.
Guidelines on Transferable Development Rights:
In order to adopt uniform guidelines throughout the State the following conditions
and guidelines are prescribed.
(1) As and when the owner of the building intends to construct the building in the
remaining area of the site, he is entitled to construct the building as per the
provisions of these Building Rules. In the event the owner doesn't take up any
construction, the owner is entitled for TDR which can be used I disposed
depending on convenience.
(2) A composite Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Register shall be
maintained by the Sanctioning Authority as per the proforma given below on
the award of TDR and its sale / disposal and utilization. A responsible officer
shall be the custodian of the Register.
241
(3) At the time of sale / disposal / utilization of a particular TDR, the utilization
details of the sale / disposal need to be entered at relevant columns in the
register and that therefore the relevant file need to be referred to the
custodian of the Register for making necessary entries in the register. The
custodian is held responsible to enter relevant details in the register and also
to enter utilization details in the TDR. When TDR Certificate is sold / utilized
totally, the same shall be surrendered by the owners and the custodian shall
take possession of the Certificate and make necessary entries in the register.
As per Government Orders, TDR award is to be arrived on the basis of relevant
land value at both export and import areas as per prevailing Registration
value.
(4) TDR can either be sold or can be utilized by the same owner depending on
convenience.
(5) TDR can be allowed to be utilized for construction of one additional floor over
the normal permissible floors without insisting additional setbacks subject to
compliance of other norms.
(6) TDR shall not be applicable in larger projects i.e. in Group Development
Schemes of more than 5 Acs. in extent.
(7) Every TDR sold or disposed shall be accompanied by a prescribed agreement
on Rs.l00/ - non-judiciary stamp paper between the person disposing the TDR
and the person who intend to utilize the TDR. Draft agreement is given below.
170.
Documents to be submitted along with Application for Grant of
Transferrable Development Rights Certificate:
Application to be made by owner in the prescribed format giving the following
details:
(1) Name of the owner with clear address, contact phone number, etc.
(2) Copy of the ownership documents along with clear site plan and location plan.
(3) Site Plan showing the land surrendered, its extent, location with dimensions.
(4) Building permission Plan for the site by the urban local body.
(5) Details of Building permission granted / applied for like use or purpose of
building, number of floors permitted, all-round setbacks, floor area permitted
and utilized, parking area permitted; etc.
(6) Whether already benefit of relaxations been utilized for the site?
(7) Whether any Court case is pending against Urban Local Body?
(8) Land value of the site where TDR is to be availed (latest copy from concerned
Sub Registrar to be enclosed)
(9) TDR admissible in terms of sq. m and equivalent land value.
242
PROFORMA FOR TRANSFERABLE DEVELOPMENT RIGHTS (TDR) REGISTER
Sl.
No
1
Location of
site
surrendere
d and
Name of
the person
against to
whom TDR
issued
including
date & TDR
No.
2
Extent
of TDR
granted
(in Sq.
yds)
Name &
Address
of the
person
utilized
and
extent
utilized
B.A.No.
&
utilizatio
n
Details
3
4
5
Whether
the
property
surrendere
d is vested
with
Municipal
Corporation
/
Municipalit
y/DA or not
(details)
6
243
Expor
t
value
s as
on
the
date
of
utiliza
tion
Import
value as
on the
date of
utilizatio
n
Rate &
Balanc
e to be
utilized
Remark
s *TDR
surrend
er
details
7
8
9
10
DISPOSAL OF TDR FOR UTILISATION
Agreement between Transferor & Transferee
(To be notarised on Rs.100/- NJS paper)
Whereas ………………….. (ULB) in consideration of the provision contained in A.P. Building
Rules-2012 for award of Transferable Development Rights (TDR) Certificate for the sites
required for public purpose / implementation of Master Plan, awarded TDR certificate for
the site situated in Sy.No………………….of ………..………………………………………. (v)/ Block/ Ward
in
the
name
of………………………………………………vide
…………………………………..........
issued
on
TDR
dated……………
for
Certificate
an
extent
No.
of
…………………………………… Sq. m., after vesting the said site / property in ……………(ULB);
Whereas there is provision in Transferable Development Rights (TDR) for disposal and
utilisation
anywhere
in
………….
(ULB)
and
as
Sri……………………………………..
S/o……………………………., (Transferor) Resident of ……………………………. has offered to utilise
the TDR certificate for construction purpose at agreeable terms and conditions for the
said TDR;
I
……………………………………hereby
dispose
an
extent
of………………………
Sq.m.,
to
Sri…………………………………….. S/o………………………………..
(Transferee) duly retaining……………………………….Sq. m., with rights to utilise/ dispose at
my convenience.
Both the parties hereby agree to the terms and conditions applicable to utilisation
I disposal of TDR Certificate.
TRANSFEROR
NAME
ADDRESS
TRANSFEREE
NAME
ADDRESS
Cell No:
Cell No:
WITNESS:
1)
WITNESS:
1)
2)
2)
244
CHAPTER - XIII
PROVISIONS FOR ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTION (EWS) /
LOW INCOME GROUP (LIG) HOUSING CATEGORY
171.
In all Group Housing and Group Development Scheme Projects, whose land extent
is more than 5 acres (2.023Hectares), the Developer/Builder shall provide 10% of
the total built up area towards the EWS/LIG units (5% for EWS units and 5% for
LIG units) or 25% of the total number of units of the housing projects towards
EWS/LIG units (12.5% for EWS units and 12.5% of LIG units). The option is given
to the builder/developer to provide either 10% of the total built up area or 25% of
total number of units. Maximum plinth area of each EWS Unit is 25sq. m and
Maximum plinth area of each LIG Unit is 50sq. m.
172.
In lieu of providing EWS/LIG units, 10% of City Level Infrastructure Impact Fee
under these Rules will be exempted for the main project and total exemption to the
EWS/LIG units’ area by the concerned Local Body/Development Authority. Other
uses mentioned in the Zoning Regulations which are permissible in residential use
zone will be permitted in the ground floor to the extent of equivalent area of EWS
units only subject to fulfilling the parking, fire safety norms and also with separate
entry and exit. The entire required fee pertaining to the use proposed shall be paid
at the time of sanction of the building permission. These concessions shall apply
only for those projects where EWS/LIG units are provided in-situ within the project
site.
173.
In case of Greater Visakhapatnam Municipal Corporation/ Vijayawada Municipal
Corporation areas, 10% of the total built up area or 25% of the total number of
units towards EWS/LIG units, shall be provided within the site or within the radius
of 10km of the project site, or within 5km from the nearest aerial route boundary
of the municipal limits subject to fulfillment of these Rules, with regard to minimum
width of access road and other parameters.
174.
In case of other Urban Local Bodies, 10% of the total built up area or 25% of the
total number of units towards EWS/LIG units, shall be provided within the site or
within the radius of 5km of the project site, or within 5kms from the nearest aerial
route boundary of the municipal limits subject to fulfillment of these Rules, with
regard to minimum width of access road and other parameters.
175.
The developer/builder is given option for procurement of EWS/LIG Units from the
Housing projects being developed by Andhra Pradesh Housing Board with all civic
amenities within 5km from the nearest boundary of the Municipal limits or within
the radius of 10km from the project site in case of Greater Visakhapatnam
Municipal Corporation and Vijayawada Municipal Corporation and 5km from the
project site in case of other Urban Local Bodies and to dispose the same to eligible
EWS/LIG Categories.
176.
In case of Gram Panchayat areas falling in Development Authority areas and in
sanctioned Master Plans, EWS/LIG units are to be provided in-situ only.
177.
Two or more builders may be allowed to provide (with respect to proportionate
area of the main projects) the specified number of EWS/LIG units as prescribed
with all civic amenities but the occupancy for the main projects will be released
only after completion of the EWS/LIG projects. Separate undertakings shall be
obtained from the builders concerned by the Local Body.
245
178.
In case of Group Housing/Group Development Schemes whose land extent is more
than 3000sq. m and up to 5.00 Acres shelter fee shall be collected as follows:(1) The following shelter fee to be levied
TABLE – 40
SHELTER FEE
S.
No.
(A)
1
2
3
4
Area
(B)
GVMC; VMC; GMC
Other Municipal Corporations
Selection Grade & Special Grade Municipalities
a) Other Municipalities
b) Gram Panchayats falling in Development
Authorities
c) Gram Panchayats falling in areas notified under
APTP Act, 1920
Rate per Sq. m
(Rs)
(C)
1500
1200
1000
800
(2) The shelter fee shall be collected for 20% of total site area of the project.
(3) The shelter fee collected shall be utilized for development of EWS/LIG housing
under any other Urban Housing Scheme meant for EWS categories or for
undertaking civic amenities in slums and weaker section colonies only, for
which a separate account shall be maintained by the local body/Development
Authority.
The
shelter
fee
can
also
be
utilized
for
redevelopment/improvement/rehabilitation of slums under Slum Development
programme as local body share.
(4) In the sites above 5 acres it is optional to the developers to pay shelter fee as
above in lieu of providing EWS and LIG houses.
179.
The projects below 3000Sq.m are exempted from reservation of built up
area/number of units for Economically Weaker Section/Low Income Group as well
as payment of shelter fee.
180.
With regard to identification of beneficiaries and procedure for disposal of EWS/LIG
units by builder/developer/public or private Agencies, separate guidelines will be
issued by the Government.
*******
246
ANNEXURE – 1
COMPETENCE OF LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
Every building/development work for which permission is sought under
these rules shall be planned, designed and supervised by the registered
professionals for carrying out various activities as given below. The
qualifications, competence and procedure for licensing of the technical
personnel to carryout different jobs for building permit and supervision
for the purpose of licensing by the Authority shall be as given in the
following paras:
1. ARCHITECT:
The qualifications for licensing of Architect will be the Associate Membership
of the Indian Institute of Architects or such Degree or Diploma which makes
him eligible for such membership or such qualifications listed in Schedule
XIV of Architects Act, 1972 and shall be registered under the Council of
Architecture as per Architects Act, 1972.
The licensed architect shall be competent to carryout work related to
Building Permission, as given below and shall be entitled to submit.
(a)
All Plans and related information connected with building permission.
(b)
Structural details and calculations of building on plot up to 500sq.m
and up to 3 Storeys or 13m Height.
(c)
Certificate of Supervision and completion for all buildings.
2. ENGINEER:
The qualifications for licensing of Engineer will be the corporate membership
(civil) of the Institution of Engineers or such Degree or Diploma in Civil or
Structural Engineering which make him eligible for such memberships.
The Licensed Engineer shall be competent to carry out the work related to
building permission as given below shall be entitled to submit.
(a) All plans and related information connected with building permit.
(b) Structural details and calculations for building on plot up to 500sq.m and
up to 5 storeys or 18m Height.
(c) Certificate of Supervision and completion for all buildings.
(d) Sanitary / water supply works for all type of buildings and
(e) All Layout Plans.
3. STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
Structural Engineers shall be competent to submit the structural details and
calculations for all building and supervision.
In the case of complicate buildings and sophisticated structures, as decided
by the Authority which are within the horizontal areas and vertical limits and
shall be designed only by Structural Engineers.
4. SUPERVISOR:
The qualifications for licensing of Supervisor will be:
(a) Three years of Architectural Assistantship or Intermediate in
Architecture with two years of experience. or
(b) Diploma in Civil Engineering with two years of experience. or
(c) Draftsman in Civil Engineering from I.T.I. with five year of experience
under Architect / Engineer.
247
The Supervisor shall be competent to submit
(a) All plans and related information connected with building permit on plots
up to 300sq. m and buildings up to stilt +10m height.
(b) Certificate of Supervision of Buildings on plots up 300sq. m and
buildings up to stilt +10m height.
5. TOWN PLANNER:
The Licensed Town Planner shall be entitled to submit
(a) All Plans or related information connected with development permission
of all areas; and
(b) Certificate of Supervision for development of land of all areas.
6. DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF LICENSED
TECHNICAL
PERSONNEL:
(a) It will be incumbent on every Licensed Technical Personnel, in all
matters in which he/she professionally consulted or engaged, to assist
and co-operate with the Municipal Commissioner and other Municipal
Officers in carrying out and enforcing the provisions of the Act and of
any Bye-laws for the time being in force under the same.
(b) Every Licensed Technical Personnel shall in every case in which he/she
may be professionally consulted or engaged, by responsible, so far as
his/her professional connection with such case extends,
for due
compliance with the provisions of the Act and of any regulations for the
time being in force under the said Act, or such of them as may being in
force under the said Act, or such of them as may respectively be
applicable to the circumstances of the particular case and in particular it
will be obligatory on him/her to satisfy himself / herself that a qualified
and competent Mistry or Inspector of Works in constantly employed and
present on the work to supervise the execution of all works and to
prevent the use of any defective material therein and the improper
execution of any such work.
(c) In every case in which a Licensed Technical Personnel is professionally
concerned in connection with any building or work upon any premises, in
respect of which a right to require as set-back has accrued or is about to
accrue to the Commissioner under the Provisions of the said Act, or any
of them, it will be incumbent on such Licensed Technical Personnel to
ascertain whether “the regular line of the Street” has been prescribed
and whether any portion of the said premises is required for the street
or under any presence whether, be a party to any evasion or evasion of
the set-back (if any) that may be required.
(d) In every case in which a Licensed Technical Personnel professionally
concerned in connection with any building or work upon any premises
designed or intended to be used or any purpose in respect of which the
written permission or license of the commissions, is prescribed by the
said Act as a necessary condition to the establishment or use of such
premises for such purpose, it shall be incumbent on such Licensed
Technical Personnel, so far as his professional connection with such case
extents, to see that all conditions prescribed by the said Act, or by any
Bye-law of the time being in force there under, in respect of premises
designed or intended to be applied to such use, are duly fulfilled or
provided for.
(e) A Licensed Technical Personnel shall not carry out work in connection
with any building or other erection on a plot of land leased or agreed to
be leased by the ULB / DA in contravention of any term or condition of
the lease or agreement for lease
248
(f) When a Licensed Technical Personnel ceases to be in the employment
for the development work, he shall report the fact forthwith to the
Authority.
249
ANNEXURE – 2
………………… Emblem & Name of the ULB
REGULATIONS FOR REGISTRATION OF
LICENSED BUILDER/DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM
1. Short Title, extent and applicability:
(a) These regulations may be called “Regulations for Builder/Developer
/Construction Firm License of………………… (ULB)”
(b) These regulations shall apply to the entire area of........................ (ULB)
(c) These regulations shall apply to the building activity in accordance with the
provisions of A.P. Building Rules as amended from time to time.
2. Definitions:
For the purpose of these regulations, the following definitions shall have the
meaning indicated against each:
(a)
‘Act’ means, the relevant Act and as amended from time to time.
(b)
‘Approved’ means, approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
(c)
‘Authority’ having jurisdiction means, the Commissioner or an officer
authorized by him to administer these regulations.
(d)
‘Commercial complex’ means, the commercial building proposed for a plot
area having more than 300Sq. m and above 10M height.
(e)
‘Licensed Builder/Developer’ means, the Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm who has been licensed by the Authority.
3. General Requirements for License:
(a) Person who applies for license as a Builder shall be a graduate in Architecture
or Civil Engineering or in Construction Management or equivalent educational
qualifications or 5 years of experience as Class – II Civil Contractor.
or
(b) A Company which applies for a License as a Developer/Construction Firm shall
submit the application by an authorized qualified person on behalf of the
Company and the company should employ a qualified person as prescribed in
Rule 3 (a) and submit the particulars of the person appointed and such
company shall be registered.
or
(c) The Builder/Developer who is in the profession of construction activity as on
date of notification of revised building rules, is also eligible for license
provided that he shall submit the proof of Income Tax Assessment for the
past five years that he is engaged in the profession of Builder/Developer. A
copy of PAN Card shall be submitted along with the application.
4. Licensing Authority and Procedure for obtaining License:
(a) The Commissioner or an officer authorized by him is the authority for issuing
the license for practicing the profession of Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm.
(b) The fee for License shall be as per the Schedule of Rates as approved by the
ULB from time to time.
format
of
application
for
obtaining
license
as
(c) The
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is as prescribed.
(d) The applicant shall apply in the prescribed form duly enclosing the required
copies of certificates and duly paying the prescribed fee and submit the filled
250
in ‘Undertaking for obtaining the license of Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm’ as prescribed.
(e) Form of Certificate of License for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is as
prescribed.
(f) A register of licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall be maintained
by the ULB and up to date list of such licensed Builder/Developer/Construction
Firm showing the addresses and the period for which the licenses are valid
shall be kept for inspection in the office of the ULB during the office hours.
5. Conditions for issuing License:
(a) The Authority has the right to cancel the license for contravention of any of
the provisions of the Act, Rules or Bye-laws framed there under or for
contravention of any of the conditions of the license or for failure in
discharging the duties and responsibilities as prescribed in these regulations.
(b) In case the license is cancelled, he is not eligible for obtaining a fresh license
and for practicing as a Builder/Developer/Construction Firm for a period of
three (3) years from the date of cancellation.
for
any
reason
the
license
is
cancelled,
the
licensed
(c) If
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall return the license to the Authority
within 24 hours of such cancellation.
(d) Every application for the renewal of license shall be submitted to the
………………(ULB) together with a renewal fee as prescribed from time to time
and shall be accompanied by the license in respect of which the renewal is
required.
6. Duties and Responsibilities of Builder/Developer/Construction Firm:
(a) It shall be incumbent on the licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm to
cooperate with and assist the ULB in carrying out and enforcing strictly the
provisions of Perspective Plan/Master Plan/Zonal Development Plan or any
Statutory Plan, Building Rules, Zoning Regulations and Development Control
Rules of ULB and other rules made under the provisions of relevant Acts from
time to time.
(b) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is entitled to execute all
types of projects and submit the Building applications to ULB for obtaining
building permissions.
(c) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall not associate himself
with any construction not authorized or licensed by the ULB where such
authorization or license is required under the provisions of the Act or Rules or
any Bye-laws framed there under.
(d) The licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall not do anything
prejudicial to public interest and the objectives for which he is licensed or be a
party to any evasion or attempted evasion of the provisions of the relevant
statute, and the Rules, Bye-laws and Regulations made there under ULB and
for the time being in force.
(e) Copy of the certificate of License shall be submitted along with the Notice for
Building Permit. The license number and the period of validity of the license
shall be incorporated on the building plans.
(f) Every licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall in submitting the
plans show correct details and dimensions, levels and give correct information
in respect of such plans or building or work for which the proposed execution.
(g) It shall be incumbent on the licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm to
countersign on Notarized Affidavit of the Owner of the property/GPA holder
and submit along with the Notice for Building Permit for handing over the
251
prescribed floor area of the proposed construction to the Sanctioning Authority
as prescribed in the Rules from time to time.
(h) The sale or disposal of such built up area under the said Notarized Affidavit,
lease and registration of such buildings shall be allowed by the Registration
Authority only after an Occupancy Certificate is obtained from the ULB.
(i) In case of any violation of building constructions, it shall be removed by the
Owner/Builder/Developer/Construction Firm within the stipulated time on
receipt of the statutory Notice of ULB.
(j) Upon failure to comply with the direction of the ULB to remove violations,
violated portion of the building will be removed summarily and the handed
over portion of the building will be disposed of in public auction by ULB and
further action on licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm shall be
initiated, which includes cancellation of license and debarring from the
profession for a period of three (3) years.
(k) It is a prerequisite that every Builder/Developer/Construction Firm is required
to submit copy of the agreement executed with Consulting Architect /
Structural Engineer for execution of the project along with the building
application wherein a condition of the agreement shall be incorporated that
the consultants will offer their services to builder till completion of work and
obtaining of Occupancy Certificate. In no case the construction should take
place without the supervision of the Licensed Technical Personnel.
7. Requirements to be submitted for obtaining the License of Builders /
Developers / Construction Firm
(a) In case of Builder
(i) Certificate of Qualification of Degree equivalent to B.E (Civil) / B.Tech.
(Civil) / B. (Arch) (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(ii) Copy of PAN Card (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(iii) Photographs (3 Nos) of the Authorized Person
(iv) Experience Certificate (Optional)
(b) In case of Real Estate Developer / Firm
(i) Certificate of Qualification of Degree of the authorized person of the
Firm or Employee of the Firm (as per Rule 3(a)) (duly attested by
Gazetted Officer)
(ii) Authorization Letter on behalf of the Company certifying the Person /
Employee of the firm.
(iii) An Affidavit on Rs.100/- Non-judicial Stamp Paper signed by the
Employee (Engineer) of the firm in the prescribed form.
(iv) Incorporation Certificate of the Company / Firm Registration Copy (duly
attested by Gazetted Officer).
(v) Copy of Company PAN Card and Income Tax Returns filed by the
Company (for the past five years duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(vi) Partnership Deed of the Firm / Memorandum & Articles of Association of
the Company (duly attested by Gazetted Officer)
(vii) NOC from remaining Partners of the Firm / Directors of the Company
for the person represented.
(viii) Photographs (3 Nos) of the Authorized Person.
(ix) Experience / Previous Projects Done (Optional)
(x) Fee as prescribed by the ........................(ULB) through D.D in favour
of Commissioner, ........................(ULB))
252
COMMISSIONER
…………………(ULB)
253
ANNEXURE – 3
UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING BUILDING PERMISSION
[To be Signed and Submitted by the Owner, Builder/Developer/Construction Firm and
Licensed Technical Personnel]
(Notarized undertaking to be executed on Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper)
1.
This undertaking is executed on this………………………day of ………………… 20.. at
……………………………………………,(ULB)
jointly
by
the
Owner,
Builder/Developer/Construction Firm and the Licensed Technical Personnel.
Here in after called the parties of the 1st Party, which terms shall
include their legal heirs, successors, agents, assignees etc.
A
NAME & ADDRESS OF THE OWNER
1
Name
2
Age
3
S/D/W/o
4
Door/Plot/Flat No.
5
Road/Street
6
Locality
7
Village/ Town /City
8
Mandal
9
District
10
e-mail
11
Phone / Mobile No
PI
N
.
B
Sl.
N
DETAILS OF THE LICENSED PERSONNEL
Name
Address
254
License No.
Signature
o.
1
………………………………Bu
ilder / Developer/
Construction Firm
2
……………………………
Architect
3
……………………………..
Engineer
4
………………………………
Surveyor
5
……………………………
Structural Engineer
6
……………………………
Town Planner
C
LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1.
Plot Nos.
2.
Total Area
3.
Sanctioned Layout
No. / LRS No.
4.
Survey No.
5.
Premises / Door No.
6.
Road/ Street
7.
Ward No./ Block No.
8.
Locality
9.
Village/ Town /City
sq. m:
10.
Mandal
11.
District
12.
Circle/ Division
13.
Zone
sq. yds:
Acs:
PIN
D
DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
1
Site Area
(in Sq. m
or Hcs)
(a) As per
Documents
Hcs:
(b) As per
submitted
Plan
255
(c) Road
Widening
Area
(d) Net Area
Upper
2
No. of
Floors
3
Floor Area (in Sq.m)
4
5
2.
Cellar
Stilt
Ground
Floo
rs
Total
Parking floor area (in
Sq.m)
Individual Residential/ Group Housing/ Commercial/
Use of the
Institutional/ Row Housing / Others (specify) _ _ _ _ _
Building
__________________
2nd Party:
In favour of the Commissioner, …………………………………….(ULB) here in after
called the 2nd party, which term shall include their representatives, agents,
officers and staff.
3.
Declaration–cum–undertaking and Indemnity Bond by the Owner,
Builder/ Developer/Construction Firm and Licensed Technical
Personnel:
Owner:
(a) That I am/we are [owners] entrusting the Construction of the building to
the Builder/Developer/Construction Firm, the details of which are as
above and they shall take up the construction of the said building
construction according to the sanctioned plan and under the strict
supervision of the Architect, Structural Engineer, and Site Engineer
[Licensed Technical Personnel] engaged for the purpose.
(b) I am aware that in the event of building being constructed in violation of
the sanctioned building plan, the Authority shall have the right to take
action against me as per the provisions of these regulations and Act as it
may deem fit including revocation of sanction of building plans and
demolition of the violated portions.
(c) Undertake that no loss or damage will be caused to the adjoining built up
properties or to any person as consequence of the construction at the
time of digging of its foundations or during the course of its construction
or at any time thereafter. The owner agrees and undertakes that in the
event of any claim being made by any person or persons against the
concerned Authority either in respect of the manner of construction or the
consequences or towards the payment of any compensation for the
damages flowing form the said sanction he shall be responsible and liable
and not the concerned Authority.
[Builder/Developer/Construction Firm]
(d) I / We [Builder/Developer/Construction Firm] being individual / firm
/ company / Society have been entrusted to construct the building as
referred above by virtue of a Registered Development Agreement (copy of
which is enclosed herewith).
(e) I/We, [Engineer] submit that I am/we are aware about the provisions
contained in the Regulations under rules in force for Builder/Real Estate
Developer/Firm License of the Sanctioning Authority. I submit that, I/we
possess the required qualification of Engineer as prescribed in Rule 3.1 of
the Regulations for Builder / Real Estate Developer / Firm License and I
am with my free consent working in the company referred above. I
256
further undertake all the responsibility as a Civil Engineer of the Firm and
will be responsible for the project done by my Firm. If any
misrepresentation / violation on my supervision, I will be held personally
responsible for any consequences aroused now and in future and the
competent authority is at liberty to initiate any action upon me including
cancellation of Builders License or any other action enforced by the
Sanctioning Authority.
Licensed Technical Personnel & Owner:
(f) The building plan has been prepared strictly as per the approved building
Byelaws and relevant IS Codes / provisions of NBC. The construction shall
be carried out in accordance with the building plan and the LTP shall be
completely accountable for any lapse on my part up to within 6 months
after obtaining Occupancy Certificate of the building.
(g) The construction shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the
sanctioned building plans and in case any deviation is carried out, the
same shall be informed to the concerned Authority within 48 hours.
(h) That we are fully aware of the provisions of the prevailing Building Rules
and undertake to abide by the same.
(i) That mandatory setbacks have been proposed and shall be maintained in
accordance with the setbacks marked in the layout plan/Master Plan.
(j) Those in case the owner dispenses with the services at any stage what so
ever, the same shall be informed to the concerned Authority within 48
hours.
(k) That nothing has been concealed and no misrepresentation has been
made while preparing and submitting the building plans.
(l) That in case anything contrary to the above is found or established at any
stage, the concerned Authority shall be at liberty to take any action as it
may deem fit including revocation of sanction of building plans and
debarring me for submission of building plans with the Authority under
the scheme and also lodge a complaint with the Professional Body of the
concerned LTP for appropriate action.
(m)
The plot has been demarcated at site and the size, shape and area
of plot available at site tallies with the ownership documents.
(n) We hereby undertake that we are solely responsible for execution of the
building construction work according to the sanctioned plan under the
strict supervision of the Architect, Structural Engineer and Site Engineer
engaged by me/ourselves for the purpose, without which it shall be
treated as construction without permission.
(o) The Site Engineer employed shall maintain a register in which, the Site
Engineer, Architect and Structural Engineer shall record their comments
at regular intervals i.e. at foundation level, and at each roof, slab level,
and submit the periodical report to the Commissioner.
(p) That in case Site Engineer / Structural Engineer / Architect is changed
during the course of construction or the Architect / Structural Engineer /
Site Engineer disassociates themselves with ongoing project, the fact shall
immediately be reported to the Commissioner i.e. within seven days by
registered post / in person along with consent of newly engaged site
Engineer / Architect / Structural Engineer.
257
(q) That all the parties of the 1st part viz. Owner, Builder, Architect,
Structural Engineer and Site Engineer shall jointly and severely be held
responsible for the structural stability during the building construction.
(r) We will not deliver the possession of any part of the built up area of
building constructed by us to any purchaser or tenant unless & until the
Occupancy Certificate is obtained by us from the Commissioner duly
submitting the following:
(i) Building Completion Notice issued by the Architect duly certifying
that the building is completed as per the sanctioned plan.
(ii) Structural Stability Certificate issued by the Structural Engineer duly
certifying that the building is structurally safe and the construction is
in accordance with the specified designs
(iii) An extract of the site registers containing inspection reports of Site
Engineer, Structural Engineer and Architect.
(iv) Insurance Policy for the completed building for a minimum period of
three years.
(s) General Undertaking:
(i)
Parking Space: The parking space is provided in the Building
Cellar/Stilt floor for parking of vehicles and it should not be
converted (or) misused for any other purpose other than parking of
vehicles and it should be free from all cross walls / partition walls,
and rolling shutters should not be erected at any time in future and
the Commissioner is at liberty to demolish (or) remove the same
without any notice in case, if the 1st party violates the undertaking
executed.
(ii)
Balcony Projections: The balconies shall not be enclosed by
converting them as toilets/bathrooms or including into rooms by
reducing the mandatory open spaces and if any such constructions
are made, the same would be removed by 2nd party without giving
any notices.
(iii)
Payment of Special Collection Charges for Garbage:
That the 1st party should pay special collection charges for garbage
disposal as prescribed for garbage refuse collection.
(iv)
Payment of Special Sanitation Fee: That the 1st party should pay
special sanitation fee for the routine clearing and desilting of storm
water drain.
(v)
Stacking of Building Material & Dumping of Debris: That the 1st
party should not stock the building material and dump any debris on
the road margin/footpath or Government land.
(vi)
No. of Units: The number of units permitted should not be increased
and the building should not be converted into group housing and
sold at any time in future.
(vii)
Percolation Pits & Terrace Water Collection: The rain water
harvesting system as prescribed in the Building Rules shall be
implemented in true spirit.
(viii)
T
o use quality material/workmanship and supervision as per NBC):
We the Licensed Technical Personnel hereby certify that the
258
erection, re-erection of material, alteration, demolition in/of
building premises shall be carried out under the supervision and
further certify that all designs, constructions and the materials
(type and grade and workmanship) of the work shall be generally in
accordance with the general and detailed specifications submitted
along with and as per standards specified by the National Building
Code of India and Bureau of Indian Standards and that the work
shall be carried out according to the sanctioned plan.
(ix)
4.
We, the undersigned Structural Engineers are held responsible for
structural and other safety of the building during construction and
after completion. The structural design including Geo-Technical
aspects shall be in accordance with the National Building Code of
India. All materials and workmanship shall be a good quality
confirming to the Bureau of Indian Standards Specifications and
codes. Accordingly, the Sanctioning Authority can proceed for the
legal action if any such structural failures occur during or after the
construction.
We the above named deponent do hereby solemnly affirm and certify
that we have voluntarily executed this under taking with free will and
signed this ……………………… day of …………………… 20… in presence
of the following witness.
Witnesses:
Parties of 1st part
1)Name:
(A) Name of the Site Engineer
Address:
Address with Regn.
Signature
(B) Name of the Architect
Address with Regn.
Signature
Signature
(C) Name of the
2)Name:
Structural Engineer
Address with Regn.
Signature
Address:
(D) Name of the
Builder/Developer/
Construction Firm
Address with Regn.
Signature
(E) Name of the Owner
259
Address
Signature
Signature
Witnesses with Name
Address & Signature
1.
2.
Sworn & signed before me.
Notary
260
ANNEXURE - 4
Notarised under taking to be executed
On Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper
ROAD WIDENING UNDERTAKING
This undertaking is executed on this
the ……………....................
day of
……….……………………
by………………….…………………………………
W/o.………………………………………R/o……………………………….
Situated
at
…………………………………………………………….. herein after called the 1st party which term shall
include their legal heirs, successors, assigns and tenants in favour of the Commissioner,
…………………………(ULB), herein after called the 2nd party which term shall include his
representatives, agents, officials, staff of …………………………(ULB).
WHEREAS, the 1st party has applied to the 2nd party for permission to construct
residential
/
commercial…………………………………
consisting
of
……………..………
……………….floors at Plot / H.No.………………………………………………… situated ………………….
……………………………. WHEREAS, the 2nd party arty has put in a condition that:
The land and the existing structures are/is getting effected in road widening
throughout the frontage of the plot admeasuring………….Sq.m should be surrendered to
the …………………………(ULB) for road widening before releasing the approved plan free of
cost without claiming any compensation towards the land and the structures existing on
the road widening site.
The first party in token of accepting the above conditions hereby undertake that
they are herewith handing over the physical possession of the strip of land to the
Commissioner, …………………………(ULB) on this day of …………………… at free of cost before
commencing the construction without claiming any compensation towards land and
structures. The above undertaking is executed by me with free will and due
consciousness for having obtained permission for the construction of residential /
commercial building in the Plot / H.No. …………………………………………… situated at
………………………
Witness:
Parties of 1st part
1)
1)
2)
Sworn & signed before me.
Notary
261
ANNEXURE – 5
WATER SUPPLY AND SANITATION REQUIREMENTS IN BUILDINGS
1.
Plumbing and Sanitary Services
(1) The planning, design, construction and installation of water supply,
drainage and sanitation and gas supply system shall be in accordance with
Part-9: Plumbing Services, Section-l Water supply, Drainage and
sanitation (including Solid Waste Management) and Section-2 Gas supply
of NBC, 2005.
(2) Requirement of Water Supply for various occupancies in buildings shall be
as given in Tables A.1, A.2 and A.3.
(3) Requirement of Sanitary fittings and installations for different occupancies
in buildings shall be as given in Tables A.4 to A.17 for calculation of
occupancy.
(4) Sewage treatment plant of capacity of treating 100% waste water to be
installed. (Ref Table - 37)
2.
Segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
(1) Special requirement of segregated sanitation for Visitors in Public Buildings
(Government Buildings, Hospitals, Educational Institutions, Commercial
Building etc). Provisions and occupancies shall be referred at Table A.10.
** This section is provided for Segregated toilet facilities for visitors in
Public Buildings (within the premises of the building, but outside the
building block).
(2) Public toilets are meant for floating population, usually located near
railway stations, bus stands, market places, government hospitals,
religious centers etc. These toilets have a greater demand for urinals than
community toilets.
(3) The key considerations for siting such facilities on the site are
(i) Size of the toilet block (i.e. number of seats) and
(ii) Location of the toilet block with respect to the main building block.
(iii) Convenience of the visitors in accessing and using the facility.
(4) Surveys conducted by the central government show that people, especially
women and aged, are unlikely to use the facility if it beyond 500 meters.
The preferable location shall be within 200-500m from the main entry of
the building.
(5) The site shall be earmarked on Site Plan or a Layout plan. The Authority
shall clearly state advantages and disadvantages of the location for the
owner/ engaged Competent Professional for building plan design (as per
Annexure - 1) to make an informed decision on the siting.
(6) It must be accessible to visitors and general public during the operational
hours of the building. However, fiscal generation for maintenance may be
planned w.r.t user charges from visitors and general public.
(Experience in sample cities has shown that toilet blocks are more likely to
remain clean if they are centrally located; those on periphery sooner fall
into disrepair.)
3.
Other factors to be considered:
262
(1) Wastewater
conveyance/treatment
and
prevention
of
contaminationSince sewers may not be available in many cities, in most cases the toilet
blocks will have on-site sanitation, which would require periodic cleaning
of tanks / pits. Location on site should allow easy and hygienic emptying
of the pits / tanks and ensure that ground water table is not contaminated
by wastewater percolation.
(2) Adequacy in provisionThe size of the block (i.e. on number of seats) must meet visitors’ need.
Inadequacy results in long queues and encourages open urination. Care is
to be taken for balancing problems and other special needs of children
and the elderly.
(3) Design considerations
(i) Adequate Ventilation.
(ii) Door Design / Direction of swing of the door (preferred outwards),
(iii) Adequate Waiting area and
(iv) Adequate volumes of water storage.
(4) The facilities should include:
(i) Separate toilet blocks for men and women with separate entries.
(ii) Seats for children to be provided in both sections for men and
women.
(iii) Waiting / Holding area.
(iv) Space for Facility caretaker and maintenance staff – from where they
can monitor and maintain both facilities for men and women.
(v) Urinal facilities for men
(vi) Waste water disposal system
(vii) Janitor / Store room for cleaning material / equipment.
Note: Table A.12 may be referred for number of seats / urinals for this
section.
4.
Norms for differently-abled within segregated toilets:
(1) One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of
differently abled persons, with essential provision of wash basin near the
entrance.
(2) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm. and the door shall
swing out.
(3) Suitable arrangement of vertical/horizontal handrails with 50 mm.
clearance from wall shall be made in the toilet.
(4) The W.C. seat shall be 500 mm. from the floor.
5.
Water requirement and facilities:
(1) Water requirement for the facility may be worked out and enough
storage for ½ day operation is to be kept in storage.
(2) If municipal water supply is reliable, the toilet blocks may have
underground sump that can store half a day’s requirement and overhead
tanks for another half.
(3) If municipal water supply is not available, toilet block may have its own
bore well and pump with no underground sump.
263
(4) Alternatively a hand tube well can be used for storing water in an
elevated (not overhead) tank.
(5) To minimize the wastage of water, self-closing water taps should be
used. The pans must be of Pour Flush (PF) design i.e. with a steep slope.
Traps should be of a 20 mm water seal. (Use of 50 mm water seal traps
will require more water for flushing.)
(6) If toilet is to be linked to city sewer, a master trap has to be provided at
the sewer connection.
(7) Urinals may not be fitted with urinal pots as their replacement is
expensive.
6.
Construction Site
(1) At construction job sites, one toilet must be provided per 20 employees.
In a work zone with between 21 and 199 employees, a toilet seat and
one urinal must be provided for every 40 employees. For 200 or more
workers, regulations call for a toilets eat and a urinal per 50 workers. The
toilet must be located within 200 m or 5 minute walk.
(2) Job sites that are not equipped with a sanitary sewer must, unless
prohibited by local codes, provide privies, in locations where their use will
not contaminate either ground or surface water. Other alternatives to a
privy could be chemical toilets, re-circulating toilets, or combustion
toilets.
(3) Toilets should be cleaned regularly and maintained in good order,
running water, must be provided along with soap and individual hand
towels.
7.
Temporary Camp Toilets
Toilet facilities shall be provided within 60 m of the, site, which shall not be
closer than 15 m of dining area or kitchen. Make sure that toilet area is
cleaned at least once per day, it is sanitary, adequately lighted and is
employee safe.
8.
Special / Contingency Toilets [Table A.19]
(1) For Special events like open air theater, religious/political gatherings,
mela, etc. for which there are no permanent toilet facilities, contingency
toilets/PSUs shall be provided. The following considerations shall
determine the number of toilets to be provided for particular event:
(a) Duration of the event
(b) Type of crowd
(c) Weather conditions
(d) Whether finishing times are staggered if the event has multi-functions
and the following guidelines shall be applied with minimum 50 percent
female toilets.
(2) Special Purpose Toilets: Special toilet facilities shall be adequately
provided in public projects (transport terminals/ healthcare and other
public spaces) in million plus cities for the Third gender with appropriate
cleanliness arrangements.
9.
General guidance for water supply arrangements
(1) For new construction: Provision shall be made for underground tank for
the storage of water, having capacity at 200 l. per person with adequate
pumping arrangements to supply water to upper floors. Filtered water
264
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
connection will be allowed only for use of drinking and bathing needs. For
other purposes i.e. flushing and gardening etc., the individual shall be
required to have own arrangements of tube well water within the
premises. While according sanction to Layout Plan, the Authority shall
make a special mention that provision for space shall be kept for the
construction of underground reservoir of adequate capacity along with
booster pumping station.
Arrangements as given above shall also be provided in Group Housing
Societies.
The plumbing arrangement in case of new constructions shall be made in
a way that the potable water shall be used for drinking, cooking &
bathing only and for rest of the uses, provision for ground water can be
made with dual piping system.
Low capacity cistern should preferably be provided instead of normal
12.5 L capacity.
Provisions for sustainable methods of Water and Wastewater
Management and Water harvesting may be referred from the Chapter of
Rain Water Harvesting in these Rules.
265
TABLE-A.1 Per Capital Water requirement for various Occupancies/Uses
Sl.No
Type of Occupancy
Consumption per
head per day (in
lt.)
1.
Residential
135
135
180
340
2.
a) In living units
b) Hostels
c) Hotels with lodging accommodation(per bed)
d) Hotels(5 Star and above)
Educational
45
135
3.
a) Day Schools
b) Boarding Schools
Institutional (Medical Hospitals)
a) No. of beds not exceeding
100
b) No. of beds exceeding
100
c) Medical quarters and hostels
Assembly- Cinema theatres, auditoria, etc. (per seat
accommodation)
340
450
135
15
5.
Government or Semi public business
45
6.
Segregated toilets facilities for Visitors in public Buildings
7
0.20
7.
a) Each use of toilet (including g washing hands and
floors )
b) Flushing urinals
Mercantile(Commercial)
70
45
8.
a) Restaurants (per seat)
b) Other business building
Industrial
9.
a) Factories where bath-rooms are to be provided
b) Factories where bath-rooms are not be provided
Storage ( including Warehouses)
45
30
30
4.
10. Hazardous
30
11. Intermediate Stations (excluding mail and express stops)
45 (25)*
12. Junction Station
70 (45)*
13. Terminal Stations
45
14. International and Domestic Airports
70
* The values in parenthesis are for such stations, where bathing facilities are not
provided.
Note:
The number of persons for Sl.No.11 to 14 shall be determined by the
average number of passenger handled by the station daily with due
consideration given to the staff and workers likely to use the facilities.
266
TABLE-A.2
Sl.No.
Flushing Storage Capacities
Classification of Building
1
For
tenements
convenience
2
For residential premises
tenement
having
conveniences
3
For factories and workshops
900 lt. per W.C. seat and 180 lt. per
urinal.
4
For cinemas, public assembly hall, etc.
900 lt. per W.C. seat and 350 lt. per
urinal.
TABLE-A.3
Sl.No.
having
Storage Capacity
common
900 lt. net per W.C. seat
other than
common
270 lt. net for one W.C. seat each
and 180 lt. for each additional seat
in the same flat.
Domestic Storage Capacities
No. of Floors
Storage Capacity
Remarks
For premise occupied tenements with common conveniences
1
Ground floor
Nil
Provided down take fittings
are installed.
2
Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper
floors
500
litre
tenement
per
For premises occupied as flats or blocks
1
Ground floor
Nil
Provided down take fittings
are installed.
2
Floors 2, 3, 4, 5 and upper
floors
500
litre
tenement
per
Note:- 1. If the premises are situated at a place higher than the road level in from of the
premises storage at ground level shall be provided on the same lines as on floors.
2.The above storage may be permitted to be installed provided that the total
domestic storage calculated on the above basis is not less than the storage
calculated on the number of down take fittings according to scale given below:
Down take taps
Showers
Bathtubs
70 lt. each
135 lt. each
200 lt. each
267
TABLE-A.4
Sl.No.
Sanitation requirements for Shops and Commercial Offices
Sanitary Unit /
Fittings
For Personnel
1
Water closet
One for every 25 persons or part thereof exceeding 15
(including employees and customers). For female
personnel 1 for every 15 persons or part thereof
exceeding 10.
2
Drinking
Fountain
3
Wash Basin
One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
4
Urinals
Same as Sl.No.3 of Table 4.14
5
Cleaners’ Sink
One per floor minimum, preferably in or adjacent to
sanitary rooms.
Water
One for every 100 per with a minimum of one on each
floor.
Note:- Number of customers for the purpose of the above calculation shall be the
average number of persons in the premises for a time interval of one hour during the
peak period. For male-female calculation a ratio of 1:1 may be assumed.
TABLE-A.5 Sanitary Requirements for Hotels
Sl.No
1
Sanitary
Unit
Water
Closet(WC)
For non Residential Staff
For Residential
Public Staff
One per 8 Persons
omitting occupants
of the attached
water closet
minimum of 2 if both
sexed are lodged
For Male
For Female
1 for 1-15 persons
2 for 1-13 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
4 for 13-25 persons
3 for 36-65 persons
6 for 26-40 persons
4 for 66-100
persons
8 for 41-57 persons
10 for 58-77 persons
12 for 78-100 persons
Add 1 for every 6
persons or part
thereof.
2.
Ablution Taps
One in each W C
One in each W C
One in each W C
3.
Urinals
Nil
Nil upto 6 persons
Nil
268
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 40-70 persons
4 for 71-10 persons
4.
Wash Basins
One per 10 persons
omitting each basin
installed in the
room/suite
1 for 15 persons
1 for 1-12
2 for 16-35
persons
2 for 13-25
3 for 26-40
3 for 36-65 persons
4 for 41-57
4 for 71-100
persons
5.
Baths
One per 10 persons
less occupants of
room with bath in
suite
Nil
Nil
6
Cleaner’s Sink
One per 30 Bed
rooms (One per floor
minimum)
Nil
Nil
7.
Kitchen Sink
One in each Kitchen
One in each
Kitchen
One in each Kitchen
Table-A.5 Contd: For Public Rooms
Sl.No.
Sanitary
Unit
For Male
For Female
1.
Water Closet
One per 100 persons
upto 400 persons; for
over 400 add at the
rate of one per 250
persons or part thereof.
Two for 100 persons upto 100
persons over; 200 add at the rate of
one per 100 persons or part thereof.
2.
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C
One in each W.C
3.
Urinals
One for 50 persons or
part thereof.
Nil upto 6 persons
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
4.
Washbasins
One per WC/Urinal
One per WC
269
5.
Kitchen Sink
6.
Bath
(Showers)
7.
Cleaner’s Sink
Note:-
One in each Kitchen
One in each Kitchen
One per 10 persons
One per 30 Bed rooms(One per floor minimum)
i)
It may be assumed that the two-third of the number are males and onethird females.
ii) One water tap with drainage arrangement shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinals.
Table-A.6 Sanitation Requirements for Educational Occupancy
Sl.No.
Sanitary
Unit
Boarding Institution
For Boys
For Girls
Other Educational Institution
For Boys
For girls
1.
Water
Closet(W.C)
One for 8
boys or part
thereof
One for 6
girls or part
thereof
One for 40 boys
or part thereof.
One for 25 girls
or part thereof
2.
Ablution Taps
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
3.
Urinals
One per every
25 pupils or
part thereof
--
One per every
20 pupils or part
thereof
--
4.
Wash Basins
One for every
8 pupils or
part thereof
One for
every 6
pupils or
part thereof
One for every
60 pupils or part
thereof
One for every
40 pupils or part
thereof
5.
Baths
One for every
8 pupils or
part thereof
One for
every 6
pupils or
part thereof
--
--
6.
Drinking
Water
Fountains
One for every
50 pupils or
part thereof
One for
every 50
pupils or
part thereof
One for every
50 pupils or part
thereof
One for every
50 pupils or part
thereof
7.
Cleaner’s Sink
One per Floor
minimum
One per
Floor per
minimum
One per Floor
minimum
One per Floor
minimum
Table-A.6 Contd: Nursery Schools
270
Sl.No.
Sanitary Units
Requirement
1.
Water Closet
One for 15 boys, one for 6 girls
2.
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
3.
Urinals
One for 12 boys
4.
Wash Basins
One for every 15 pupils or part thereof
5.
Baths
One bath per 40 pupils
6.
Drinking Water Fountains
One for every 50 pupils or part thereof
7.
Cleaner’s Sink
One per Floor minimum.
Note:1. One water tap with draining arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof, in the vicinity of water closet and urinal.
2. For teaching staff, the schedule of sanitary units to be provided shall be the
same as in case of office buildings (Table 5.10).
271
TABLE-A.7 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy –
Hospital
Sl.No.
1
Sanitary Unit
Toilet Suite
Hospitals with
indoor patient
Ward for Males &
Females
Hospitals with outdoor Patient
Wards
For Males
For Females
Private room upto 4
persons
For upto 4 patients
(1WC+1
Washbasin+1shower)
2
Water Closet (W.C.)
One for every 8
beds or part thereof
One for every
100 persons or
part thereof
One for every
25 persons or
part thereof
3
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
4
Wash Basins
Two upto 30 bed;
add one for every
additional 30 beds,
or part thereof
One for every
100 persons or
part thereof
One for every
25 persons or
part thereof
5
Baths with Shower
One bath with
shower for every 8
beds or part thereof
--
--
6
Bed pan washing
sink
One for each ward
--
--
7
Cleaner Sinks
One for each ward
One per floor
minimum
One per floor
minimum
8
Kitchen sinks & dish
washers (where
kitchen is provided)
One for each ward
--
--
9
Urinals
One for 30 beds
(male wards)
One for every
50 persons or
part thereof
--
Drinking water
fountain
One for each ward
One for every 500 persons or part
thereof
10
TABLE-A.7 Contd. Administrative Buildings
Sl.No.
Sanitary Unit
For Males
272
For Females
1
Toilet Suite
For individual doctor’s / officer’s room
(1WC+1
Washbasin+1shower)
2
Water Closet (W.C.)
One for every 25 persons or
part thereof
Two for every 25 persons
or part thereof
3
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
4
Wash Basins
One for every 25 persons or
part thereof
One for every 25 persons
or part thereof
5
Baths with Shower
One in each floor
One in each floor
6
Cleaner Sinks
One per floor minimum
One per floor minimum
7
Kitchen sinks & dish
washers (where
kitchen is provided)
One for each floor
One for each floor
8
Urinals
Nil upto 6 persons
--
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 persons
add at the rate of 3%; for
over 200 persons add at
the rate of 2.5%
9
Drinking water
fountain
One for every 100 persons or part thereof
TABLE-A.8 Sanitation Requirements for Institutional (Medical) Occupancy –
(staff quarters and Hostels)
Doctor’s Dormitories
Sl.No.
Sanitary Unit
Nurses Hostel
For Male Staff
1
Water Closet
(W.C.)
One for 4 persons
273
For Female staff
One for 4 persons
One for 2 persons or
part thereof Two for
13-25
2
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
3
Wash Basins
One for every 8
persons or part
thereof
One for every 8
persons or part
thereof
One for every 8
persons or part
thereof
4
Bath (with
Shower)
One for every 4
persons or part
thereof
One for every 4
persons or part
thereof
One for every 4
persons or part
thereof
5
Cleaner Sinks
One per floor
minimum
One per floor
minimum
One per floor
minimum
6
Drinking water
fountain
One for 100 persons or part thereof
One for 100 persons
or part thereof
TABLE-A.9 Sanitation Requirements for Governmental and Public Business
Occupancy and Offices
Sl.No.
Sanitary Unit
For Male Personnel
For Female Personnel
1
Water Closet
(W.C.)
One for every 25 persons or part
thereof
Two for every 15 persons or
part thereof
2
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
3
Urinals
Nil upto 6 persons
--
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200 add @ 3%; For
over 200 persons add @ 2.5%
4
Wash Basins
One for every 25 persons or part
thereof
One for every 25 persons or
part thereof
5
Drinking water
fountains
One for every 100 persons with a
minimum of one on each floor
One for every 100 persons
with a minimum of one on
each floor
6
Cleaner Sinks
One per floor minimum; preferably
in or adjacent to sanitary rooms
--
274
7
Executive Room
/ Conference
Halls
Toilet Suite (1WC, 1Washbasin, optional shower for 24 hr usages)
Unit could be common for Male / Female or separate depending on
the number of user of each facility.
Note: One Water tap with drainage arrangements shall be provided / 50 persons or part
thereof in the vicinity.
TABLE-A.10 Segregated sanitation facilities for Visitors in the Public Buildings
Sl.No.
1
2
3
Sanitary Unit
For Male Personnel
Public toilet near Railway
Stations (24X7)
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
Public toilet near market
place / offices (for working
hours)
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
Public toilets near Public
Buildings
a) Water Closet (W.C.)
b) Urinals
c) Ablution taps
For Female Personnel
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 300-500
users
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 300-500
users
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 200-300
users
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 50 users
b) -c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 300-500
users
c) One in each W.C.
a) One for 100 users
b) One unit per 300-500
users
c) One in each W.C.
Per Capita Volume of Water required may be referred at item 6, Table 4.6
Area and sizes of seats / units may be referred at Table 4.16
TABLE-A.11 The recommended enclosure-sizes for different facilities at visitor’s
toilets
Sl.No.
Description
Optimum (mm)
Minimum (mm)*
1
Water Closet enclosures
900X1200
750X800
2
Urinals (divided by partition walls)
575X675
500X600
* In case of space constraint, the minimum sizes may be adopted
TABLE-A.12 The recommended areas for different facilities at visitor’s toilets
Sl.No.
1
Sanitary Unit
Bath Room
Dwelling with individual
conveniences
Dwelling without individual
conveniences
One provided with water
tap
One for every two tenement
275
2
Water Closet
(W.C.)
One
One for every two tenement
3
Sink (or Nahani) in
the Floor
One
--
4
Water Tap
One
One with drainage
arrangement in each tenement
One in common bath rooms
and common water closet
Note: where only one water closet is provided in a dwelling the bath and water closet
shall be separately accommodated.
TABLE-A.13 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Occupancy Buildings
(Cinema, Theaters, Auditoria. etc.)
Sl.No.
Sanitary Unit
For Public
Male
1
Water Closet
Female
One for 100
persons upto
400 persons.
Four for 100
persons upto
200 persons.
For over 400
persons, add
at the rate of
1 per 250
persons or
part thereof
For over 200
persons, add
at the rate of
1 per 50
persons or
part thereof
For Staff
Male
Female
One for
15persons
Two for 1-12
persons
Two for 16-35
persons
Four for 13-25
persons
Add at the rate
of 1 per 6
persons or part
thereof
2
Ablution Taps
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
One in each
W.C.
3
Urinals
One for 50
persons or
part thereof
--
Nil upto 6
persons
--
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
4
Wash Basins
One for every
200 persons
or part thereof
One for every
200 persons
or part
thereof
276
One for 1-15
persons
One for 1-12
persons
Two for 16-35
Two for 13-25
persons
5
Drinking Water
Fountain
6
Cleaner’s sink
7
Shower
Bathing
One for 100 persons or part thereof
One per floor
As per Trade requirements
Note: i) One Water tap with drawing arrangements shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinals.
ii) it may be assumed that two thirds of the number is males and one third
females.
TABLE-A.14 Sanitation Requirements for Assembly Buildings (Art, Galleries,
Libraries and Museums)
Sl.No.
1
Sanitary
Unit
Water Closet
(W.C.)
For Public
For Staff
Male
Female
Male
Female
One
for
200
persons upto 400
persons. Forever
400 persons add
at the rate of 1
per 250 persons
or part thereof
Four for 100
persons
upto
200
persons.
For over 200
persons add at
the rate of 1
per 50 persons
or part thereof
One for 1-15
persons.
Two for 1-132
persons.
Two for 16-35
persons.
Four for 13-25
persons, add at
the rate of 1
per 6 persons.
One in
W.C.
One in
W.C.
2
Ablution
Taps
One in each W.C.
One in
W.C.
3
Urinals
One
for
persons or
thereof
--
50
part
each
each
Nil
upto
persons
6
each
--
One for 7-20
persons
Two for 21-45
persons
4
Wash Basins
One for every 200
persons or part
thereof. For over
400 persons add
at the rate of 1
per 250 persons
or part thereof.
One for every
200 persons or
part
thereof.
For over 200
persons add at
the rate of 1
per
150
persons or part
thereof.
277
One for 1-15
persons
One for
persons
1-12
Two for 16-35
persons
Two for 13-25
persons
5
Cleaner’s
Sink
One per floor, minimum
6
Drinking
Water
Fountain
One per 100 persons or part thereof
7
Shower
Bath
/
As per trade requirements
Note:- It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one third
females.
TABLE-A.15 Sanitation Requirements for Restaurants
Sl.No.
1
Sanitary
Unit
Water Closet
(W.C.)
For Public
For Staff
Male
Female
One
per
50
seats upto 200
seats. Forever
200 seats add
at the rate of 1
per 100 seats
or part thereof.
One per 25
seats
upto
200
seats.
Forever
200
seats add at
the rate of 1
per 50 seats
or
part
thereof.
2
Ablution
Taps
One in
W.C.
each
3
Urinals
One
for
50
persons or part
thereof
One in
W.C.
--
each
Male
1
for
persons.
Female
15
1-12
2
for
persons.
16-35
4
for
persons.
13-25
3
for
persons.
36-65
6
for
persons.
26-40
4 for 66-100
persons.
8
for
persons.
41-57
10
for
persons.
58-77
12
for
persons.
78-100
One
W.C.
in
each
Nil
upto
persons
6
1
for
persons
7-20
2
for
persons
21-45
3
for
persons
46-70
4 for 71-100
persons.
278
2
per
persons.
One in each W.C.
--
4
Wash Basins
One for every water closet.
5
Kitchen
Sinks & Dish
Washer
One per each Kitchen
6
Service Sink
One in the restaurant.
Note:
i) It may be assumed that two thirds of the numbers are males and one-third
females.
ii) One water tap with drawing arrangements shall be provided for every 50 persons
or part thereof in the vicinity of water closets and urinal.
Table-A.16 Sanitation Requirements for Factories
Sl.No.
Sanitary Units
For Male Personal
1.
Water Closet
For female Personal
1 for 15 persons
2 for 1-12 persons
2 for 16-35 persons
4 for 13-25 persons.
3 for 36-65 persons
6 for 25-40persons
4 for 66-100 persons
8 for 41-57 persons
For 101 to 200 persons
add at rate of 3% Form
over 200 persons add
at the rate of 2.5%.
10 for 58-77 persons.
12 for 78-100 persons.
For 101 to 200 persons add at
the rate of 3% From over 200
persons add the rate of 2%
2.
Ablution Taps
One in each W.C.
One in each W.C.
3.
Urinals
Nil upto 6 persons
--
1 for 7-20 persons
2 for 21-45 persons
3 for 46-70 persons
4 for 71-100 persons
From 101 to 200
persons add at the rate
of 3% for over 200
persons add at the rate
of 2.5%.
4.
Washing Taps
with draining
arrangement
One for every 25 persons or part thereof.
279
5.
Drinking Water
Fountains
One for every 100 persons with a minimum of one on each
floor.
6.
Baths Preferably
Showers
As required for particulars trade or occupation
7.
Emergency
Shower and eye
wash fountain
1 per every shop floor per 500 person.
Note:
i)
For many trades of a dirty or dangerous character, more extensive provisions
are required.
ii) One water tap with draining arrangement shall be provided for every 50
persons or part thereof in the vicinity of water closet and urinal.
iii) Crèche where provided shall be fitted with water closed (One for 10 persons
or part thereof) Wash Basins (1 for 15 persons or part thereof) and drinking
water tap with drinking arrangement for every 50 persons or part thereof.
280
Table-A.17 Sanitary Requirements for Large Stations and Airports
Sl.No.
Place
W.C. for Males
W.C. for females
Urinals for Males
only
1.
Junction
Stations,
Intermediate
Stations and
Substations
3 for first 1000
persons, add 1 for
subsequent 1000
persons or part
thereof
8 for first 1000
persons, add 1 for
every additional
1000 persons or part
thereof.
4 for every 1000
persons, add 1 for
every additional 1000
persons or part
thereof.
2.
Terminal
Stations and
Bus Terminals
4 for first 1000
persons and 1 for
every additional
1000 persons or
part thereof.
10 for every 1000
persons and 1 for
every additional
1000 persons or part
thereof.
6 for every 1000
person and 1 for every
additional 1000
persons or part
thereof.
3.
Domestic
Airports
Minimum.
For 200
persons
For 400
persons
For 600
persons
For 800
persons
2*
4*
5
16
9
30
12
40
16
52
18
58
1 per 40 persons or
part thereof.
For 1000
persons
4.
International
Airports
For 200
persons
For 600
persons
1 per 40 person or
part thereof.
6
20
12
40
18
58
For 1000
persons
Note:
281
i)
Provision for wash basins, baths including shower stall, shall be in accordance
with part ix section 2- Drainage and Sanitation of National Building Code of
India.
* At least on India style water closed shall be provided in each toilet. Assume
60% males and 40% females in any area.
* At least 50% of female WCs may be Indian pan and 50% EWC.
Table-A.18 General Standards/ Guidelines for Public Toilets in Public Area
Public Toilet
On roads and for open areas: At every 1Km, including in parks, plaza,
open air theatre, swimming area, car parks, fuel stations. Toilets shall
be disabled- friendly and in 50-50 ration (M/F). Provision may be
made as for Public Rooms (Table 4.10 Contd)
Signage
Signboard on main streets shall give directions and mention the
distance to reach the nearest public convenience. Toilets shall have
multi- lingual signage for the convenience of visitors. Helpline number
shall be pasted on all toilets for complaints/quires.
Modes
Pay and use or free. In pay and use toilets entry is allowed on
payment to the attendant or by inserting coin and user gets 15
minutes.
Maintenance/Cleaning
The toilet should have both men and women attendants. Alternatively
automatic cleaning cycle covering flush, toilet bowl, seat, hand wash
basin, disinfecting of floor and complete drying after each use can be
adopted, which takes 40 seconds.
Public toilet shall be open 24 hours.
Table-A.19 Contingency Toilet facilities for Special Events
Sl.No.
Patrons
For Males
For Females
Toilets
Urinals
Sinks
Toilets
Sinks
1.
<500
1
2
2
6
2
2.
<1000
2
4
4
9
4
3.
<2000
4
8
6
12
6
4.
<3000
6
15
10
18
10
5.
<5000
8
25
17
30
17
Source:
1. FEMA “Special Events Contingency Planning: Toilets Page 39
2. Jain. AK, “”Spatio Economic Development Record”, Clause 5.16-5-20
3. “Public Toilets for Women in India”, Volume 18 No.5, September- October,
2011.
282
4
No
ANNEXURE – 6
ADOPTION OF ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE [ECBC]
IN ANDHRA PRADESH
‘Energy Conservation Building Code’ or ‘ECBC’ is the energy code adopted by the Bureau
of Energy Efficiency in 2007 and revised in 2008, that provides the minimum
requirements for energy-efficient building design and construction. The Energy
Conservation Building Code (2008) when locally adapted to Andhra Pradesh’s climate is
termed as the “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC).” All
definitions included in the Energy Conservation Building Code (2008) and not otherwise
defined herein are applicable to the Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code.”
Accordingly the Government of Andhra Pradesh while adopting the Energy
Conservation
TABLE-A.6 Building Code (ECBC) amended the Andhra Pradesh Building Rules,
2012
and issued the notification in G. O. Ms. No. 30 Dated: 28.01.2014 as given
TABLE-A.5
TABLE-A.9
in the Annexure.
TABLE-A.7OF ANDHRA PRADESH ENERGY CONSERVATION BUILDING CODE
EXTRACT
(see “Andhra Pradesh Energy Conservation Building Code (APECBC).”)
283
TABLE-A.10
ANDHRA PRADESH BUILDING RULES 2017
LIST OF FORMS
FORM No.
TITLE OF THE FORM
1
Application form for License of Builder /Developer
/Construction Firm
2
Undertaking for obtaining the License of Builder/Developer
/Construction Firm
3
License of Builder /Developer/Construction Firm
4
Application form for License of Technical Personnel
5
License of the Technical Personnel
6
Building Permission Application
7
Building Work Supervision
8
Building Permission Order
9
Building Permission Refusal Order
10
Building Permission Revalidation Order
11
Building Commencement Notice
12
Building Completion Notice
13
Building Occupancy Certificate
284
FORM-1
APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENCE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER /CONSTRUCTION FIRM
To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
Sir,
I, the undersigned request that my name/firm may kindly be enrolled as
licensed Builder/Developer/Construction Firm.
1
Applied for
BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM
2
Application for License
FIRST TIME / RENEWAL
3
Name of the
Applicant/Firm
(in block letters)
Name of the Authorized
Person:
4
(in case firm) (in block
letters)
5
Father’s Name
6
Full Address of the
applicant / Firm
Qualifications
7
(Academic and Technical)
8
Experience
9
Any
other
qualification
Which
consideration.
10
Whether enclosed copies of
the
Income
Tax
Assessment as required on
the regulation 3.3
11
License fee details
i.
Amount (Rs.)
ii.
D.D.
No.
special
possessed
requires
D.D. Date
d d m m y y
285
Drawn
on
Affix Latest
Photograph
12
SI.
No
.
If License is intended for a firm, the following particulars of the technical employees shall
be given along with the certified copies of the qualifications.
Name of the
employee
Qualifications
Designation
Signature
Date: dd/mm/yyyy
Signature of
the applicant
Encl: 1. Demand Draft; 2. Proof of qualifications;3. Copy of PAN Card; 4. Copy of Income Tax
Assessment
5. Experience Certificate; 6. Passport size photographs 3 Nos [including one to be affixed to
this]
286
FORM – 2
UNDERTAKING FOR OBTAINING THE LICENCE OF BUILDER/DEVELOPER
/CONSTRUCTION FIRM
(Notarized Under taking to be executed on Rs.100/- N.J. Stamp Paper)
I………………………………………..
S/D/W/o
…………………………..
Aged
about.............
Years, R/o …………………………………………………………. Situated at ……………………………………….. ,
……………………………………………………………. (ULB) do hereby solemnly affirm and state that;
I submit that I am aware about the provisions contained in the Regulations under
rules in force for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm License of …………………..(ULB)
I submit that, I possess the required qualification of Engineer as prescribed in
Rule 3.1 of the Regulations for Builder/Developer/Construction Firm License and I am
with my free consent working in the company …………………………………………….., I, further
undertake all the responsibility as a Civil Engineer of the Firm and will be responsible for
all the projects done by my Firm. If any misrepresentation / violation on my supervision,
I will be held personally responsible for any consequences aroused now and in future and
the competent authority is at liberty to initiate any action upon me including cancellation
of Builders License or any other action enforced by the ........................ (ULB).
Signed & Sworn before me on this day of …………………………………………
DATE: dd/mm/yyyy
Place:
DEPONENT
WITNESS:
1.
287
2.
NOTORY
288
FORM-3
………………….. (Emblem and Name of the ULB)
LICENSE OF BUILDER /DEVELOPER/CONSTRUCTION FIRM
1.
Reference No.
2.
License No.
3.
Issued on
4.
Valid up to
Affix latest
passport size
photograph of
the applicant
or authorized
person
6.
Name of the
Builder/Developer/
Construction Firm
Father’s Name
7.
Applicant’s Name
5.
Applicant’s Address
8.
Door No. / Flat No.
Road / Street
Locality
PIN
City
Mandal
District
Office
9
Phone No.
Mobile
10
Mail id
The Licensee shall comply and adhere to the conditions, duties and responsibilities as
prescribed in the “Regulations for Registration of Licensed Builder / Developer /
Construction Firm of ………………….. (ULB)”.
Signature of Licensing Authority
Office Stamp
…………………..(ULB)
289
FORM – 4
……………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
290
APPLICATION FORM FOR LICENSE OF TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
Sir,
Sub:- Application for License of Technical Personnel – Architect /
Engineer /
Structural Engineer / Supervisor / Surveyor / Town
Planner - Reg
I, the undersigned request that I may kindly be enrolled as
Licensed Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town
Planner. I furnish herewith the following particulars:
1
Category of License
2
Full name of the
applicant
3
S/D/W/o
4
5
6
Affix Latest
Photograph
First License No. & Year
[if any]
Qualification
[Academic & Technical]
Experience
7
Address in full
8
E mail id
Office
Mobile
10
License fee details
i. Amount (Rs.)
ii. D.D.No.
D.D.Date
iii. Bank
Branch
I am well acquainted with all the provisions contained in Building Rules and National Building
Code in respect of planning and permission for construction of a building and assure to adhere
to the same strictly without giving any scope for violation or deviation.
9
Phone
Date: dd/mm/yyyy
Signature
of the Applicant
ENCLOSURES:
1) Specimen signatures in one sheet of paper [12 Nos.]; Xerox copy of previous License, if
any.
2) Recent Photographs [3 Nos.][including the one affixed to this application]
3) Attested Copy of Degree / Diploma Certificate.
4) Demand Draft for prescribed license fee:
:
5) New Enrollment Fee and Security Deposit:
[Not applicable for Architects registered with Council of Architecture and they are
entrusted in empanelment and inclusion of the ........................(ULB)]
6) Certificate of Registration with Council of Architecture with up to date fees paid.
291
292
FORM – 5
………………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
LICENSE OF THE TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
Architect/Engineer/Structural Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town
Planner
License
No.
ULB
ABBREVIATIO
N
LTP
Validity
FROM
d
d
m
m
y
y
y
Y
y
Y
TO
Y
d
DATE
Y
d
m
NAME
DOOR No. / FLAT
No.
ROAD/STREET
MANDA
VILLAGE
L
CITY/TOWN
DISTRICT
E-MAIL
Office
PHONE
MOBILE
d d m m y
m
y
y
y
y
y
PHOTO
Signature of the
Licensee
Ref: Your Application No. ………………………………………….submitted on
dd/mm/yyyy.
Your Application in the reference cited has been examined and the License is
issued to function as Licensed Technical Personnel [Architect/Engineer/Structural
Engineer/Supervisor/Surveyor/Town Planner].
The license is not transferable to any other person and should be produced by the
Licensee whenever required to do so by the authority.
The Licensee is bound to comply with all the conditions and duties of Licensed
Technical Personnel. Any failure on the part of licensee to abide by or comply with any of
the conditions will entail not only a fine imposed by the Commissioner but also for
recovery of any loss caused to the ULB. The security deposit paid will also be forfeited
and action will be taken for cancellation of the License. Further the Licensee will be
liable for all the necessary consequences of penal action, if any, instituted against Him /
Her including any civil liability.
Signature of the Licensing Authority
(Office Stamp)
293
Note: Xerox Copy of this license shall be enclosed to every building application
submitted. Please see competence and duties of Licensed Technical Personnel.
294
FORM - 6
………………….(ULB)
BUILDING PERMISSION APPLICATION
FILE
No.
ULB
ABBREVIATION
BP
ZONE
CIR
WD
Date
d
d
m
To
The Commissioner,
……………………………………………..(ULB)
LETTERS only)
ADDRESS OF THE APPLICANT
1
2
3
4
NAME
DOOR No. / FLAT No.
ROAD/STREET
VILLAGE
MANDAL
5
CITY/TOWN
6
DISTRICT
7
E-MAIL
8
PHON
E
B
LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1
PLOT NOs.
SANCTIONED LAYOUT
NO. / LRS NO.
SURVEY
VILLAGE
NO.
PREMISES / DOOR No.
ROAD/ STREET
WARD
BLOCK
NO.
No.
LOCALITY
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
CIRCLE/
CITY/
TOWN
y
y
PI
N
MOBILE
ALTERNATE
DIVISION
DISTRICT
C
DETAILS OF THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION
1
SITE
AREA
(IN SQ.
M)
2
NO. OF
FLOORS
(a)
AS PER
DOCUMENTS
CELLAR
y
(Use CAPITAL
A
2
m
(b)
AS PER
SUBMITTED
PLAN
STILT
(c)ROAD
WIDENING
AREA
GROUND
295
UPPER
FLOOR
(d)
NET
AREA
TOTAL
y
S
3
4
FLOOR AREA
(IN SQ.M)
PARKING FLOOR
AREA
(IN SQ.M)
INDIVIDUAL RESIDENTIAL/GROUP HOUSING/ COMMERCIAL/
5
D
SL
.N
O
1
USE OF THE
BUILDING
INSTITUTIONAL/ROW HOUSING/OTHERS (SPECIFY) _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
_
DETAILS OF THE LICENSED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL:
NAME
ADDRESS
…………………………………
BUILDER / DEVELOPER/
CONSTRUCTION FIRM
2
…………………………………
ARCHITECT
3
…………………………………
ENGINEER
4
…………………………………
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
5
…………………………………
SUPERVISOR/SURVEYOR
6
…………………………………
TOWN PLANNER
296
LICENSE NO.
CERTIFICATE
I/ we declare that I am / we are the absolute/ owner/ owners/ lessee of the land on which I/we
intend to erect the Building and am / are enclosing copies of relevant document of ownership/
lease certified by Magistrate/ Notary public/ a Gazetted Officer authorized by the Commissioner
in this behalf.
I/ we have gone through the Building Regulations made under the provisions of the A.P.
Building Rules and have satisfied myself/ourselves that the site and building plans are in
accordance with provisions contained therein.
SL.
NAME OF OWNER / LICENSED PERSONNEL
SIGNATURE
NO.
1
.....................................................................
OWNER / OWNERS / LESSEE / AUTHORISED
AGENT
2
.....................................................................
BUILDER / DEVELOPER / CONSTRUCTION FIRM
3
.....................................................................
ARCHITECT
4
.....................................................................
ENGINEER
5
.....................................................................
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
6
.....................................................................
SUPERVISOR/SURVEYOR
7
.....................................................................
TOWN PLANNER
FORM - 7
BUILDING WORK SUPERVISION
To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB).
Dat
d
d
m m y
y
y
y
Sir / Madam,
I hereby certify that the erection, re-erection or material alteration or demolition
at House/ Premises No/ Plot as given below shall be carried out under the supervision of
qualified technical personnel and I certify that all the materials (Type and grade) and the
workmanship of the work shall be generally in accordance with the general and detailed
specifications submitted along with, and that the work shall be carried out according to the
sanctioned plans.
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
A
NAME OF THE APPLICANT
B
LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
297
1
2
3
PLOT No.
SANCTIONED LAYOUT No. /
LRS No.
SURVEY
VILLAGE
No.
4
PREMISES / DOOR No.
5
WARD No.
6
ROAD/ STREET
7
LOCALITY
8
CIRCLE
DIVISION
9
CITY/TOWN
PIN
C
SL.
NO
.
1
BLOCK No.
DETAILS OF OWNER / DEVELOPER / LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
NAME
LICENCE No.
SIGNATURE
…………………………………………………….
OWNER / OWNERS / LESSEE /
AUTHORISED AGENT
2
…………………………………………………….
BUILDER / DEVELOPER / FIRM
3
…………………………………………………….
ARCHITECT
4
…………………………………………………….
ENGINEER
5
…………………………………………………….
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER
6
…………………………………………………….
SURVEYOR
7
…………………………………………………….
TOWN PLANNER
FORM - 8
………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION ORDER
TO
Sri / Smt.
FILE No.
PERMIT
No.
Date
298
yyyy
d
d
m
m
y
y
y
y
Sir / Madam,
Sub:
Building Permission – Sanctioned – Reg.
Ref:
Your Application dated: …………………..
Your application submitted in the reference has been examined with reference to the
rules and regulations in force and permission is hereby sanctioned conditionally as
detailed below:
A
1
2
3
4
5
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:
Applicant
Developer / Builder
Licensed Technical
Person
Structural Engineer
Others
SITE DETAILS
T.S.No.
Premises No
Plot No.
Layout / Sub Divn.
No.
Street
Locality
Lic.No.
Lic No.
Lic.No.
PI
7
C
1
2
a
b
c
d
Town/ City
DETAILS OF PERMISSION SANCTIONED
Floors
Ground
Upper floors
Use
No Area
No Area(m2)
.
(m2)
.
Residential
Commercial
Others
No of floors (
)
-Front
-Rear
3
Setbacks (m)
4
Site Area (m2)
Road affected area
(m2)
Net Area(m2)
Tot-lot Area (m2)
Height (m)
No. of RWHPs
No. of Trees
Others
DETAILS OF FEES PAID (RS.) TOTAL :
Building Permit Fee
Development Charges
7
8
Betterment Charges:
9
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
D
1
2
3
299
Level
Parking floors
No. Area(m2)
Cellar
Stilt
U.
Floors
Side I
Impact Fee
City Level Infra.
Imp. Fee
Compounding Fee
-Side II
4
5
6
E
1
2
3
F
G
The
Ext. Betterment
Charges
Sub-Division Charges
Open space Charges
OTHER DETAILS :
Contractor’s all Risk Policy
No.
Notarised
Affidavit No
Dt:
10
11
12
Dt
d d m m y y Valid Upto
Floor
handed
over
d d m m y y
Area
(m2)
Entered in
prohibitory
property
Dt:
S.R.O.
watch
register
Sl.No.
Construction to be Commenced
d
d
m
m
y
Before
Construction to be Completed
d
d
m
m
y
Before
Building permission is sanctioned subject to following conditions:
y
y
y
y
y
y
Commissioner
The Building permission is sanctioned subject to following conditions:
1. The permission accorded does not confer any ownership rights; at a later stage
if it is found that the documents are false and fabricated the permission will be
revoked.
2. If construction is not commenced within one year, building application shall be
submitted afresh duly paying required fees.
3. Sanctioned Plan shall be followed strictly while making the construction & shall be
displayed at the site.
4. Commencement Notice shall be submitted by the applicant before commencement of
the building.
5. Completion Notice shall be submitted after completion of the building.
6. Occupancy Certificate is compulsory before occupying any building.
7. Public Amenities such as Water Supply, Electricity Connections will be provided only on
production of occupancy certificate.
8. Prior Approval should be obtained separately for any modification in the
construction.
9. Tree Plantation shall be done along the periphery and also in front of the premises.
10. Tot-lot shall be fenced and shall be maintained as greenery at owners cost before issue
of occupancy certificate.
11. Rain Water Harvesting Structure (percolation pit) shall be constructed.
12. Space for Transformer shall be provided in the site keeping the safety of the residents
in view.
13. Garbage House shall be made within the premises.
300
14. Cellar and stilts approved for parking in the plan should be used exclusively for
parking of vehicles without partition walls & rolling shutters and the same should not be
converted or misused for any other purpose.
15. This sanction is accorded on surrendering of Road affected portion of the site to
………….(ULB) at free of cost with out claiming any compensation at any time as per the
undertaking submitted.
16. Stocking of Building Materials on footpath and road margin causing obstruction to
free movement of public & vehicles shall not be done, failing which permission is liable to
be suspended.
17. The Developer/Builder/Owner to provide service road wherever required with specified
standards at their own cost.
18. A safe distance from Electrical Lines shall be followed as per rules.
19. If greenery is not maintained 10% additional property tax shall be imposed as penalty
every year till the condition is fulfilled.
20. All Public and Semi Public buildings shall provide facilities to physically handicapped
persons.
21. The mortgaged built up area shall be allowed for registration only after an Occupancy
Certificate is produced.
22. The Registration authority shall register only the permitted built up area as per
sanctioned plan.
23. The Financial Agencies and Institutions shall extend loans facilities only to the permitted
built up area.
24. The Services like Sanitation, Plumbing, Fire Safety requirements, lifts, electrical
installations etc., shall be executed under the supervision of Qualified Technical
Personnel.
25. Architect / Structural Engineer if changed, the consent of the previous Architect /
Structural Engineer is required and to be intimated to the Commissioner.
26. Construction shall be covered under the contractors all risk Insurance till the issue of
occupancy certificate (wherever applicable).
27. As per the undertaking executed in terms of A.P. Building Rules,
a. The construction shall be done by the owner, only in accordance with sanctioned
Plan under the strict supervision of the Architect, Structural Engineer and site
engineer failing which the violations are liable for demolition besides legal action.
b. The owner, builder, Architect, Structural Engineer and site engineer are jointly &
severely responsible to carry out and
complete the construction strictly in
accordance with sanctioned plan.
c. The Owner, Builder, Architect, Structural Engineer and Site Engineer are jointly and
severely are held responsible for the structural stability during the building
construction and should strictly adhere to all the conditions.
d. The Owner / Builder should not deliver the possession of any part of built up area of
the building, by way of Sale / Lease unless and until Occupancy Certificate is
obtained from ULB after providing all the regular service connections to each portion
of the building and duly submitting the following.
(i) Building Completion Notice issued by the LTP duly certifying that the building is
completed as per the sanctioned plan.
(ii)
Structural Stability Certificate issued by the Structural Engineer duly
certifying that the building is structurally safe and the construction is in
accordance with the specified designs.
(iii)
An extract of the site registers containing inspection reports of Site
Engineer, Structural Engineer and Architect.
(iv)
Insurance Policy for the completed building for a minimum period of three
years.
28. Structural Safety and Fire Safety Requirements shall be the responsibility of the
Owner, Builder/ Developer, Architect and St. Engineer to provide all necessary Fire
Fighting installations as stipulated in National Building Code of India, 2005 like;
301
i)
To provide one entry and one exit to the premises with a minimum
width of 4.5mts. and height clearance of 5mts.
ii) Provide Fire resistant swing door for the collapsible lifts in all floors.
iii) Provide Generator, as alternate source of electric supply.
iv) Emergency Lighting in the Corridor / Common passages and stair case.
v) Two numbers water type fire extinguishers for every 600 Sq.mts. of floor area
with minimum of four numbers fire extinguishers per floor and 5k DCP
extinguishers minimum 2 Nos. each at Generator and Transformer area shall be
provided as per I.S.I. specification No.2190-1992.
vi) Manually operated and alarm system in the entire buildings;
vii)
Separate Underground static water storage tank capacity of 25, 000 lits.
Capacity.
viii)
Separate Terrace Tank of 25,000lits capacity for Residential buildings;
ix) Hose Reel, Down Corner.
x) Automatic Sprinkler system is to be provided if the basement area exceed 200
Sq.mts.
xi) Electrical Wiring and installation shall be certified by the electrical engineers to
ensure electrical fire safety.
xii)
Transformers shall be protected with 4 hours rating fire resist
constructions.
xiii)
To create a joint open spaces with the neighbours building / premises
for maneuverability of fire vehicles. No parking or any constructions shall be
made in setbacks area.
BY ORDER
COMMISSIONER
Copy to
1. The Town Planning Section Head
2. The Officer concerned, Property Tax Section
3. The Municipal Engineer [Water Department]
4. The A.P. TRANSCO…………..Circle,
5. The Officer concerned, Stamps and Registration Department
6. The Officer concerned, A.P. Disater Response & Fire Service Department
302
FORM - 9
………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION REFUSAL ORDER
TO
Sri / Smt.
FILE No.
Date
d
d
m
m
y
y
yyyy
y y
Sir / Madam,
Sub:
Building Permission – REFUSED – Reg.
Ref:
Your Application dated: …………………..
Your application submitted in the reference has been examined with reference to the
rules and regulations in force and permission is hereby refused for the reasons as
detailed below:
A
1
2
3
4
5
B
1
2
3
4
5
6
APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:
Applicant
Developer / Builder
Licensed Technical
Person
Structural Engineer
Others
SITE DETAILS
T.S.No.
Premises No
Plot No.
Layout / Sub Divn. No.
Street
Locality
7
C
Town/ City
REASONS FOR REFUSAL OF BUILDING PERMISSION
Lic.No.
Lic No.
Lic.No.
PI
1
2
3
303
4
5
Yours Faithfully
Commissioner
FORM - 10
………………. (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING PERMISSION REVALIDATION ORDER
TO
Sri / Smt.
FILE No.
PERMIT
No.
Date
yyyy
d
d
m
m
y
y
y
y
Sir / Madam,
Sub:
Building Permission – Revalidation – Orders - Issued – Reg.
Ref:
Your Application for Revalidation dated: …………………..
Your application for Building Permission Revalidation submitted in the reference has been
examined with reference to the rules and regulations in force and the Revalidation Order
is hereby issued conditionally as detailed below:
A
1
2
4
5
6
APPLICANT AND LICENSED PERSONNEL DETAILS:
Applicant
Developer / Builder
Licensed Technical
Person
Structural Engineer
Others
SITE DETAILS
T.S.No.
Premises No
Plot No.
Layout / Sub Divn.
No.
Street
Locality
7
C
Town/ City
DETAILS OF REVALIDATION
3
4
5
B
1
2
3
Lic.No.
Lic No.
Lic.No.
PI
304
1
2
Floors
Use
a
b
Residential
Commercial
c
Others
No of floors (
)
d
No
.
Ground
Area
(m2)
Upper floors
No Area(m2)
.
Cellar
Stilt
U.
Floors
-Front
-Rear
3
Setbacks (m)
4
Site Area (m2)
Road affected area
(m2)
Net Area(m2)
Tot-lot Area (m2)
Height (m)
No. of RWHPs
No. of Trees
Others
DETAILS OF FEES PAID (RS.) TOTAL :
Building Permit Fee
Development Charges
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
D
1
2
3
4
5
6
E
1
2
Betterment Charges:
Ext. Betterment
Charges
Sub-Division Charges
Open space Charges
OTHER DETAILS :
Contractor’s all Risk Policy
No.
Notarised
Affidavit No
Parking floors
No. Area(m2)
Level
Dt:
7
8
9
10
-Side II
Side I
Impact Fee
City Level Infra.
Imp. Fee
Compounding Fee
11
12
Dt
d d mmy y
Floor Level
handed
over
Valid Up
to
d d m m y y
Area
(m2)
Entered in
prohibitory
property
3
Dt:
S.R.O.
watch
register
Sl.No.
Construction to be Completed
F
d
d
m
m
y
y
y
y
Before
The Building Permission Revalidation is sanctioned subject to following conditions:
305
Commissioner
306
FORM – 11
…………………………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
TOWN PLANNING SECTION
BUILDING COMMENCEMENT NOTICE
(To be submitted by Owner/Builder/Developer)
To
The Commissioner,
Dat
e
d d m m y y
……………………….(ULB)
FILE No.
Ref:
Building Permit /
Dat
d d m m y y
Proceedings No.
e
Sir / Madam,
I/We hereby give notice that the work of the construction will be commenced on (Date)
.………………… as per the details of the Sanctioned Plan as given below. (Due date for
commencement of work is given in Building Permit Order)
A
NAME OF THE
APPLICANT
B
LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1
Plot No.
2
Sanctioned Layout No. / LRS
No.
3
Survey No.
4
Premises / Door No.
5
Ward No.
6
Road/ Street
7
Locality
8
Circle
Division
9
City/ Town
District
C
DETAILS OF THE SANCTIONED PLAN
Building Permit /
Proceedings No
As per
As per submitted
Documents
Plan
2
Site Area (m )
1
2
3
Floors as per
Sanctioned Plan
4
Number
5
Use
Village
Block No.
Cellar
Stilt
307
Date
d d mmy y y y
Road Widening
Area
Net Area
Ground
Upper Floors
6
Floor Area (m2)
7
Parking Area
(m2)
8
Setbacks (m)
9
Height (m)
Front
D
Sl.
No
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Rear
Side I
Side II
DETAILS OF OWNER/DEVELOPER/LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
Name
Licence No.
…………………………………………………….
Owner / Owners / Lessee / Authorised
Agent
…………………………………………………….
Builder / Developer /Firm
…………………………………
Architect
…………………………………………………….
Engineer
…………………………………………………….
Structural Engineer
…………………………………………………….
Surveyor
…………………………………………………….
Town Planner
308
Signature
FORM – 12
…………………………… (Emblem & Name of the ULB)
BUILDING COMPLETION NOTICE
(To be submitted along with other relevant documents)
D
d d m m y y y y
T
REF
FILE
No.
Building
Permit
/Proceedings
No.
Building Commencement Notice submitted by the
Applicant
D
T
d d m m y y y y
D
T
d d m m y y y y
To
The Commissioner,
……………………….(ULB)
I/ We hereby give notice that the erection of the building / erection of works have been
completed as per Sanctioned Building Plan. The work has been completed to my/our best
satisfaction. The workmanship and all the materials (type and grade) have been used strictly
in accordance with general and detailed specifications. No provisions of the Building ByeLaws/Rules, conditions prescribed or orders issued thereunder have been transgressed in the
course of the work. I/We hereby enclose the plan of the building completed in all aspects. The
land is fit for which it has been developed or redeveloped and the building is fit for use for
which it has been erected, re-erected or altered, constructed and enlarged. The necessary
occupancy certificate may be issued. Any subsequent changes from Completion Drawings will
be the responsibility of the owner(s).
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
NAME OF THE OWNER
/
A
/BUILDER/DEVELOPE
R/FIRM
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 Plot No.
Sanctioned Layout No. /
2
LRS No.
3 Survey No.
Village
4
5
6
7
8
9
C
1
Premises / Door No.
Road/ Street
Block
Ward No.
No.
Locality
Circle
Division
City/ Town
District
DETAILS OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING
Building Permit
309
DT
d
d
m m y
y
y
y
2
/Proceedings
No.
a Due date for Completion of the Building
b Date on which Completion Notice Submitted
Whether the Building is completed within the stipulated
c
time
d If No, the Fine to be paid
3
4
5
Site Area
(m2)
As per
Documents
No. of Floors
As per Sanctioned
a
Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Use of the Building
As per Sanctioned
a
Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
As per submitted
Plan
DT
DT
d
d
d
d
m m y
m m y
YES
Rs
.
Road Widening
Area
y
y
y
y
y
y
NO
Net Area
Cellar
Stilt
Ground
Upper floors
Front
Rear
Side I
Side II
Floor Area (m2)
6
As per Sanctioned
Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
a
Parking Area (m2)
7
8
As per Sanctioned
Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Setbacks(m)
As per Sanctioned
a
Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Extent of deviation in
c
%
a
d Fine to be Paid (Rs)
9
Height (m)
As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed Building Plan
Rain Water
Harvesting Pits
Solar Roof Top
11
System
Recycle of Waste
12
Water
10
D
Sl.
DETAILS OF OWNER / DEVELOPER / LICENCED TECHNICAL PERSONNEL
Name
Licence No.
Signature
310
No
.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
………………………………………………………………….
Owner / Owners / Lessee / Authorised Agent
………………………………………………………………….
Builder / Developer
………………………………………………………………….
Architect
………………………………………………………………….
Engineer
………………………………………………………………….
Structural Engineer
………………………………………………………………….
Surveyor
………………………………………………………………….
Town Planner
Enclosures:
1. Copy of the Sanctioned Plan
2. Copy of the Building Permit Order
3. Copy of the Completed Building Plan showing the changes if any to Approved Building
Plan along with a statement of deviations.
4. Photographs of constructed building showing setbacks on four sides, elevation and
roof level
5. Land value certificate issued by Registration Department (If deviations are made to
Sanctioned Plan)
311
FORM -13
…………………………… (Emblem & name of the ULB)
BUILDING OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
Ref:
Building Permit
/
Proceedings No
Building Commencement Notice submitted by the
Applicant
Building Completion Notice submitted by the
Applicant
FILE No.
Dat
Dat
Dat
dd
mm
yyyy
dd
mm
yyyy
dd
mm
yyyy
The Owners/Builder/Developer /Licensed Architect/Engineer / Structural Engineer have given
the Building Completion Notice that the building has been completed as per the specifications
of Sanctioned Plans and it is declared that the building conforms in all respects to the
requirements of the building regulations contained under the statutory provisions in the
respective Municipal Act and Building Bye Laws/Rules issued by the Govt.
This is to certify that the building has been inspected and is declared fit for
occupation.
(Use CAPITAL LETTERS only)
NAME OF THE OWNER /
A
DEVELOPER
B LOCATION OF THE PROPOSED SITE
1 Plot No.
Sanctioned Layout No. / LRS
2
No.
3 Survey No.
Village
4 Premises / Door No.
5 Road/ Street
6 Ward No.
Block No.
7 Locality
8 Circle
Division
9 City/ Town
District
C DETAILS OF THE COMPLETED BUILDING
Building
Permit /
Dat
m
1
dd
yyyy
Proceedings
m
No.
Dat
m
a Due date for completion of the building
dd
yyyy
m
Dat
m
b Date on which completion notice submitted
dd
yyyy
2
m
c Whether it is completed within the stipulated time
Yes
No
d If No, the Fine collected (Rs)
As per
As per
Road Widening
Net Area
Site Area
Documents
submitted Plan
Area
3
2
(m )
4
No. of Floors
Cellar
Stilt
312
Ground
Upper floors
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Use of the Building
5
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Floor Area (m2)
6
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Parking Area (m2)
a As per Sanctioned Plan
As per Completed
b
Building Plan
Setbacks (m)
7
Front
Rear
Side I
Side II
a As per Sanctioned Plan
8
b
As per Completed
Building Plan
c Extent of deviation in %
d Fine Paid (Rs)
As per Sanctioned Plan
9
Height (m)
As per Completed Building
Plan
To
Sri / Smt……………………………….
Commissioner
R. KARIKAL VALAVEN
PRINCIPAL SECRETARY TO GOVERNMENT
SECTION OFFICER
313
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement